Between Equal Rights by China Miéville
Between Equal Rights by China Miéville
Historical
Materialism
Book Series
Editorial Board
VOLUME 6
Between Equal
Rights
A Marxist Theory of International Law
by
China Miéville
BRILL
LEIDEN • BOSTON
2005
This book is printed on acid-free paper.
Miéville, China
Between equal rights : a Marxist theory of international law / by C. Miéville
p. cm. — (Historical materialism book series, ISSN 1570–1522)
Originally presented as the author’s thesis (doctoral) — Dept. of International
Relations, London School of Economics and Political Science.
Includes bibliographical references and index.
ISBN 90–04–13134–5 (hardback : alk. paper)
1. International law and socialism I. Title II. Series.
KZ3410.M54 2004
341—dc22 2004058089
ISSN 1570-1522
ISBN 90 04 13134 5
© Copyright 2005 by Koninklijke Brill NV, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Koninklijke Brill NV incorporates the imprints Brill Academic Publishers,
Martinus Nijhoff Publishers and VSP.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, translated, stored
in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior written
permission from the publisher.
Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use is granted by Brill
provided that the appropriate fees are paid directly to The Copyright
Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Suite 910,
Danvers, MA 01923, USA.
Fees are subject to change.
London, 2004
vi • Acknowledgements
Introduction .................................................................................................. 1
1. ‘International law has become important’ ...................................... 1
2. Materialism and dialectics ................................................................ 4
3. The structure of the book .................................................................. 5
Chapter Five: States, Markets and the Sea: Issues in the History of
International Law ...................................................................................... 153
1. The invisibility of history .................................................................. 153
2. Origins and prehistory: an eternity of international law? .......... 156
2.1. Pre-colonial theory: the non-Western birth of international
law? ................................................................................................ 165
3. Colonialism and international law: the birth of a new order .... 169
3.1. Amity lines: colonialism beyond law’s boundaries .............. 179
4. The development of sovereignty: from politics to abstraction .... 184
4.1. Absolute ownership and Roman law ...................................... 195
5. From maritime law to international law ........................................ 197
5.1. Early codes: the mercantile maritime roots of international
law .................................................................................................. 197
5.2. Lineages of the mercantilist state ............................................ 201
5.2.1. The Navigation Acts ........................................................ 204
5.2.2. The East India Companies .............................................. 206
5.2.3. The freedom of the seas: a dissident interpretation .... 208
5.3. Excursus: mercantilism and the transition to capitalism .... 214
5.4. Categories and dialectics ............................................................ 224
1
‘Was the War Justified? Leading Lawyers Give their Verdicts’. The legal scholars
were Nick Grief, James Crawford, Malcolm Shaw, Christine Chinkin, Anthony Aust,
Sir Adam Roberts and Lord Alexander, QC.
2
Before the war, this was the ‘near-unanimous view of international lawyers’ (‘Law
Unto Themselves’, The Guardian 14 March 2003). For an opposing viewpoint from
one prominent lawyer see Roberts 2002.
3
At worst, there is the danger that such a legalistic turn of critique ‘seriously weak-
ens the antiwar movement’ (Keach 2003).
4
Estreicher and Stephan 2003, p. 1.
2 • Introduction
to the pile. However, the bulk of this writing consists of textbooks, in which
theoretical assumptions are generally unacknowledged and implicit. Many
of the fundamental concepts embedded in these texts are at best highly ques-
tionable. Purporting to explain how to ‘do’ international law, these writings
cannot get to grips with its categories or processes. The triumph of manage-
rialism and the antipathy to theory in the field mean that these problems are
not only not addressed, but are often not even perceived as problems.
There are of course books written from more explicit jurisprudential per-
spectives, where questions of theory and philosophy are acknowledged. Here
the situation is better. However, even for many of these writers there are still
certain conceptual givens, which obscure indispensable methods of analysing
international law. Many of the ‘debates’ in international law present argu-
ments that mutually constitute each other: they are recursive, and unable to
examine the fundamental categories they share.
At the core of this book is an attempt to open a black box in the jurispru-
dence of international law – that of the legal form itself. It is only in grasping
the specifics of that form that we can address the field’s most recurring conun-
drum: what is the nature of a law between bodies without a superordinate
authority? This question lies at the heart of many other classic debates: on
the nature of obligation; monism versus dualism; the binding force of cus-
tom; and others. And yet mainstream international-law theory circles the fun-
damental question endlessly, never successfully engaging with it, because
without a theory of legal form, the specificity of law itself is impenetrable.
In what follows, ‘international law’ is used in its conventional sense, to
refer to public international law. The specifics of ‘private’ international law,
‘the body of rules of municipal law which regulate legal relations with a for-
eign element, such as . . . contracts of sale or service between persons in dif-
ferent countries’,5 is beyond my scope, though there are important implications
for such law in what follows.
It is my contention, as I argue below, that certain of the lacunae in the field
exist because although there are writers who are sceptical about international
law’s impact on the international system – who claim, for example, that it is
merely a moralistic gloss on power-politics – there are very few who take
law seriously as a structural component of lived relations, and who yet are fun-
5
Schwarzenberger 1967, p. 3.
Introduction • 3
6
Butkevych 2003, p. 235.
4 • Introduction
the focus of this book being resolutely on international law itself, I believe
that these debates are important. Above all, I have attempted some reconcil-
iation of those traditions of Marxism which can seem quite abstract in their
stress on social form, often taking Marx’s analysis of the value-form as a start-
ing point, and those which follow Bukharin and Lenin (among others) in
stressing the concrete conjuncture of actually-existing capitalism in history.
Marx would have the reader believe that economic influences and mater-
ial surroundings determine human perspectives, in direct contrast to cul-
ture, ideology and mentality. . . . The realm of pure human thought and idea
is relegated by the Marxist to a state of jejune non-effectuality.9
7
Chase 1997, p. 20, and pp. 19–36.
8
Trotsky 1998, p. 77.
9
Alcantara 1996, p. 42.
Introduction • 5
10
Engels letter to Joseph Bloch, 21 September 1890, reproduced in Chimni 1993,
pp. 221–2 footnote 31. Emphasis in original.
11
Chase 1997, p. 33.
12
Levins and Lewontin 1985, p. 277.
13
See Rees 1998 for an excellent study of the Marxist dialectic.
6 • Introduction
The best of the Marxist works available, that of B.S. Chimni, is of a different
order in terms of its intellectual seriousness and insight. However, I argue
that with regard to the legal form and the question of law as rules, it embeds
some of the same fallacious conceptualisations as mainstream international-
law jurisprudence. In contrast, the CLS approach offers a truly revelatory
look at the internal contradictions of international law, and is a paradigm
that gets at the indeterminacy of international law. However, the approach fails
to ground its sometimes-brilliant analyses in material reality, and, like
McDougal, cannot get to grips with the legal form itself. The CLS attempt to
deploy international law at the service of a socially transformative agenda is
sharply contradictory of the school’s own insights.
In Chapter Three I go back to the works of the Marxist legal theorist Evgeny
Pashukanis. I put forward his argument that law – and more specifically the
legal form – is an expression of the relations of abstract commodity owners
in commodity exchange. Given the central importance of Pashukanis to my
argument, I examine his theory and those of his critics at some length, though
their focus is on domestic rather than international law. There are problems
and inconsistencies within Pashukanis’s work, which I argue can best be
answered by reference to the work itself – an immanent reformulation. This
theory is a major step forward, which can not only accommodate the CLS
insights about indeterminacy, but embed them in a theory of modernity for
which material reality and property relations are key. I argue that the most
trenchant criticisms of his theory, though answerable, are not directly ger-
mane to international law, which in some ways presents an excellent case of
his model in its simplest form. There is, however, a recurring critique of
Pashukanis, which is that he is unable to explain how the legal form is filled
with particular norms and social content. This is the problem of politics and
coercion.
In Chapter Four I argue that this criticism is misplaced. Pashukanis, with-
out addressing specific cases, does indeed have a theory of the political, coer-
cive determination of the content of laws. What is more, it is a theory embedded
in the very categories of his supposedly ‘formalistic’ legal writings. Reaching
it requires losing some common misconceptions about his theory, foremost
among them that he ‘derives’ a theory of the state from juridical categories.
This chapter is the theoretical heart of the book. I argue not only that the
mechanisms of coercion are present in Pashukanis’s commodity-form theory,
but that because of its lack of an overarching sovereign, international law is
Introduction • 7
uniquely suitable for illustrating and examining this. As well as being better
explained by Pashukanis’s theory than others, international law is an invalu-
able optic for developing that theory. His frequent references to international
law in his major work, and his essay on the topic for the Soviet Encyclopedia
of State and Law make clear that relations between independent agents with-
out an overarching state are central to Pashukanis’s work. I attempt to show
that the embeddedness of violence in law, and the contingency of an arbi-
trating sovereign to the legal form, are key to the commodity-form theory.
In Chapter Five, I examine aspects of the early history of international law,
from the late fifteenth to the eighteenth centuries. This chapter is by no means
an exhaustive historical overview of the international system or international
legal debates, nor do I attempt to engage with all the voluminous secondary
literature. Instead, certain episodes, themes and writers are examined inso-
far as they illuminate the central claims of this book. I attempt to show that
the categories of international law can only be understood as those of mar-
ket relations slowly generalising globally, in the transition to capitalism.
However, contrary to the traditions of historical materialism that rigidly coun-
terpose politics and economics in capitalism, I argue that in these early days
(and by extension now) the two were interpenetrative, most particularly at
an international level. International law is especially suited to illustrating this.
Seeing the categories of international law as those of commodity exchange
is no contradiction to seeing it as constituted by and constituting relations of
violent colonialism – indeed that that is the only way it can be understood.
I try to show that maritime and merchant law, as regulators of the arenas in
which market relations were first conducted across polities with any sys-
tematicity, are critical to the development of international law. As an extended
coda, though I argue that disagreement on this point does not invalidate the
commodity-form theory developed, I make the case that mercantilism can
best be understood as a form transitional to capitalism. The main reason for
developing this argument is that it illustrates a central plank of my thesis,
that the separation of economics and politics – the market and coercive vio-
lence – is not constitutive of capitalism, and that the tendency toward their
separation is set about by countertendencies. The economic in the political
of mercantilism is the flipside of the political in the economic – the com-
modity – in international law.
In Chapter Six, I bring this history up to date, with a focus on the devel-
opment of categories of colonialism and imperialism in nineteenth- and
8 • Introduction
1. Beyond definition
Given the vast and growing literature on interna-
tional law,1 it is remarkable how few systematic
attempts have been made to uncover the fundamental
nature of such law as a social phenomenon.
This poverty of theory has not gone unnoticed.
The ‘vanishing point of jurisprudence’, for example,
is how T.E. Holland described international law.2
Richard Falk has commented that ‘most international
lawyers, whether inside or outside of universities,
profess to be anti-theoretical’, often contending that
‘theory is a waste of time in legal studies’.3 In B.S.
Chimni’s formulation, ‘the field of international legal
theory still gives the appearance of a wasteland’.4
There are encouraging signs of a growing conscious-
ness of theoretical issues in the field.5 The tradition
of blindness, even antipathy, to theory, however, still
weighs heavy in international law.
1
It is estimated that 80,000 books on international law had been published by 1967,
and that currently 700 books and 3,000 articles on international law are published
annually (Malanczuk 1997, p. 8).
2
Famously quoted as the epigraph to McDougal et al. 1968, p. 188.
3
Falk 1970, p. 8.
4
Chimni 1993, p. 15.
5
Simpson 2000 includes evidence of this in an engaging description of the 1999
American Society of International Law Annual Meeting, with its ‘distinctly different
feel . . . from that of previous years’, with ‘less fustiness and a more self-conscious
10 • Chapter One
This has made theory itself seem suspect. The endless and seemingly incon-
sequential character of theoretical discourse has forced modern lawyers to
make a virtue out of a necessity and turn towards an unreflective pragma-
tism, with the implicit assumption that the problems of theory [and, we can
add, history] are non-problems. . . . The modern international lawyer has
assumed that frustration about theory can be overcome by becoming doc-
trinal, or technical.9
The turn to doctrine was a function of the embedding of ‘law-ness’ into the
international social fabric in the nineteenth century.
flexing of interdisciplinary muscles’ (p. 459). Though the theoretical resurgence is most
clear in writers influenced by ‘critical legal studies’ (see Chapter Two, below), Simpson
makes the interesting argument that traditional debates have also and in parallel been
‘invigorated’ by liberal international lawyers who have ‘reached out’ to International
Relations scholarship, for a more interdisciplinary approach (p. 439).
6
Koskenniemi 1989, p. XIII.
7
Ibid.
8
Ibid.
9
Koskenniemi 1989, p. XIV.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 11
Even though in this period – and indeed throughout the century – the sci-
ence of international law lost relatively in historical significance, state prac-
tice in matters of international law expanded, intensified, and accelerated
to such an extent that the period clearly marks the beginning of a new era.10
The formulation that the theory and history of international law waned ‘even
though’ the law itself waxed is misleading. The very historical triumph of inter-
national law lay behind the diminution of international legal science.
Despite – perhaps because of – the absence of international legal theory or
analysis that can address the fundamental question of international law’s
nature, there is no lack of definitions of the subject matter. These definitions
purport to answer the question ‘What is international law?’, but are gener-
ally so thin or self-recursive that they tell the reader very little. Thus for exam-
ple, international law ‘is the system of law which governs relations between
states’11 – and it is usually defined to include some non-state actors as well.12
This ‘rule-approach’ defines a discrete and bounded arena of international
law as a body of rules, thus insisting on ‘a clear-cut distinction between law
and non-law’.13 This kind of classic, textbook definition represents ‘a widely
held perception’14 and the ‘classical view’,15 and it tells us almost nothing of
the underlying nature of international law.16
Occasionally, hints of a more systematic theory are implicit in these
definitions. Shearer, for example, defines international law as ‘rules of con-
duct which states feel themselves bound to observe, and therefore, do com-
monly observe’.17 Here the law is defined as deriving from states’ practice,
implying a positivist theory of the non-absolute nature of law: if a state sud-
denly decided it no longer felt bound to observe a particular law, then accord-
ing to Shearer’s definition it would cease to be law.
10
Nussbaum 1947, pp. 2–3.
11
Akehurst 1987, p. 1.
12
Ibid., Schwarzenberger 1967, p. 3; Shearer 1994, p. 3.
13
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 166. As Koskenniemi points out, this approach is unable
‘to provide a convincing account of how law and politics can held to be so sharply
distinct as assumed by it’.
14
Higgins 1994, p. 2. Higgins herself holds an opposing view, baldly opening one
book with the claim that ‘[i]nternational law is not rules’ (Higgins 1994, p. 1).
15
Higgins 1994, p. 5.
16
For an attempt to provide a more carefully theorised vision of the rules-based
nature of international law, though one which cannot overcome the problems laid out
here, see Arend 1999.
17
Shearer 1994, p. 3.
12 • Chapter One
Malanczuk is one textbook writer who seems aware that apparently inno-
cent definitions imply philosophical positions. He points out, for example,
that the classic (pre-World War I) definition of international law as ‘the law
that governs the relations between states amongst each other’ implies the
positivist doctrine ‘that only states could be subjects of international law’,18
which did not reflect reality even at the time. Without apparent censure or
approval, he points out that some textbooks avoid these issues in that they
‘refrain from any attempt to define international law and enter directly into
the discussion of its “sources”’19 – indeed, Malanczuk himself avoids defining
his subject matter, limiting himself to observations about its scope.
Malanczuk’s hesitancy about providing a definition comes in his updated
version of Akehurst’s classic textbook, which in contrast opened with a
definition.20 It is interesting that the reader learns nothing more, less or dif-
ferent from Malanczuk’s description of the subjects and scope of international
law, than from Akehurst’s definition of international law itself. These definitions,
in other words, generally answer the question ‘What are the subjects of inter-
national law?’ rather than ‘What is international law?’
Of course, within the very textbooks that print these wan definitions are
often discussions of the classic arguments in international law, between the
monists and the dualists, the deniers and the utopians, the positivists and
the naturalists, and so on. These are debates that do pertain to the nature of
international law, and will be addressed below. But to a large extent, they
leave the fundamental question unanswered.
Thus we might agree with one writer or another on these various debates –
for example, picking positions at random from the classic debates, that inter-
national law is a fundamentally different phenomenon from municipal law,
that it is law properly so-called, that it derives its obligatory nature from the
practice of states – and yet still have no idea why international law takes the
shape it does. Claims that international law is, say, ‘composed of the princi-
ples and rules of conduct’ of states,21 are essentially claims about what inter-
national law does (regulates interaction), not what it is, as law. There is no
theory of why it is law that does the job of regulation.
18
Malanczuk 1997, p. 1.
19
Malanczuk 1997, pp. 1–2. He cites Brownlie 1990 as an example.
20
Akehurst 1987, p. 1.
21
Shearer 1994, p. 3.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 13
22
Bull 1977, pp. 136–7.
23
Schwarzenberger 1967, p. 3. Emphasis mine.
24
Bull 1977, p. 122. Emphasis mine. See also p. 130 for a restatement of the argu-
ment in pragmatic terms: ‘If the rights and duties asserted under these rules [of inter-
national law] were believed to have the status merely of morality or of etiquette, this
whole corpus of activity [of statesmen, legal advisors, international assemblies] could
not exist. The fact that these rules are believed to have the status of law, whatever
theoretical difficulties it might involve, makes possible a corpus of international activ-
ity that plays an important part in the working of international society.’
25
Bull 1977, p. 137.
14 • Chapter One
what distinguishes the rules and principles of international law from ‘mere
morality’ is that they are accepted in practice as legally binding by states
in their intercourse because they are useful to reduce complexity and uncer-
tainty in international relations.26
26
Malanczuk 1997, pp. 6–7.
27
For an overview of Hart’s international legal theory, see McCarthy 1998, pp.
154–6; see also Paust 1979, for a more thorough analysis.
28
McCarthy 1998, p. 156.
29
Ibid.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 15
Again, the substance of the definition here revolves around international law’s
regulatory behaviour. Its law-ness, however, is deemed distinct from this,
and derives from the fact that it is called law. As one critic says, ‘Kelsen pro-
vides no methodology for analysis of the difference between a moral or a
legal social order’.32
In all of these definitions, what is evident is a failure to systematically
analyse – or even take seriously – the specificity of the legal form. Hart makes
this explicit in his claim that the analogy between international and munic-
ipal law ‘is one of content not of form’33 – the content here being the shared
normative obligation contained in both sets of ‘social rules’. If the legal form
is not shared between international and municipal law, then they have no
legal essence in common, and the only thing that makes them both ‘law’ is
that they are both called law.
A belief in the historical contingency of the ‘law-ness’ of international reg-
ulation is the result of ahistoricism. For Bull, there is a transhistorical neces-
sity to have ‘a body of rules’ ‘essential to international order’: international
law is merely one of its forms.
It is my contention that this ahistoricism is wrong. There is something
inescapably ‘legal’ about international law, and its historical emergence is
part of a process of historical transformation. I will argue that the develop-
ment of international law is inextricably tied to the political economy of the
post-feudal world, and that such law’s units of analysis are legal units. The
framework for interaction between polities in the modern international legal
system, its modus operandi, is fundamentally different from previous orders’.
30
Hart 1961, p. 231.
31
Kelsen 1968, p. 85.
32
Paust 1979, p. 41.
33
Hart 1961, p. 231.
16 • Chapter One
34
Lachs 1987, p. 10.
35
Austin 2000, p. 127.
36
Morgenthau 1981, p. 144.
37
Malanczuk 1997, p. 5. Oddly, Malanczuk in the very next sentence then goes on
to make the mistake he is pointing out, when he claims that ‘[i]n foreign policy think-
ing, the reductionist perception of international law is still prevalent in the “realist”
school’, mentioning Morgenthau as exemplary (p. 5). But the dispute under discus-
sion is ‘whether international law may be properly called “law”’, something that
Morgenthau does not question.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 17
Categories of denial
It is obviously true that there will be some overlap, and that some positions
will tend to bleed into others: Higgins points out for example that if one holds
that international law is generally ignored, ‘this evidences that international
38
Morgenthau 1967, p. 265.
39
Lachs 1987, p. 18.
40
Ibid.
41
Lachs 1987, p. 19.
42
Schachter 1991, p. 5.
43
The variety of permutations is clear. An optimistic Austinian would agree with
1 but not 2 or 3. The ‘Realists’ would tend precisely to reverse this. The game of tick-
ing or crossing next to each of the forms to classify various international legal theo-
rists could be played almost endlessly. One striking thing is how few authors would
tick all three forms of denial. Those who would disagree with all three are less rare.
18 • Chapter One
law is not “real law” at all’44 – a segue from form 2 to form 1. Denial in the
second sense presumes it in the third: if international law has no systematic
effect on the actions of states, it can obviously not be a force for maintaining
order or improving the world. Importantly, however, the third form does not
presume the second – it is possible to hold that law has an effect, but that it
cannot maintain order.
With the exception of the second form supposing the third, these positions
are distinct and do not presume each other. To lump them together thus does
violence to the conceptual tools of the international legal theorist.45 Accordingly,
I will deal with representatives of the three different ‘denials’ in turn.
44
Higgins 1994, p. 2.
45
For overviews of the ‘deniers’ see, among others, Lauterpacht 1932, pp. 301–6;
Lachs 1987, pp. 13–18.
46
Expounded in Austin 2000.
47
Austin 2000, pp. 133–4. This theory derives ultimately from Hobbes, who states
in Leviathan that ‘[w]here there is no common Power, there is no Law’ (Hobbes 1981,
p. 188).
48
This is where distinguishing between various forms of denial becomes impor-
tant. Austin did not deny that international law might have a regulatory effect on the
behaviour of nations (Lachs 1987, p. 15), only that it was ‘law’.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 19
many of . . . [those who deny the legal character of international law] are
captivated by a dogmatic preconception based on the incompatibility of
international law with this or that technical definition of the term ‘law’ to
which they adhere. . . . The mistake inherent in Austin’s contention, like in
that advanced by others, is that an arbitrary definition of the term ‘law’ is
first prescribed as if it were obligatory, and then it is proved that interna-
tional law does not fit with the Procrustean bed of that definition.49
49
Dinstein 1984, p. 200.
50
McCarthy 1998, p. 157.
51
For brief overviews of this position and writers associated with it, see among
others Slaughter Burley 1993, pp. 207–9; Boyle 1980, pp. 193–206.
20 • Chapter One
international law was not law; nor did he claim that international law had
no effect on the actions of states. Indeed, ‘to deny that international law exists
at all as a system of binding legal rules flies in the face of all the evidence’.52
However, Morgenthau’s position is that there is an ‘iron law of interna-
tional politics, that legal obligations must yield to national interest’.53 The
rules of international law are seen as not ‘as effective a legal system as the
national legal systems are’, and crucially, they are not ‘effective in regulating
and restraining the struggle for power on the international scene’.54 Power
and power-politics are the determining moment here: ‘[p]olitics is focal and
law secondary’.55
According to the mainstream histories of realism, this kind of scepticism
was born in reaction to the excesses of the ‘legalist-moralist’ or ‘utopian’
approaches between the First and Second World Wars.56 The story given is
that American foreign policy under Wilson and his followers, ‘the high priests
of the “legalist-moralist” tradition’,57 tried naively to guarantee peace through
international organisations and laws, ignoring the ever-present ‘struggle for
power’58 which would always undermine it. Realism about international law,
and in IR more generally, then, is seen as a reaction ‘against Wilsonian lib-
eral internationalism, which presumed that the combination of democracy
and international organization could vanquish war and power politics’.59
This juxtaposition of realism with its ‘utopian’ predecessors is ‘pure myth’.60
There is no doubt that Wilson expressed US foreign policy where possible in
terms of liberal internationalism, national self-determination, law and the
like. However, this does not mean that there was a fundamental paradig-
matic difference between the putative ‘idealism’ of the inter-war years and a
hard-nosed ‘realism’ afterwards. Wilson’s Fourteen Points Address to Congress
on 8 January 1918 is often cited as the high-minded birth of twentieth-cen-
tury utopianism. However, if state practice rather than just rhetoric is taken
into consideration, ‘Wilson was in fact a realist’.61
52
Morgenthau 1967, p. 265.
53
Morgenthau 1981, p. 144.
54
Morgenthau 1967, p. 265.
55
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 168.
56
Boyle 1980, p. 199; Slaughter Burley 1993, pp. 207–8.
57
Slaughter Burley 1993, p. 208.
58
Morgenthau 1967, pp. 25–6.
59
Slaughter Burley 1993, p. 207.
60
Rosenberg 1994, p. 22.
61
Boyle 1980, p. 200 footnote 21.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 21
[T]he first Western reaction to the Bolsheviks’ appeal to the peoples to make
peace . . . had been President Wilson’s Fourteen Points, which played the
nationalist card against Lenin’s international appeal. A zone of small nation-
states was to form a sort of quarantine belt against the Red virus.62
Wilson’s 1915 and 1916 invasions of Hispaniola (Haiti and Dominican Republic)
were clearly power-political decisions, whatever the rhetoric of national self-
determination. In the words of Wilson’s Secretary of State, spoken with
Wilson’s acquiescence, ‘[i]n its advocacy of the Monroe Doctrine the United
States considers its own interests. The integrity of other American nations is
an incident, not an end’63 – this at the high-point of talk about ‘national self-
determination’. It is hard not to agree that ‘the significance of these Wilsonian
slogans has been much overestimated in the realist literature’,64 and that the
‘“appeasers” of the 1930s’ are ‘whipping-boys of . . . realist writers’.65
This is not to deny that there was a change in the political mood after the
Second World War, and a concomitant change in the mood of political sci-
ence; only to claim that the change was more to do with presentation than
substance of policy. Nor is it to deny that many of the academics and writ-
ers on international affairs after the First World War may have been naively
dewy-eyed about the efficacy of international law. ‘The more the facts were
in contradiction to their writings, the more lyrical they grew’.66 To this extent,
it is true that realism was a reaction to the ideologues of utopianism.
Morgenthau’s position that law will give way to power is predicated on a
fragmentation of social sciences: ‘the political realist maintains the autonomy
of the political sphere’.67 It is not only the autonomy of the political that is
maintained, but its primacy, in the international arena. Therefore, Morgenthau
claims that where the political scientist thinks ‘in terms of interest defined as
power . . . the lawyer [should think], of the conformity of action with legal
rules’.68 However, as he has already maintained that law will not restrain
62
Hobsbawm 1994, p. 67.
63
Robert Lansing quoted in Chomsky 1992, p. 36.
64
Walzer 1992, p. 111.
65
Rosenberg 1994, p. 21.
66
Kunz 1968, p. 127.
67
Morgenthau 1958, p. 11.
68
Ibid.
22 • Chapter One
69
For example, Rosenberg 1994, pp. 15–23; Chimni 1993, pp. 36–9.
70
Morgenthau 1967, p. 302.
71
Chimni 1993, p. 28.
72
Morgenthau 1958, p. 226.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 23
The skeptic’s argument is curious because it both maintains and denies the
law/politics distinction. The distinction is maintained through the assump-
tion that law can be separated from non-law through a criterion (the like-
lihood of sanction) [which, we can add, takes the abstract rules-based nature
of law as straightforward, with the underpinning or otherwise of those rules
in sanctions as determinant of effectiveness]. But the distinction is denied
as the question of the likelihood of sanction becomes a sociological one.
Binding force emerges with factual coercion. Law is merely a division of
power politics. The distinctions between law and society, legal and politi-
cal disputes and legal and sociological methods vanish.73
The contradiction is that between rule and sanction. For Morgenthau, laws
are ‘not the result of the mechanics of the struggle for power but are super-
imposed upon that struggle in the form of norms or rules of conduct by the
will of the members of the society themselves’.74 Thus the norms are an epiphe-
nomenal gloss to take the edge off the sharp end of power struggles. But
given that the efficacy or otherwise of those rules is defined by sanctions,
determined by politics, the legal formalism here is undermined by the polit-
ical formalism which goes with it.
A variant of the argument levelled against Austin’s formalism is pertinent
here. There, the question was why this complex system of international ‘pos-
itive morality’ should proclaim itself law. At this point, the conundrum is
why, given the ultimate collapse of law into politics, the edifice of interna-
tional law exists at all. Morgenthau is a political and legal formalist, without
reasons for why the abstract system of ‘politics’ is primary, or why the abstract
system of ‘law’ exists. Morgenthau’s ‘explanation’ that international law is
superimposed by the members of international society tells us nothing. It is
only a restatement of the mystery. International law, after all, fails in ‘an
attempt to exorcise social events by the infatigable repetition of magic for-
mulae’.75 So why does it persist?
To understand the complex interpenetration of legality and politics –
and economics, and all the other supposedly separate arenas of study –
we must move beyond formalism. This means moving away from abstract
notions such as ‘the national interest’ on the one hand or ‘the rule of law’ as
73
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 169.
74
Morgenthau 1967, p. 220.
75
Morgenthau 1940, p. 265.
24 • Chapter One
76
Chimni 1993, p. 45.
77
Malanczuk 1997, p. 6.
78
Akehurst 1970, p. 2.
79
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 170.
80
Chimni 1993, p. 59.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 25
81
Falk 1985, pp. 36–42.
82
Falk 1983, p. 324.
83
Higgins 1969, p. 930.
84
Falk 1975, p. 220.
85
According to Chimni, Falk’s ‘jurisprudential perspective . . . is not fully worked
through . . . In fact, legal theory has never received the sustained and adequate atten-
tion of Falk’ (Chimni 1993, p. 148).
86
Bull 1975, p. 282; Stone 1984, p. 36; Michalak 1980, p. 11. It is only fair to point
out that Falk accepted that his formulations in his 1975 book were excessively utopian
(Falk 1980). Even with that proviso, however, his theories of international law as inter-
national law of transition have not been satisfactorily formulated, and remain more
in the way of hopes than realistic proposals.
87
Chimni 1993, p. 208.
88
Chimni 1993, p. 210.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 27
for a better world’89 in international law, does not stop him arguing that pro-
gressive international lawyers as lawyers should be ‘normative in the small’
as part of an emancipatory project.90 In Chapter Two I will return to and
analyse the contradictions of these two exemplary critics as to the progres-
sive role of international law. For now, I only point out that their allegiance
to the ‘third form of denial’ is at best equivocal.
There is a lack in the literature of systematic developments of that pes-
simism regarding international law’s progressive potential: I attempt to argue
such a position throughout this book. If we accept the view, advanced below,
that law is part of the political process of modern international relations, and
also – contra the liberals – that conflict and exploitative relations are embed-
ded in, rather than pathological too, those relations, law itself is part of that
conflictual, exploitative process.
Perhaps the theorist who comes closest to articulating a theory of actually-
existing, embedded international law as part of a political process of conflict
and exploitation is the ‘brilliant but sinister’ Carl Schmitt.91
There has been a growth in interest in Schmitt in recent years,92 but he
remains a controversial figure in international law and social theory more
generally, unsurprisingly given his antisemitism and close association with
Nazism, during the 1930s in particular.93 His contributions to international
legal theory have been denounced as ‘ideological and propagandistic Nazi
bric-a-brac’.94
There is absolutely no doubt that Schmittiana must be viewed with cau-
tion. Ritualistic ‘lip-services to the “shocking” character of Schmitt’s “avowed
racism and anti-Semitism”’95 are not inoculations against the political rami-
fications of Schmitt’s positions.96 Nonetheless, ‘even people of diametrically
89
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 494.
90
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 496.
91
Callinicos 1989, p. 48.
92
Among the burgeoning secondary literature, Mouffe 1999 is evidence of the uneasy
interest of many on the Left in Schmitt. Balakrishnan 2000 is an indispensable recent
study. From within international law, Koskenniemi reviews Schmitt’s arguments in
Koskenniemi 2002, pp. 413–36.
93
For the argument that Schmitt’s antisemitism was a self-serving sham (raising
the question of whether a genuine antisemite or one who mums the bigotry for polit-
ical advantage is the more reprehensible), see Bendersky 1987, pp. 95–6.
94
Gattini 2002, p. 55.
95
Ibid.
96
Salter points out that the rise in interest in Schmitt has occurred ‘precisely dur-
ing a period which has coincided with the re-emergence of “the radical right” as a
28 • Chapter One
opposite political allegiances can profit intellectually from taking him seri-
ously, and not just with the intention of refuting everything he has to say’.97
For the student of international law, Schmitt’s ‘many insights about law
and the new political order’98 in particular revolve around his austere analy-
ses of the intrinsic relation between international law, political power and
imperialism.
The core of Schmitt’s international legal thinking is in his 1950 book The
Nomos of the Earth in the International Law of the Jus Publicum Europaeum.99
Combining history, theory and jeremiad, Schmitt examines the central impor-
tance of early colonialism in international law, and expresses anxiety about
the modern ‘disorientation of juridical thinking’,100 structuring his argument
around his central concept of nomos. He is clear that it should not, as is con-
distinctly political force’ (Salter 1999, p. 162). It is perhaps a naïveté about some of
these political ramifications which underlies Carty’s polite thank-you to the main con-
duit for recent Schmitt studies, the journal Telos, which he says ‘continues to render
a service in explaining Schmitt’s views on international law’ (Carty 2001, p. 25 foot-
note 1). However useful these translations and articles may be, they are not politi-
cally neutral ‘explanations’. Telos and its writers have moved from critical theory ‘to
an embrace of conservative American populism, European radical Right theories and
anti-Left movements’ (Frankel 1997, p. 60), an ‘obsessive hatred of welfare states’
(p. 70), and ‘a paradoxical commitment to a mixture of open libertarian values and nar-
row, sexist, ethnic, homophobic and other conservative prejudices’ (p. 72). For a new
example from the very heart of Telos’s Schmitt proselytism, see Ulmen’s introduction
to his translation of Schmitt’s The Nomos of the Earth with its truly despicable attack
on multiculturalism as an ‘ideological assault on the European past in general and
on “Western culture” in particular’, ‘anti-European propaganda’ (Ulmen 2003, pp. 30,
31) (this attack was prefigured in Ulmen and Piccone’s stated preference for ‘European
rather than Asian or African immigrants’ to the US (Piccone and Ulmen 1995)). In the
light of these pronouncements, it is perhaps not too far-fetched to wonder whether
Ulmen’s use of the antiquated and offensive term ‘Negroes’ without scare-quotes or
apparent ironic distancing is a deliberate provocation (Ulmen 2003, p. 17). Nor are
these political positions, of course, contingent to Ulmen’s and Telos’s Schmittophilia.
The degree of special pleading and bad faith with regard to The Master is evidenced
by the cover copy of Telos Press’s edition of The Nomos of the Earth, which describes
Schmitt as someone who ‘attempted to save the Weimar Republic’: he was rather
someone who ‘did not want to save “Weimar” but only the authoritarian aspects of
the Weimar constitution’ and ‘who opted for the authoritarian order of the Third Reich
in preference to the “democratic chaos” of Weimar’ (Frankel 1997, p. 73 footnote 32:
see also Neocleous 1996 and Balakrishnan 2000 p. 164 and pp. 155–75). Rather than
seeing Telos as ‘left appropriation of Schmitt’ (Koskenniemi 2002, p. 423 footnote 37),
it looks more like Schmitt’s appropriation of the Left.
97
Balakrishnan 2001, p. 9.
98
Koskenniemi 2002, p. 424.
99
Schmitt 2003a.
100
Schmitt 2003a, p. 234. See Koskenniemi 2002, pp. 415–20 for an excellent overview.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 29
the immediate form in which the political and social order of a people
becomes spatially visible . . . Nomos is the measure by which the land in a
particular order is divided and situated; it is also the form of political, social,
and religious order determined by this process.102
101
Schmitt 2003a, p. 70.
102
Ibid.
103
Schmitt 2003a, p. 78.
104
Doehring 2002, p. 374.
105
With an almost Kabbalistic neurosis and precision, Schmitt repeatedly investi-
gated the etymology of nomos. (Schmitt 2003a pp. 67–79; and written later, Schmitt
2003b pp. 326–7, 2003c and 2003d, p. 351.)
106
Schmitt 2003, p. 80.
107
Schmitt n.d., p. 14, p. 15. Page references are to an unpublished translation of
Schmitt 1940, which I am grateful to Erica Benner for providing.
108
Schmitt n.d., p. 13.
30 • Chapter One
more tellingly, ‘[i]t avoids . . . proceeding through the character of this devel-
opment into a universalistic world empire, in correspondence with the world
political interests of Anglo-Saxon imperialism’.109
Elided to some extent with ‘empire’, the category of ‘greater-space’ is an
attempt to conceptualise the non-state-bounded nature of national interest.
Not so restrictively formal as to include only legal colonies, it includes also
informal empires and looser conglomerates of hegemonic states and their
clients: essentially, it is a frank admission of the permeable and shifting ter-
ritories represented by powerful states’ international claims and interests.
Schmitt claims that international law cannot be understood without Gross-
raum, a concept that ‘involves a deep-seated conceptual arrangement, an his-
torical-political process which binds all peoples and which, if not observed,
would leave international law as nothing more than a succession of non-bind-
ing pseudo-norms’.110 It is precisely a crisis of greater-space – the uncertain
reconfiguring of spheres of influence – that he sees underlying the crisis of
the nomos after Versailles.111 This is to say that the international power dynamic
is necessary to understand the actual lived reality of international law. Thus
law and politics are interpenetrated.
Schmitt argues that
out of the world market there arose of itself a world international law which
could overcome state sovereignty, and with it came a legitimacy and guaran-
tee of the status quo that, unlike the French effort at preserving the interna-
tional status quo, had not only European but universal substance.112
Here, Schmitt sees law, politics and economics as linked in complex struc-
tures, economics throwing up law that is used politically to maintain the sta-
tus quo. Despite his later claims for the peaceful effects of reconceptualising
international law, here a particular form of international law serves as the
tool of a particular hegemonic power. There is little doubt that Grossraum rep-
resented both a theoretical and a pragmatic political category for Schmitt: to
109
Schmitt n.d., p. 15. For a perspective on grossraum from within mainstream inter-
national law, see Vagts 1990, p. 689. Vagts unconvincingly attempts to shoehorn this
essentially evasive concept into straightforward managerialist terms of the ‘rights’ of
hegemonic versus ‘subordinate’ states.
110
Schmitt n.d., p. 1.
111
Schmitt 2003, pp. 234–8.
112
Schmitt n.d., p. 6. My emphasis.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 31
some extent it aligned Schmitt with Hitlerian foreign policy.113 However, this
does not necessarily invalidate it as a theoretical tool.
Indeed, insofar as it is an acknowledgement of a rapidly shifting interna-
tional reality of power politics, it may underscore it. Schmitt’s desire to frankly
acknowledge the central importance of Grossraum to international law at a
time when Germany’s capacity to expand its ‘greater-space’ was at a pre-
mium is an attempt to shift international law to a new paradigm, better suited
to international realities in two ways. First, Schmitt claims that it would bet-
ter reflect those realities – indeed, that the change of paradigm is ‘unavoid-
able’ given ‘the irresistible development towards greater spaces and scales
of space’.114 And second, such international law would be ‘in the position to
allow nations organised as states to insist upon an Earth divided up into
greater-spaces’.115 It would, in other words, better serve the interests of Germany,
the aspirant hegemonic power for whom Schmitt speaks.
Here we see the beginnings of a theory in which international law is under-
stood to be an active part of conflictual international politics, used by states
against each other. Schmitt’s ritual claims about the increasing likelihood of
peace with the new international law is easily outweighed by his stress on
the way different phases and articulations of international law represent the
interests of particular international powers, and that with upsets in the rel-
ative strengths of those forces, changes in the forms of international law will
follow.
This is an international law which reflects and facilitates the interests of
great powers in the international arena, rather than any autonomous legal
sphere the careful application of which tends towards peace and justice.
Schmitt is disarming in his acknowledgement that international law
will be used for imperialist purposes. So far as it goes, that analysis is
persuasive.
113
Kervegan 1999, pp. 58–9, pp. 62–4. Not being based on racial categories, how-
ever, that allegiance was, if not contingent, at best unstable (Koskenniemi 2002,
p. 421). ‘Schmitt argues that it was precisely his refusal to endorse a racially-based
theory of Grossraum, i.e., large-scale geo-political power blocs, as distinct from his
own critical, scholarly concedpt, which explains the “failure” of his work between
1933–1945 to feature within the approved lists of official Nazi publications’ (Salter
1999, p. 169).
114
Schmitt n.d., p. 15.
115
Ibid.
32 • Chapter One
116
Chimni 1993, p. 143.
117
Malanczuk 1997, p. 15. See Malanczuk 1997, pp. 15–17 for a brief overview of
the debate between naturalists and positivists.
118
‘It goes without saying that the theory of natural law cannot stand the least his-
torical or sociological criticism, for it gives an entirely inadequate picture of reality.
But the main curiosity consists in the fact that the juridic theory of the state, which
took its place in the name of positivism distorts reality to no less a degree.’ Pashukanis
1980, p. 97.
119
Grotius claimed that ‘natural law would still have existed even if God had not’.
Malanczuk 1997, p. 16.
120
Malanczuk 1997, p. 15.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 33
and significance of its own, and that endowed with such reality the state may
also be regarded as having a will.’121
A systematic and grounded theory of (international) law must consider
law and the state as the results of historical processes and social relations.
Both positivism and naturalism fetishise law: one starts from abstract law,
another from the abstract state. Rejecting these positions, the materialist analy-
sis of the legal form offers a way out of this unsatisfactory dualism, with an
alternative theory for the existence of effective international law.
Positivism is traditionally associated with a dualist position, which, in con-
tradistinction to monism, considers that international law and municipal law
‘represent two entirely distinct legal systems, international law having an
intrinsically different character from that of state law’.122 Given that the state
is the vanishing point of theory in positivism, it is understandable that pos-
itivism tends towards dualism:123 the various states have a fundamentally dif-
ferent relationship with the law municipally, where they are the sovereigns,
and internationally, where they are also subjects. Rather than attempt a sys-
tematic theory of actually-existing law in all its variety, with the legal form
opaque to them dualists can do no more than simply note the (profound, to
be sure) differences between international and municipal law, and claim that
to be a theory.124
Monism, however, has done little more to open up the nature of law. It is
true that it is predicated on a slightly more systematic notion of law:
121
Shearer 1994, p. 21.
122
Shearer 1994, p. 64. Emphasis in original.
123
‘As a rule of thumb, it may be said that the ideological background to dualist
doctrines is strongly coloured by an adherence to positivism and an emphasis on the
theory of sovereignty, while monist schools are more inclined to follow natural law
thinking and liberal ideas of a world society.’ Malanczuk 1997, p. 63. See also Shearer
1994, p. 64.
124
It is interesting that dualism is a function of a kind of monism: ‘[t]he “posi-
tivists” hold that the rules of international law are in final analysis of the same char-
acter as “positive” municipal law (i.e. state law) inasmuch as they also issue from the
will of the state’ (Shearer 1994, p. 21).
125
Shearer 1994, p. 65.
34 • Chapter One
126
Fitzmaurice 1957, p. 71.
127
Bull 1975, p. 125.
128
Falk 1968, p. 134.
129
‘The contents of the norms must be determined by acts of authorized individ-
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 35
[I]t is the state whose rights have been violated which is authorized to react
against the violator by reprisals or war as the coercive acts provided for by
international law. The technique of self-help, characteristic of primitive law,
prevails.131
uals . . . They are valid if they are created in this way, . . . whatever their contents may
be.’ Kelsen 1952, pp. 410–11. We shall see, however, that Kelsen’s is a peculiarly
‘utopian’ positivism.
130
Kelsen 1967.
131
Kelsen 1968, p. 88.
132
McCarthy 1998, p. 157.
133
Kelsen 1952, p. 410.
134
Kelsen 1968, p. 88.
135
Lachs 1987, p. 94.
36 • Chapter One
‘pure’ theory of law), rather than the way those norms and laws pan out in
actuality. Kelsen’s theory, in a Kantian attempt to analyse the law as ‘thing-
in-itself’, limits ‘itself to an analysis of rules. . . . [T]he pure theory of law does
not concern itself with their effectiveness, or their degree of operation’.136
The critique of Austin above is applicable to Kelsen here. The project of
international legal theory must be to understand actually-existing interna-
tional law. Kelsen’s ‘tendency to accept normative claims at face value, regard-
less of the prospect for their implementation’137 is a product of the fact that
his is an analysis of ‘pure’ law. ‘The mistake Kelsen made was to try and
derive the legal norm not from social relations but to locate it in the phe-
nomenon of law itself.’138 Kelsen does not see this as a failure, but as the very
job of a ‘pure’ theory of law. But for all his claims to positivity, examining
law while ignoring the lived reality of that law is a utopian and idealist
project.139
In any case, despite his extreme formalism, Kelsen could not sustain the
sharp distinction between ‘law’ and reality necessary for a truly ‘pure’ the-
ory of law. Instead, his theory explicitly presupposed a minimum effective-
ness of law in the efficacy of the legal order.140 ‘With this, however, the pure
theory ceased to be pure’.141
Kelsen’s acknowledgement that his final referent must be law in the real
world vindicates the claim that it is actually-existing law which must be the-
orised, not some nebulous ‘pure’ form against which reality is but a pathol-
ogised variant. Without any attempt to theorise the relation between ‘pure’
law and its reality – and ‘[t]here is no Kelsen methodology for analysis of
the intense interdependency which exists between the people and the law or
between patterns of authority and patterns of control’142 – the ‘pure’ theory
ends up collapsing under its own contradictions: either it claims absolute
divorce from reality, in which case relevance and applicability are sacrificed
136
Lachs 1987, p. 94.
137
Falk 1968, p. 134.
138
Chimni 1993, p. 220.
139
See Falk 1968, p. 135.
140
‘For if we analyze our judgments concerning the validity of legal norms, we find
that we presuppose the first constitution as a valid norm only under the condition
that the legal order established on the basis of this constitution is, by and large, effec-
tive, that is to say, that is actually applied and obeyed’ (Kelsen 1952, p. 412). See also
Kelsen 1967, pp. 211–14.
141
Chimni 1993, p. 219.
142
Paust 1979, p. 38.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 37
to formal rigour, or it admits the ‘reality’ of law, as Kelsen was forced to, in
which case the ‘pure’ theory is wrong.
As Gramsci said against the ahistorical fascist idealists, his was philoso-
phy ‘not of the “pure” act, but of the real “impure” act, in the most profane
and worldly sense of the word’.143 What must be attempted, contra Kelsen
and in this Gramscian sense, is a theory of impure law.
143
Gramsci 1971, p. 372.
144
Myres McDougal worked in collaboration with various colleagues throughout
his life, but he owed a systematic intellectual debt to Harold D. Lasswell. In response
to Oran Young’s speculation as to ‘whether the Lasswellian conceptual apparatus is
a necessary part of McDougal’s jurisprudence’ (Young 1972, p. 67), McDougal responded
that ‘the “intellectual apparatus” is the jurisprudence’ (McDougal 1972, p. 79, empha-
sis in original). I follow McDougal’s own convention in referring to the ‘McDougal-
Lasswell’ approach.
145
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 171.
146
McDougal 1953, p. 143.
38 • Chapter One
between law and policy’.147 However, McDougal is also critical of the realists:
147
McDougal 1953, p. 144.
148
McDougal 1953, p. 157.
149
McDougal 1955, p. 378.
150
McDougal 1952, p. 104.
151
Ibid.
152
Lasswell, McDougal & Reisman 1968, p. 202.
153
Higgins 1994, p. 2.
154
Ibid. Emphasis mine.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 39
155
McDougal 1967a, p. 992.
156
McDougal 1967b, p. xvi.
157
McDougal 1967b, p. 39.
158
McDougal 1967b, p. 40.
159
Higgins 1994, p. 6.
40 • Chapter One
I believe there is no avoiding the essential relationship between law and pol-
icy, I also believe that it is desirable that the policy factors are dealt with sys-
tematically and openly’.160 It is for this reason that McDougal-Lasswell
jurisprudence is not generally known as, say, ‘the process theory of law’ but
as the ‘policy school’, or ‘policy-oriented jurisprudence’.
Most of his critics accuse McDougal of using categories of international
law to justify whatever actions he chooses. ‘[W]oe to the negotiators,’ says
Fitzmaurice, ‘if [McDougal] . . . had to be taken literally. . . . It would not be
their treaty that would emerge from the fray, but another that someone else
thought was the one they should have entered into’.161 Stanley Anderson is
harsher. ‘Law is policy. Policy is human dignity. Human dignity is fostered
in the long run by the success of American foreign policy. Therefore, law is
the handmaiden of the national interest of the United States.’162
It is quite true that McDougal’s ‘uncritical acceptance of the views of the
American “establishment”’ has led him to be an ‘exegete or apologist’ for the
US.163 Though he often expresses his desire for a jurisprudence that furthers
‘human dignity’, the concept is nebulous, to say the least, and lends itself
easily to more or less any approach the policy-makers decide to take. Even
Higgins, a close follower of McDougal, argues that
160
Higgins 1994, p. 5.
161
Fitzmaurice 1971, p. 368. Emphasis in original.
162
Anderson 1963, p. 382.
163
Young 1972, p. 74: this is in a far from hypercritical review. See also Chimni 1993,
pp. 137–43.
164
Higgins 1969, p. 922.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 41
[i]t really carries matters no further for critics to say that this approach ‘can
lead to international law being used by states as a device for post facto jus-
tifying decisions without really taking international law into account’. This
simply begs the question of what international law is. Such a comment
merely presupposes that there is a ‘real’ international law that all men of
good faith can recognize – that is, rules that can be neutrally applied, regard-
less of circumstance and context. And that is where the debate began.166
Having dispensed with formalism, law must be part of the political process.
This means that law itself is a political process, and the ‘meanings’ and appli-
cations of legal norms cannot be pre-determined. They are constituted in
interpretation, contextually.
There is another sense in which McDougal correctly holds international
law to be indeterminate: ‘the fact that . . . a number of fundamental concepts
and rules “travel in opposites” (domestic jurisdiction and international con-
cern, aggressive war and self-defence)’.167 In other words, many categories of
international law are mutually constituting opposites, which pull in differ-
ent directions, in terms of interpretation. This is an enormously important
point. However, McDougal never theorises this insight sufficiently. It is left
to the Critical Legal Studies movement, most particularly and impressively
Koskenniemi, to systematise the observation of these oppositional categories.
This work will be examined in detail in Chapter Two.
165
Falk 1968, p. 501.
166
Higgins 1994, p. 7.
167
Chimni 1993, p. 79. See, for example, McDougal in American Society of
International Law 1954, p. 120.
42 • Chapter One
168
For a very good critique of McDougal’s underlying notions, see Chimni 1993,
pp. 128–33.
169
Chimni 1993, p. 130.
170
Young 1972, p. 64.
171
Anderson 1963, p. 382.
172
Anderson 1963, p. 381.
173
Anderson 1963, p. 382.
‘The Vanishing Point of Jurisprudence’ • 43
1. Beyond pragmatism
The traditional canon of international legal theory
has been exposed, with all its shortcomings: its end-
lessly recursive and fruitless counterposition of pos-
itivism and naturalism, and the intractable choice
between apologetic policy-approach and utopian
rules-approach theories. The modern ignoring of
systematic theory can be seen as a defensive reac-
tion to this state of affairs: international legal theorists
after the Second World War ‘turned to pragmatism,
a modern consequentialist philosophy that empha-
sized institutional process, functional progress, or
rule centered doctrinal specificity, while denying the
relevance of coherent abstraction’1 – that is, of jurispru-
dence itself.
1
Purvis 1991, p. 83. Purvis sees most of those modern international legal theorists
who do attempt to grapple with more fundamental questions of theory, such as
McDougal, Kelsen, Schwarzenberger et al., as ‘conceptual pragmatists’ who reacted
to the failure of ‘unreflective pragmatism’ and ‘sought to turn abstraction into func-
tionalism’, using ‘pragmatic functionalism’ (p. 84). Much of Purvis’s taxonomy here
is questionable: he wrongly characterises Kelsen as a sceptic, for example (p. 84). His
historical claim, that these more systematic theorists represented a response to the
failure of ‘pure’ pragmatism, is also unsustainable: far from emerging ‘from the efforts
of the post-war scholars’, Kelsen’s theories were first elaborated in Hauptprobleme der
Staatsrechtslehre in 1911 and reformulated in 1925 with the first publication of Allgemeine
Staatslehre. Similarly, Morgenthau’s scepticism was articulated in his doctoral thesis
written before the 1930s (Eckstein 1981, p. 646). However, Purvis’s broader point that
the modern textbook writers were exercising a woolly pragmatism in part born of the
recursive nature of classical jurisprudence of international law can be maintained.
46 • Chapter Two
Its roots lie in a deep sense of dissatisfaction with the existing state of legal
scholarship. . . . Advocates of critical legal studies may not all share the same
rank ordering of dissatisfactions but are all reacting against features of the
prevailing orthodoxies in legal scholarship, against the conservatism of the
law schools and against many features of the role played by law and legal
institutions in modern society.9
These ‘reactive roots’10 explain why the movement is such a broad church,
encompassing such an enormous, contradictory range of influences. The
2
Kennedy 1988.
3
Kennedy 1988, p. 6.
4
Purvis 1991, p. 88.
5
Unger 1983; Kennedy 1979.
6
Purvis 1991, p. 89.
7
For a brief description of the birth of the CLS movement in the US, see Kelman
1987, pp. 1–2.
8
Hunt 1987, p. 5.
9
Ibid.
10
Ibid.
Dissident Theories • 47
British movement has been less eclectic,11 its main influences confined to
Marxism, feminism and the Frankfurt School, with, in recent years, a turn to
Derridean deconstruction and Habermas. In the US the catholicism of the
movement has been extreme, where the ‘New Stream’ has incorporated ‘nor-
mative philosophy, critical theory, structuralism, anthropology, prepositional
logic, literature, sociology, politics and psychiatry’,12 as a subset of American
CLS which has its own origins in ‘Legal Realism, New Left anarchism, Sartrean
existentialism, neo-progressive historiography, liberal sociology, radical
social theory and empirical social science’13 – along, again, with the now-
ubiquitous postmodern social and linguistic theory, in both Foucauldian
and Derridean variants. Given these various and sometimes contradictory
influences, there is much scope for internal disagreement within CLS.14
The New Stream of international legal theorists is in a doubly marginal
position. CLS defines itself in opposition to the mainstream – although as
with postmodernism currently, that marginality is greatly exaggerated for the
purposes of radical chic15 – and within CLS, writers on international law are
in a tiny minority, though the volume of international legal theory written
from such a perspective has been increasing.16
The basic approach of the New Stream is in line with the CLS approach.
Generally it includes some commitment to left/transformative politics, though
emphatically not Marxism; and, crucially, a critical analysis of liberalism as
‘a system of thought that is simultaneously beset by internal contradiction . . . and
by systematic repression of the presence of these contradictions’.17 This cri-
tique of liberalism and its legal system is the central shared tenet of CLS, and
of the New-Stream theorists in international law.
11
Fitzpatrick and Hunt 1987, p. 2.
12
Purvis 1991, p. 88.
13
Purvis 1991, p. 89.
14
See Fitzpatrick and Hunt 1987, p. 2; Purvis 1991, p. 124.
15
‘Critical legal theory is the enfant terrible of contemporary legal studies. It delights
in shocking what it takes to be the legal establishment.’ Hunt 1987, p. 5. See Kelman
1987 p. 2 for a wry comment on the spurious categorisation of CLS as an ‘under-
ground’ movement. David Kennedy points out that a similar assertion of ‘outsider
status’ is familiar not only among critical, but mainstream scholars (Kennedy 1989,
p. 394, and throughout for a useful examination of the CLS approach).
16
Kennedy and Tennant 1994 contains a comprehensive list of critical international
legal sources up to 1994. Some useful introductions to the ‘New Stream’ are Purvis
1991; Carty 1991; Charlesworth 1992; Cass 1996; Aceves 2001, pp. 309–24.
17
Kelman 1987, p. 3. Emphasis in original.
48 • Chapter Two
Whatever internal disagreements there are in the New Stream, this stress on
the contradictions of liberalism is its most systematic and important insight.
In critically evaluating the CLS/New Stream tradition, it is the most devel-
oped exposition of this insight that must be engaged with.
[New Stream scholars’] basic claim is that the abstractions of liberalism are
contradictory. . . . At the very highest level of abstraction . . . competing and
conflicting principles operate within the law. . . . The indeterminacy thesis
states that one side of the dichotomies [naturalism/positivism, normative
18
Purvis 1991, p. 92.
19
Ibid.
20
Koskenniemi himself makes clear how much he draws from others, especially
from Kennedy 1987.
21
Purvis 1991, p. 103.
Dissident Theories • 49
22
Purvis 1991, pp. 106–7.
23
Koskenniemi 1989, pp. 46–7. Emphasis in original.
24
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 48. Seeing the terminology of ‘apology’ and ‘utopia’ as
somewhat abstract, Callinicos suggests as alternatives ‘realist’ and ‘cosmopolitan’,
thereby relating the argumentative structures Koskenniemi identifies to related state-
centric and putative-international-community-based theories in IR, respectively (per-
sonal communication).
25
Chimni 1993, p. 79.
50 • Chapter Two
The two patterns – or sets of arguments – are both exhaustive and mutu-
ally exclusive. . . . The result . . . is an incoherent argument which constantly
shifts between the opposing positions while remaining open to challenge
from the opposite argument.28
26
McDougal in American Society of International Law 1954, p. 120.
27
Koskenniemi 1989, pp. 40–1. The designation ‘ascending’ and ‘descending’ comes
from Walter Ullman.
28
Koskenniemi 1989, pp. 41–2. For a very clear example of the ascending-descend-
ing structure of argument in action during an international legal crisis see Carothers
1984 on the Soviet shooting down of Korean Air Lines Flight 007. The dyad is par-
ticularly clear in the discussion of sovereignty: ‘the question of the legality of shoot-
ing down intruding aircraft was argued not only at the level of customary norms, but
also at the level of general principle. The Soviet Union and the United States made
competing appeals to the meaning of the principle of sovereignty itself. The Soviet
government stated bluntly that sovereignty means “sacred” borders – an absolute
right to protect national airspace against any unwanted intrusion. The United States
countered with its own arguments of principle. Secretary of State Shultz announced
that national security concerns must be limited by “human values”’ (pp. 1204–5). The
opposition between the ascending argument of sovereignty and a descending argu-
ment of normativity is clear.
29
Schmitt n.d., p. 9.
Dissident Theories • 51
what seem like mutually opposing demands for individual freedom and social
order’.30 Liberal thought, as it emerged out of the dissolution of the medieval
order in which individuals were defined by social rank, posited ‘that indi-
viduals are both free and equal’.31 However, if this ‘ascending’ principle were
all that existed, as ‘individual ends differ, indeed conflict’, ‘[i]n the absence
of overriding principles civil war seems a constant threat’.32 There are vari-
ous ways to resolve this, but they all revolve around the imposition of a coun-
terweight to these private, ascending rights, such as a ‘public sphere’ of
government,33 or fundamental rights34 or ‘objective interests’35 that even ascend-
ing rights cannot breach. These are all ‘descending’ arguments, by which sup-
posedly absolute rights of individuals are checked, to stop war or anarchy
as rights clash.
The ascending/descending dyad is in a constant state of tension – the
halves do not complement but contradict, ‘continually threaten each other’.36
The liberal theory of the ‘invisible hand’ is an attempt to mediate this con-
tradiction, by claiming that ascending self-interest and descending general
interest are mutually constituting. However, this is not proved, only asserted.
‘The system is held together only by the . . . assumption that self-interested
behaviour will ultimately be for the greatest benefit of all. To think the
30
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 52. For the penetration of liberalism into international law,
see pp. 55–73.
31
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 60.
32
Ibid.
33
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 63.
34
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 64.
35
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 62.
36
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 66.
37
Koskenniemi 1989, pp. 66–67.
52 • Chapter Two
system as coherent, or workable, this is what one has to assume.’38 And in fact,
this supposed solution is structured with precisely the contradictory argu-
mentative structure outlined above: it is, in other words, merely a restate-
ment of the problem.
38
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 67. Emphasis in original.
39
Koskenniemi 1989, pp. 70–1.
40
Purvis 1991, p. 113.
41
See for example Brownlie 1963, p. 281; Schwarzenberger 1952, p. 82; Bowett 1958,
pp. 13–14 (Bowett here states the majority view. His own position is ambivalent – see
pp. 11–13).
42
Cited in Falk 1969, p. 429. Emphasis in original.
43
Dinstein 1994, p. 216; Tucker 1972, p. 586 and throughout. Describing its own
actions, the US regularly makes this elision between reprisals and permissible self-
defence (Reisman 1994, p. 10). Zoller distinguishes between ‘law in the books’ accord-
ing to which reprisals are illegal, and ‘law in action’, where the ‘back door for the use
of force in peacetime’ remains open (Zoller 1984, p. 39). Kalshoven, in his exhaustive
Dissident Theories • 53
overview of reprisals activity, concludes that ‘[b]elligerent reprisals . . . have not so far
come under a total prohibition’, but that ‘such a total prohibition . . . is the only ten-
able proposition’ (Kalshoven 1971, p. 375).
44
Bowett 1972, pp. 11–13.
45
Colbert 1948, pp. 203–4. The same argument is advanced in Levenfeld 1982, at
p. 35.
46
Masters 1964, p. 607. Emphasis in original. See also Kelsen 1968, pp. 87–8.
54 • Chapter Two
expressing. For this, we can turn instead to Marx. In Capital, he shows how
the social relations of general commodity production are the foundation for
liberalism and its contradictions.
[T]he jurist [Ulpian] is speaking of private estates and of public law, but in
speaking here of the territory of peoples and of private law the same rea-
soning applies, because from the point of view of the whole human race
peoples are treated as individuals.49
47
Marx 1981, p. 927. Emphasis mine.
48
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 72, and more generally pp. 68–73.
49
Grotius 2000, p. 29. See Gowan 2000, p. 145: ‘Grotius . . . transferred the notion
of liberty-as-property to the state in international affairs, viewing the character of state
boundaries as that of a private estate.’
Dissident Theories • 55
part of a materialist analysis. However, there are lacunae and problems with
Koskenniemi and with the CLS approach in general.
One problem lies in the very eclecticism which some see as CLS’s strength.
This can lead to a blunting of analysis, as a plethora of conflicting influences
are lumped together. For example, Koskenniemi cites Derrida to the effect
that interpretation of a law will only ever offer up more words, each of which
is as unstable as its fellows, maintaining a situation of radical indeterminacy
in legal discourse and discourse in general.50 However, this ‘Derridean’ sense
of indeterminacy is not the same indeterminacy that Koskenniemi has out-
lined elsewhere in his book. That was a product of the peculiar nature of dis-
course reflecting the realities of the modern international system, the unstable,
contradictory vacillation between sovereignty and world order. Derrida’s
indeterminacy is a statement of his theory of linguistic différance – of the end-
less ‘chain of differential references’,51 words-as-signifiers signifying only other
signifiers – and is not a restatement of the structural indeterminacy of liberal
modernity.
There are many critiques of Derrida’s postmodernism: this is not the place
to rehearse them.52 The point here is that Koskenniemi mis-sells his own
analysis when he equates it with Derrida’s linguistic essentialism. As Alcantara
puts it, ‘[e]ven in disregard of verbal indeterminacies, Koskenniemi explains,
law as a system would still be indeterminate.’ This is ‘[m]ore significant’ than
the ‘indeterminacy of legal texts’.53
50
‘In this sense, the finding that there is no objective meaning to legal concepts, no
extratextual referent which could be pointed at when disagreements arise provides
the most serious threat we have hereto encountered to the possibility of delimiting
law from arguments within “essentially contested” political concepts.’ Koskenniemi
1989, p. 475.
51
Derrida 1976, p. 159.
52
See, for example, Norris 1992, pp. 44–7. Also Callinicos 1989, pp. 73–80 on Derrida’s
epistemological pessimism and idealism.
53
Alcantara 1996, p. 67, p. 66. This is a moment of rare clarity and perspicacity for
Alcantara, but it is largely undermined in that he sees the systemic indeterminacy he
rightly stresses as more important as a function of the indeterminacy of language out-
lined by Derrida. This he holds to be the case on the dubious grounds that ‘Derrida’s
insight into the inadequacy of language per se is equally germane with regard to sys-
tems of representation generally’, and that international law is ‘one of those systems
of language’ (p. 66). In fact, Derrida’s system can precisely be criticised for its ideal-
ist privileging of language over social being, with the concomitant ‘textualist’ ten-
dency to see language as a template through which to theorise other social forms.
Alcantara is right to stress the indeterminacy of the international legal form, but his
reasoning for so doing is quite wrong.
56 • Chapter Two
Their very catholicism sometimes stands in the way of CLS writers devel-
oping rigorous, systematic analyses of international legal indeterminacy as
distinguished from what are sometimes frankly theoretically contingent and
far less persuasive postmodern garnishes. The sometimes indiscriminate atti-
tude to theory comes at a price. The profusion of influences has left CLS
scholars with powerful critical tools, but a poverty of systematic theory. As
Hunt puts it, ‘it is a movement in search of a theory, but at the same time it
is a movement which has not agreed that such a theory is either possible or
desirable’.54
This lack of systematicity, and its cost, can be seen most clearly in the dis-
parity between CLS’s analysis and its project – the ‘alternatives’ it purports
to offer. As Purvis argues, ‘the New Stream’s ideal vision is incompatible with
the movement’s own premises’.55 Koskenniemi’s hard-headed critique of the
‘normativity’ of international law does not sit with his suggestions for action
(many of the critiques of which he has latterly accepted).56
‘Many people’, he points out, ‘believe that international law offers a promise
of a more just society. Yet, once they enter it, they will realize that there is no
coherent project for a better world embedded in the concepts which they are
taught.’57 He argues that the ‘rule of law’ itself must be undermined,58 given
that ‘the “complete system” cannot be salvaged’.59 However, he also main-
tains the possibility of a socially transformative role for international law as
a tool wielded by the engaged international lawyer, who must ‘re-establish
an identity for himself as a social actor’60 – essentially, act as a political being
with a commitment to social justice.
CLS suggests broadening the inputs to the decision-making process in inter-
national law and international legal discourse. What Koskenniemi deems nec-
essary is the penetration of explicit (progressively framed) questions of policy
and justice in legal argument – ‘the inevitable movement to politics’61 – and
an attempt to see law as a process carried out by agents, ‘a practice of attempt-
54
Hunt 1987, p. 5.
55
Purvis 1991, p. 117.
56
Personal communication.
57
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 494.
58
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 501.
59
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 495.
60
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 496.
61
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 479.
Dissident Theories • 57
ing to reach the most acceptable solution, a conversation about what to do,
here and now’.62
For this, Koskenniemi stresses, ‘the critical lawyer must accept the reality
of conflict’,63 to distance herself from utopianism. ‘Critical practice’, Koskenniemi
explains, ‘attempts to reach those conflictual views, bring them out in the
open and suggest practical arrangement for dealing with conflict without
denying its reality’.64
The legitimacy of the CLS utopian vision of international law comes from
a widened debate about international life, moving beyond mere arguments
about principles and doctrines to include consideration of the full range of
normative visions about a just international order. . . . The New Stream
desires to save international legal discourse because as a literature about
norms such discourse becomes a means to an end.65
62
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 486.
63
Ibid.
64
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 487.
65
Purvis 1991, pp. 117–18.
66
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 488.
67
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 501.
68
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 489.
58 • Chapter Two
a kind of Habermasian exuberance. One critic has described this last chapter
as offering ‘a tentative and rather nebulous agenda’.69
The claim, for example, that the critical international lawyer can recast the
domination she finds normatively illegitimate as illegal leaves the mechanism
of that judgement unclear. If the lawyer deems the domination illegal because
normatively illegitimate, this is a descending argument which can be coun-
tered by an ascending assertion of state sovereignty. In other words, insofar
as the ‘law’ laid down by Koskenniemi’s transformative lawyer is in fact law,
defensible in legal terms, and not merely a statement of opinion, it is open to
the critique of contradiction and instability that Koskenniemi has spent 475
pages laying bare. If on the other hand, ‘critical-normative’ practice has fun-
damentally changed the nature of law so that this analysis is no longer valid,
this ‘new law’ is untheorised: we are presumably describing these edicts as
law insofar as they are the opinion of a lawyer, in which case their law-ness
is entirely contingent. Koskenniemi’s desire to rid the world of ‘the Rule of
Law’ using the medium of law cannot resolve itself.
To the extent that we take seriously Koskenniemi’s vision of international
law as ‘normative imagination’, Purvis is right that the New Stream under-
mines its own object.
Faced with the question of how CLS can square its analysis with its propos-
als, ‘[t]he reply lies in reflexivity’.71 This recourse to ‘reflexivity’ – implicit in
Koskenniemi, explicit in Alcantara – is a typical, and typically unsatisfac-
tory, postmodern sleight of hand, a suggestion that an impossible manoeu-
vre can be made simply by being aware of its impossibility. This, of course,
will not work, but the claim that it can is illuminating about CLS’s underly-
ing assumptions.
If to change our awareness is to change the very constraining structures
around us, the implicit theory of the social world is one of constructivism.
69
Byers 1999, p. 45 footnote 50.
70
Purvis 1991, p. 117 footnote 155.
71
Alcantara 1996, p. 72.
Dissident Theories • 59
Alcantara makes this clear when he talks about ‘how the inherited myths,
concepts and models of human thought shape the manner in which we view
external phenomena’.72 This is to depict international law as an inherited,
constraining myth, which is, indeed, exactly how Purvis depicts it.
72
Ibid.
73
Purvis 1991, pp. 112–13.
74
The term is from Gilbert Ryle, and was used by Clifford Geertz in Geertz 1973
to describe a kind of deep, contextualised observational ethnology predicated on the
understanding of society as fundamentally a semiotic system. I use the term here
loosely.
60 • Chapter Two
CLS fails to make sense of international law, lacking a theory of the legal
form and a historical base even for its own persuasive elements. Given their
own evidence of its irredeemable instability, the CLS writers’ insistence on
maintaining some commitment to international law illustrates the refusal to
countenance the possibility of denial in the third form described above: the
possibility of taking international law seriously, while refusing to see in it
hopes for transformative politics.
75
A second and even more crushing period of theoretical stagnation was ushered
in in 1939. ‘[T]he imposition of A.J. Vyshinskii’s legal concept on the scholarly com-
munity at the meeting of the Institute of State and Law of the Soviet Academy in 1939
meant a full stop to (and practically a deadly reprisal against) any sign of further
innovation’ (Varga 1993, p. xv).
76
Korovin 1924.
77
Cruickshank and Kubálková 1988, p. 166.
Dissident Theories • 61
than analysis. The ‘theory’ of ‘socialist international law’ was put to bed for
a while, as it sat uneasily with the official principle of ‘peaceful coexistence
of states of different socio-economic systems’ declared by the 20th CPSU
Congress.78 According to this principle international law was precisely the
institution which mediated between the nominally socialist Soviet Bloc and
the West, and could not therefore be ‘socialist’ in itself. But the notion of
‘socialist international law’ resurfaced after 1960: it ‘had to await political
events and, in particular, the Soviet invasion of Hungary’.79
This new version of the theory, most systematically articulated by Grigory
Tunkin, was ‘a recognition of the existence of two systems of international
law, the socialist law based on principles of (modified) proletarian interna-
tionalism, and the general international law of peaceful co-existence.’80
According to Tunkin, in fact, international law constitutes both the ‘general’
international law, ‘the result of the co-ordination of the will of all states’,81
and ‘particular’ international law, which governed the relations between local
groups of states sharing socio-economic structure. This allowed him to assert
the existence of socialist international law, ‘created only in relations between
socialist states’.82
This theory lacks any serious consideration of the legal form. It posits as
‘law’ a supposed variety of systems of regulation, one ‘socialist’, another cap-
italist, and an overarching framework of general international law that ‘has
no single class essence’.83 It is surely devastating to the theory that these sup-
posedly sharply contrasting systems share so many fundamental features.
The view of general international law collapses back into an idealist view of
a non-partisan structure of rules that are ‘neutral’ regulators, rather than
reflections of any particular group interest. ‘[T]he Soviet conception of inter-
national law was . . . remarkably Grotian in nature’.84
78
Cruickshank and Kubálková 1988, p. 173.
79
Ibid.
80
Cruickshank and Kubálková 1988, p. 175.
81
Tunkin 1975, p. 82. Emphasis in original.
82
Tunkin 1986, p. 250.
83
Tunkin 1986, p. 249.
84
Cruickshank and Kubálková 1988, p. 174. Cruickshank and Kubálková claim that
the Soviet theories were Grotian only until the development of the notion of ‘social-
ist international law’. This does not go far enough. In claiming that the overarching
‘general’ form of international legal regulation was a non-class form neutrally regu-
lating interests – in Tunkin’s words, ‘the aggregate of norms which are created by
agreement between states . . . [and] reflect the concordant wills of states’ (Tunkin 1986
p. 251) – the Soviet theory in fact never broke from a traditional, classical conception
62 • Chapter Two
Tunkin and the Soviet writers offer nothing new: theirs is a slightly modified
variant of mainstream, bourgeois international legal theory, with the addi-
tion of the peculiar and untheorised addendum of ‘socialist international law’.
This is asserted less because it explained anything than because ‘it was unac-
ceptable to Soviet scholars to even contemplate for a moment that the rela-
tionship between socialist countries and the outside world was regulated by
bourgeois international law’.85 Official Soviet ‘Marxism’ offers nothing new
or helpful to international legal theory. We have to look elsewhere for seri-
ous Marxist theory.
The long dearth of Marxist and historical-materialist writings on interna-
tional law has improved somewhat since the mid-1980s, as debates about
globalisation and the relation between states and international markets has
forced questions of international regulation onto the agenda. Some historical
materialists have drawn attention to specific trans/international legal issues
arising from considerations of the ‘international state’.86 However, this work
has so far been somewhat tentative, and is still thin on the ground. A new
generation of writers such as Claire Cutler is beginning to pick up this the-
oretical baton.87 Most significant recently is the 2004 symposium on Marxism
and international law in the Leiden Journal of International Law.88
Despite these developments, however, the challenge that Cain raised in
1983 remains to be fulfilled.
of international law. For an overview of the debates among Soviet scholars, see Padjen
1975, pp. 54–100, 128–62.
85
Chimni 1993, p. 247.
86
In 1983 issue 11 of the International Journal of the Sociology of Law was devoted to
this issue.
87
See for example Cutler 1999 and 2001.
88
The 2004 symposium comprises volume 17, issues 1 and 2.
Dissident Theories • 63
institutions, and examine how these are changing through time, as well as
the regulatory devices which many such institutions are empowered to pro-
duce. This is nothing less than a demand for a political economy of inter-
national law.89
Although Cain was referring to international law in the flux of rapid glob-
alisation, her focus on the legal forms underlying regulation points to the
necessity for a political economy of international law tout court, not just of
‘international law in globalisation’. This systematic approach has been some-
what neglected. Sol Picciotto, for example, is one of the few Marxists to have
taken seriously the injunction to formulate a theory of the changing nature
of international law, but his impressive work has tended to focus on the
immediate interrelation between international regulation and economic neolib-
eralism.90 Even his invaluable overview of international law more generally
moves quickly to a focus on international law during the ‘major changes and
conflicts in the global system’ ‘often summarised [misleadingly, he stresses]
by reference to the much-contested concepts of “globalisation”, and the “new
world order”’.91
Picciotto’s work, with its nuanced analysis of the role of state-sponsored
international legislation in bleeding ‘stateness’ across national boundaries,
has been a powerful antidote to the widespread and simplistic assertion that
globalisation is eroding the nation-state. However, it is arguable that the lack
of systematic theory of the legal form articulated in his international legal
writings92 sometimes leads him to somewhat vague positions. He tends to
argue for increasing international regulation – the strengthening of interna-
tional law – as a progressive measure against neoliberalism. But without any
analysis of the intrinsic limits of international law, he vacillates between
arguing that international regulation is desirable for increasing democracy
(a politically progressive move) and for ‘underpin[ning] the security and
confidence on which markets depend’93 – hardly a self-explanatory good for
a Marxist writer. Essentially, in the absence of a stated theory of legal form,
89
Cain 1983, p. 2.
90
See, for example, Picciotto 1983, 1988.
91
Picciotto 1997, p. 17.
92
There is, interestingly, no such lack in his other writings. See Holloway and
Picciotto 1978b: Holloway and Picciotto 1991: Fine and Picciotto 1992.
93
Picciotto 1998, p. 13.
64 • Chapter Two
it is unclear to what extent Picciotto sees international law as a force for social
transformation.94
94
Picciotto 1998, pp. 11–14.
95
Chimni 1999.
96
It is true that Pashukanis is referenced in Chimni 1999, but he is quoted in pass-
ing, without attempt to evaluate or apply his theory.
Dissident Theories • 65
From the Marxist perspective it is this resort to principles, policies and other
standards which facilitates the continuous development of the law on a class
basis. For they manifest . . . the ethical-political hegemony of the ruling
classes. And if international law is class law, as it is . . ., then after peculiar fea-
tures of the international context have been accommodated this understanding holds
good for it as well.101
Here, the very class nature of international law derives from ‘principles’ and
‘policies’: in other words, it is the content of particular legal rulings, as laid
out and enforced by ‘ruling classes’ that makes law a class weapon, rather
than anything in the structure of international law. This explains how even
his stern critiques of utopian illusions over international law stop short of a
fundamental – a legal-form-based – critique. In a recent article, for example,
Chimni criticises the first postcolonial third-world approaches to international
law (‘TWAIL I’) because they
97
Chimni 1993, p. 208.
98
Chimni 1993, p. 102.
99
Chimni 1993, p. 143.
100
Chimni 1993, p. 205.
101
Chimni 1993, p. 102. Emphasis mine.
102
Chimni 2002, p. 17.
66 • Chapter Two
[I]t is the resort to principles, policies etc., which explains the often bitter
controversies in the arena of international law. Given the decentralised nature
of the international system divergent ideologies invoke radically different
policies and principles to arrive at decisions. In the circumstances if rules
are assigned no significant place within the legal system . . . the result can
only be free competition between different ideological interpretations and
evaluations of particular situations and events.
This state of affairs is guaranteed to ensure the collapse of the interna-
tional legal system. In so far as its formal presence is yet retained it cannot
but become an instrument of oppression in the hands of the more power-
ful states. It is important, therefore, to uphold the central place of rules
within the international legal system.104
Having located the ‘class nature’ of law in specific laws’ content, Chimni does
occasionally raise the question of the separation and connection of the form
and content of law: but he only does so in brief passages that do not seem
to inform his analysis, and thus risk obscurity.105 Thus his assertion that ‘the
content [of law] must not be wrenched away from form . . . or the content be
depicted devoid of form’ is admirable.106 However, without a satisfactory the-
ory of the legal form, this gets us nowhere. Where he discusses ‘form’, Chimni
is in fact focusing on legal rules. He seems to hold that this category of ‘rules’
allows a nuanced middle ground between the extremes of formalism and
positivism.
103
Chimni 2002, p. 26.
104
Chimni 1993, p. 102.
105
‘[T]he form and content of law are located in the matrix of the sociological basis
which gives life to them, i.e., . . . the content is not without form which even while
being embodied in the content itself possesses a separate identity’. Chimni 1993,
p. 102. See also p. 103.
106
Chimni 1993, p. 103.
Dissident Theories • 67
The result is fetishism of the law. Its opposite is rule nihilism or forms of
rule skepticism. It serves the same class interests in different socio-economic
conditions which require that the constraints imposed by the legal system
(rules) be disregarded. A correct approach would be to avoid these twin pit-
falls and recognise the significance of rules to a legal system even while
emphasising the socio-economic or class basis of their origin.107
the New Haven procedure of interpretation eventually leads to, not only
different interpretations of a single rule, but rather, to single interpretations
of multiple rules. . . . [ I ]t is not interpretation at all since it is a new text
which emerges from the interpretive exercise. With the result that no judge-
ment of facts or events is possible for while an act or an omission could be
unlawful if one rule (ostensibly interpretation) is adopted, it could be per-
fectly legal if the other rule (ostensibly interpretation) is accepted.108
107
Chimni 1993, p. 103.
108
Chimni 1993, p. 88.
68 • Chapter Two
A legal rule – for Chimni, the vanishing point of jurisprudence – being pre-
cisely a particular content in a particular form, this illustrates Chimni’s method-
ological inability to grasp the existence of a legal form. It is a neat polemical-
epistemological thrust of Chimni’s to claim that the doyens of interpretation
of the New Haven school in fact theorise interpretation – meaningfully con-
strued – out of existence, but it is an unsustainable critique. It is predicated
on i) Chimni’s untheorised belief that interpretation must end somewhere
and ii) the fact that Chimni’s theoretical model is constructed on normative
rather than analytical units.
It is, in fact, precisely the corollary of an analysis which accepts the inde-
terminacy of law that a particular act could be legal or illegal depending on
interpretation. In pointing that out, Chimni seems to feel that he has under-
mined the theory: of course he has not.
Chimni’s insistence on the progressive nature of rules is based on various
factors. One is his entirely laudable attempts to differentiate himself politi-
cally from the kind of imperialist apologetics in which McDougal indulges.
However, Chimni bends the stick too far in his critique of McDougal – although
admittedly, McDougal himself is not always rigorous in his own formula-
tions. Nevertheless, when for example Chimni claims that ‘[t]he limitless
hermeneutic freedom which McDougal seeks for the interpreter is . . . sub-
versive of the rule of law in international relations’,109 it must be pointed out
that it is an exaggeration to describe McDougal’s approach as ‘limitless’ or
to say that he claims ‘the text is of no great consequence’.110 Instead, it is
precisely the ‘blackletter’ law which provides the centre of gravity of the
interpretation.
Chimni’s fundamental thrust is that law that relies on interpretation can-
not be a solid foundation for the ‘rule of law’. The fact is that his model of
the ‘rule of law’ is more normative than analytical. He is quite right that the
necessity of interpretation undercuts any notion of the ultimate determinacy
of law: but the ‘rule of law’ is the rule of indeterminate law, in which inter-
pretation is key. (The question of what gives one particular interpretation
final authority is at the core of the analysis of inter-state violence, imperial-
ism and international law, and will be taken up below.)
109
Chimni 1993, p. 88.
110
Chimni 1993, p. 97.
Dissident Theories • 69
111
Chimni 1993, pp. 83–101.
112
Chimni 1993, p. 87.
70 • Chapter Two
However, Chimni expends only a little over one page of this long section on
addressing this point: the other seventeen go on the linguistics, which do not
undermine McDougal’s theory of indeterminacy. On the dyads of mutually
constituting contradictory legal concepts, the source of what Koskenniemi
calls ‘ascending’ and ‘descending’ arguments, Chimni claims that these com-
plementary opposites are not the source of indeterminacy, but are clearly
delineated in most important cases.
113
Chimni 1993, p. 98.
114
Ibid.
115
Ibid.
Dissident Theories • 71
116
Ibid. The quotes are from Falk 1970, p. 15.
117
Chimni 1993, p. 144.
118
Ibid.
Article 2(4) reads: ‘All Members shall refrain in their international relations from
the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of
any state, or in any other manner inconsistent with the Purposes of the United Nations.’
Article 51 reads: ‘Nothing in the present Charter shall impair the inherent right of
individual or collective self-defence if an armed attack occurs against a Member of
the United Nations, until the Security Council has taken measures necessary to main-
tain international peace and security. Measures taken by Members in the exercise of
this right of self-defence shall be immediately reported to the Security Council and
shall not in any way affect the authority and responsibility of the Security Council
under the present Charter to take at any time such action as it deems necessary in
order to maintain or restore international peace and security’.
72 • Chapter Two
119
Chimni 1993, p. 279.
120
Chimni 1993, p. 269.
121
Detter De Lupis 1987, p. 134. She excoriates customary law as ‘an unacceptable
fiction which obscures rather than clarifies’. While the sheer nebulousness of custom
is well expressed, like so many mainstream writers, Detter De Lupis’s suggested alter-
native of ‘inter-activism’ positing the existence of norms expressing ‘socially neces-
sary acts’ fails to explain why law at all – again the black box is the legal form.
Dissident Theories • 73
usually differ decisively with each other on every question. Common, there-
fore, are citations to the ‘majority’ or to the ‘overwhelming’ majority of
authorities. If one further notes that each of these authorities consciously
or unconsciously defends those positions which are or seem beneficial to
his own state, then one can imagine how hopeless will be the application
of customary international law to the decision of any serious dispute.122
122
Pashukanis 1980, p. 182.
123
Chimni 1993, p. 206.
124
Chimni 1993, p. 205.
74 • Chapter Two
125
Pashukanis 1980, p. 178.
126
Chimni 1993, p. 269.
Chapter Three
For Pashukanis: An Exposition and Defence of the
Commodity-Form Theory of Law
1
Beirne and Sharlet 1990, p. 17.
2
Hazard’s claims that Pashukanis’s theory was ‘said to be infallible’ (Hazard 1979,
pxiv), however, are exaggerations. While acknowledging the power and importance
of his approach, Pashukanis’s colleague Stuchka criticised him as early as 1927 (Head
2001).
3
Von Arx 1997, p. 3.
4
Biographical material is available in Beirne and Sharlet 1982 and Head 2004.
Histories of the reception of Pashukanis’s philosophy during the period are Beirne
and Sharlet 1990 and Head 2004. For the rise and fall of Pashukanis’s theory and its
associated ‘commodity exchange school of law’, see Sharlet 1968, Beirne and Sharlet
1990 and Head 2004, which also contains a summary of the theory, its reception and
criticisms. Head 2001 is a good overview of the legal debates in Russia to which
Pashukanis’s was the most important contribution.
76 • Chapter Three
5
For the chronology of these ‘corrections’, see Sharlet 1968, pp. 268–87.
6
Sharlet 1968, p. 284.
7
Sharlet 1968, p. 275.
8
Beirne and Sharlet 1990, pp. 302–44 and pp. 346–61.
9
Beirne and Sharlet 1982, p. 30. This is an earlier version of the piece subsequently
published as Beirne and Sharlet 1990.
10
Warrington 1980/81, p. 103.
11
Peter Maggs’s translation of the first edition is printed in Beirne and Sharlet 1980,
pp. 40–131. The General Theory of Law and Marxism ran to a second edition in 1926.
This second edition, though without substantial revisions, ‘was a corrected and sup-
For Pashukanis • 77
This exposition might appear abstract or arcane for the international the-
orist. However, the detail is necessary as the core of this book is a ‘Pashukanisite’
theory of international law. For this, it is necessary not only to understand
his theory in general but to engage with its most trenchant critics, though
none have focused on the international. If these attacks on Pashukanis’s the-
ory at a domestic level are not answered then his theory is undermined tout
court, and the commodity-form theory of international law would be a chimera:
to understand and defend his theory of international law we must under-
stand and defend his theory of law.
Pashukanis argues that the logic of the commodity form is the logic of the legal
form. Chris Arthur does an excellent job of expressing this complex relation.
Pashukanis argues that the juridical element in the regulation of human conduct
enters where the isolation and opposition of interests begins. He goes on to tie
this closely to the emergence of the commodity form in mediating mater-
ial exchanges. His basic materialist strategy is to correlate commodity
exchange with the time at which man becomes seen as a legal personality –
the bearer of rights (as opposed to customary privileges). Furthermore, this
is explicable in terms of the conceptual linkages which obtain between the
sphere of commodity exchange and the form of law. The nature of the legal
superstructure is a fitting one for this mode of production. For production
to be carried on as production of commodities, suitable ways of conceiving
social relations, and the relations of men to their products, have to be found,
and are found in the form of law. . . .
As the product of labour takes on the commodity form and becomes a
bearer of value, people acquire the quality of legal subjects with rights. . . .
For Pashukanis, legal forms regulate relationships between autonomous
subjects – it is the subject that is the ‘cell-form’ of the legal system. In bring-
ing out the specific character of such legal regulation of behaviour, he con-
trasts it with technical regulation by arguing that in the latter singleness of
purpose can be assumed, whereas the basic element in legal regulation is
contestation – two sides defending their rights. In deliberately paradoxical
fashion he says that historically law starts from a law-suit.16
16
Arthur 1978, pp. 13–15. Emphasis in original.
For Pashukanis • 79
form. Where there is even the potentiality of disputation between the sover-
eign, formally equal individuals implied by commodity exchange – as opposed
to the formally unequal individuals implied by the hierarchical command
relations of (say) feudalism – a specific form of social regulation is necessary.
It must formalise the method of settlement of any such dispute without dimin-
ishing either party’s sovereignty or equality. That form is law, which is char-
acterised by its abstract quality, its being based on the equality of its subjects
and its pervasive character in capitalism.
17
Von Arx 1997, p. 14.
18
Marx 1973, p. 101.
19
Ibid.
20
Marx 1973, pp. 100–1.
80 • Chapter Three
concrete totality – society, the population, the state – must in this case, too,
be the conclusion and end result of our deliberations, but not their starting
point’.21
As Marx pointed out, concrete reality should be the conclusion of analy-
sis but it could not but also be the starting point of observation. This start-
ing point distinguishes Pashukanis sharply from the neo-Kantians. Pashukanis
criticised the very different kind of abstraction of ‘formalists’ such as Kelsen
on similar grounds to those in Chapter One, above: their theory sees law
as of the plane of ‘ought’ rather than ‘is’, and sacrifices applicability for
systematicity.
On the plane of the juridical Ought, there is nothing but a transition from
one norm to another on the rung of a hierarchical ladder, at the top of which
is the all-embracing, supreme norm-setting authority – a delimiting concept
from which jurisprudence proceeds as from something given. . . .
Such a general theory of law explains nothing, and turns its back from
the outset on the facts of reality. . . .22
The alternative, self-styled Marxist, theories of law that were being expounded
at the time were unsatisfactory in other ways.
21
Pashukanis 1978, p. 66.
22
Pashukanis 1978, p. 52.
23
Fine 1979, p. 36.
24
Sharlet, Maggs and Beirne 1990, p. 51. The most prominent propogator of this
theory in the USSR was Reisner, a follower of Petrazhitsky’s psychological school of
law.
For Pashukanis • 81
States’.25 More concretely, ‘it is a significant fact that nations are impelled to
claim that their behaviour complies with international law’. The careful use
of the ‘rhetoric of international law’26 illustrates that international law can
serve an ideologically legitimating function.
Take, among countless other examples, NATO’s claim that during the 1999
Kosovo air campaign it ‘not only acted to uphold international law . . .
but . . . conducted [its] air campaign in accordance with international law. In
marked contrast Milosevic violated virtually every provision of international
law’.27 Peeling back this rather anxious legalist justification shows that as
‘opinion began to turn against the Allies’, recourse to international law was
deemed necessary, in the words of Paul Virilio, if what he calls ‘the phoney
war in Kosovo was not to become a dirty war in the eyes of international
opinion’.28
Ideology-critique can thus be of great importance in (international) law
scholarship, as Susan Marks has persuasively argued.29 However, there are
serious limitations in focusing exclusively on law as ideology. Shirley Scott,
for all the insights in her important discussion of international law as ideol-
ogy,30 is, like so many New Stream writers, idealist, seeing the power of inter-
national law as inhering in its ‘ideas’, which ‘do seem to constitute a form
of power’.31
One is left with no sense of why this ‘idea’ of international law should have
arisen at a certain time and political-economic context. Ideology here is a
posited structuring category rather than an expression of an underlying logic.
The weakness of this position is visible in Scott’s failure to contextualise his-
torical change, most starkly in her depiction of decolonisation, in which the
fact and the whys of self-activity of those at the sharp end of colonialism are
ignored for a claim simply that there was a ‘rejection of the ideology of colo-
nialism’, seemingly out of the blue.32
25
Scott 1994, p. 321.
26
Feinerman 1996, p. 188.
27
Speech of 21 March 2000. <http://www.nato.int/docu/speech/2000/s000321a.htm>
28
Virilio 2000, pp. 69, 65. Virilio goes considerably further, seeing the Kosovo cri-
sis as overturning established norms of international law. Though he exaggerates the
stability and equity of pre-existing norms he well illustrates the sense of political-
legal uncertainty – near chaos, in fact – surrounding the action.
29
Marks 2001. For an application of ideology-critique to the supposed ‘norm’ of
‘democratic governance’ in international law, see Marks 2000.
30
Scott 1994.
31
Scott 1994, p. 317.
32
Ibid.
82 • Chapter Three
Again, at heart the limitations of the critique of law as ideology lie in the
failure to theorise the legal form. Pashukanis did not deny that law can have
an ideological function – he saw there to be ‘no argument about this’33 – but dis-
puted that that is all, or even primarily or most interestingly what there is to it.
Having established the ideological nature of particular concepts in no way
exempts us from the obligation of seeking their objective reality, in other
words the reality which exists in the outside world, that is, external, and
not merely subjective reality.34
Here again Pashukanis’s methodology of rising from the abstract to the con-
crete reality is driving him towards a theory of the juridical form: actually-
existing law is manifestly not ‘merely’ ideological, but impinges on and
regulates everyday life at all levels.
As Pashukanis points out, the afterlife exists ‘in some person’s minds’, as
does the state. But
[u]nlike the afterlife, Pashukanis observes, the concepts of law and state
reflect not only a particular ideology but the objective reality of the court
system, the police and the military, the administrative and fiscal organiza-
tions of the state, and so forth. . . . Legal concepts are embodied in various
forms of regulations demanding compliance rather than mere belief.35
Scott’s claim that ‘the power of international law can only be the power of
the idea of international law’36 is insufficient. The power of international law
is also the armed might of powerful states enforcing their interpretation of
legal rules with cluster bombs and gunships. International law’s power is not
only the power of ideas; it is the power of violent coercion.
33
Pashukanis 1978, p. 74.
34
Pashukanis 1978, p. 75.
35
Von Arx 1997, p. 35.
36
Scott 1994, p. 317.
37
Pashukanis 1978, p. 53.
For Pashukanis • 83
the state was not seen as a neutral body but an organ of ruling-class control,
which was why ‘[m]any Marxists assumed that by simply adding in the ele-
ment of class struggle to . . . [positivist] theories, they would attain a gen-
uinely materialist, Marxist theory of law’.38 In the sphere of international law,
one can see as an example of this ‘content-oriented’ Marxism Chimni’s dis-
cussion of international law’s class basis as inhering in the ‘principles’ and
‘policies’ with which the ruling class invest that law (see Chapter Two).
Compared to the ‘high-sounding phrases about the “eternal idea of law”’,
Pashukanis was clear that this kind of left positivism was a source of ‘par-
ticular satisfaction’.39 However, it remained a source of ‘disappointment’ to
him, because it ‘exclude[d] the legal form as such from . . . [the] field of obser-
vation’.40 As has been argued, this kind of theory is unable to explain the
specific legalness of law.
[A] sociological approach which looks to the economic and political inter-
ests behind specific legal and penal measures appears as a significant advance
over . . . formalism. But here again there is a disappointment. For exclusive
attention is directed towards the class interests served or the economic func-
tions performed by one or other measure of law or punishment; in other
words, exclusive to the question of content. Why these interests or func-
tions should have been served by the legal form of regulation or by penal
repression remains a question unaddressed. . . .
This exclusive focus on the content of law leaves the social and histori-
cal character of its form unexamined . . .41
Pashukanis did not start with an a priori assertion of the need for a theory of
the legal form, but was led to the position because of his Marxist method.
Other theories failed because they did not explain actually-existing law: a
theory of form was necessary because of concrete reality. That theory had
to explain i) the general efficacy of law in regulating social relations, contra
the neo-Kantians for whom it was a separate realm, and ii) the fact that such
regulation took the form of law. This dual relationship was expressed in
Pashukanis’s stress on law’s effectiveness.
38
Ibid.
39
Ibid.
40
Ibid.
41
Fine 1979, pp. 34–5.
84 • Chapter Three
[T]he legal dogmatist’s views on ‘valid’ law are not in the least binding for
the historian who wishes to study law as it actually exists. Scientific, that
is, theoretical study can reckon only with facts. . . . [I]f a law or decree has
merely been promulgated without any corresponding relation having arisen
in practice, then an attempt to create a law has indeed been made, but with-
out success.42
It is the focus on law as a real regulatory force which explains why the legal
norm – the rule – cannot be the basis of the legal form. The legal form is the
form of a particular kind of relationship. Rules can only be derived from that
42
Pashukanis 1978, p. 88.
43
Pashukanis 1978, p. 85. The quotation is from Marx 1976, p. 125.
44
Pashukanis 1980, p. 62.
For Pashukanis • 85
[i]t is not because creditors generally demand repayment of a debt that the
right to make such a demand exists, but, on the contrary, the creditors make
this claim because the norm exists; the law is not defined by abstraction
from observed cases, but derives from a rule posited by someone.46
However, this begs the question of who it is that ‘posits’ the rule, and cru-
cially, why some such ‘posited’ rules should be generalised and not others.
It cannot merely be the case that it is when an ‘authorised’ body such as the
state ‘posits’ a rule it automatically generalises. As Pashukanis points out,
such an ‘authorised’ socially regulative force doubtless ‘guarantees and safe-
guards the relation’47 but it cannot be deemed to create it, not least as there
are cases in which a clearly ‘legal’ relationship inheres between two bodies,
without a ‘third force’ to determine a norm.
The examples he gives are of ancient inter-state contract and of feudal law,
and, in a crucial footnote, of international law itself. ‘[M]odern international
law recognises no coercion organised from without. Such non-guaranteed
legal relations are unfortunately not known for their stability, but this is not
yet grounds for denying their existence.’48 In other words, the very existence of
international law as law is evidence that it is in the relationship between legal sub-
jects rather than in any ‘posited norm’ that the essence of the legal form lies.
The norm-driven paradigm cannot explain why one apparently ‘valid’
law is effective and another is not. For Pashukanis, given that the subject for
analysis is actually-existing law, definitionally that law inheres inasmuch as
45
Pashukanis 1980, p. 63.
46
Shershenevich, quoted in Pashukanis 1978, p. 86.
47
Pashukanis 1978, p. 89.
48
Ibid., footnote 9.
86 • Chapter Three
it regulates social behaviour. If it does not, it means the attempt to create law
failed.49
There are, of course, various different kinds of social relations that inhere
under conditions of commodity exchange. In locating the legal form in the
‘economic’ relationships of such exchange, rather than in the superstructure
of political power, as suggested by the norm-derivation theory, Pashukanis
locates ‘the moment of dispute’ as at the basis of the legal form.50 ‘The law
differentiates itself from the social relations of production in the resolution
of disputes, in particular through the medium of the lawsuit.’51 This is a corol-
lary of the isolated, egoistical agent necessarily at the heart of commodity
exchange.
Hence for Pashukanis private law is the ‘fundamental, primary level of law’.53
The concept of public law, for example, ‘can only be developed through its
workings, in which it is continually repulsed by private law, so much that it
attempts to define itself as the antithesis of private law, to which it returns,
however, as to its centre of gravity’.54 A complex legal system regulating all
levels of social life can be thrown up which appears to differentiate itself from
private law, but it ultimately derives from the clash of private interests.
Law is the regulatory mechanism generalised in an economy based on com-
modity production. The legal form is that form which regulates the legal rela-
49
Pashukanis 1978, p. 88.
50
Pashukanis 1978, p. 93.
51
Von Arx 1997, p. 48.
52
Pashukanis 1978, p. 93.
53
Pashukanis 1978, p. 103.
54
Pashukanis 1978, p. 106.
For Pashukanis • 87
55
Pashukanis 1978, p. 109.
56
Marx 1976, p. 163.
57
Marx 1976, p. 178. Emphasis mine.
58
Von Arx 1997, p. 66.
88 • Chapter Three
59
Von Arx 1997, p. 69.
60
Pashukanis 1978, p. 117.
61
Pashukanis 1978, p. 119.
62
Marx 1976, p. 280.
63
Pashukanis 1978, p. 121.
64
Pashukanis 1978, p. 122.
65
Pashukanis 1978, p. 121.
66
For defences of the model see (among many others) Harman 1998; Callinicos
For Pashukanis • 89
[o]ne thing is clear: the Middle Ages could not live on Catholicism, nor
could the ancient world on politics. On the contrary, it is the manner in
which they gained their livelihood which explains why in one case politics,
in the other case Catholicism, played the chief part.70
1988, pp. 172–7; Callinicos 1996, pp. 112–21. For a lively and brilliant investigation of
its application to jurisprudence, in which the dialectic is key to overcoming any deter-
minism, see Chase 1997, pp. 32–49.
67
Chase 1997, p. 45.
68
Purvis 1991, p. 99.
69
Rees 1998, p. 107.
70
Marx 1976, p. 176 footnote 35.
71
Alcantara 1996, p. 42.
72
Harman 1998, pp. 28–9.
90 • Chapter Three
base of society’.73 Warrington, on the other hand, disputes this, claiming that
Pashukanis was concerned with circulation, rather than production, and ‘he
did not consider that commodities had anything to do with the base’.74 ‘The
law for Pashukanis is merely a product of the base’.75
Warrington is correct to point out that the relationship between commodities
and the material base is not investigated in Pashukanis. Because of this, a
contradiction arises. It is quite true that the base consists of production, or
more exactly ‘relations . . . directly connected with production’,76 and that
therefore, it seems to make little sense that a legal form which is homologous
to the commodity form actualised in exchange would be part of that base.
However, contra Warrington, Pashukanis does seem to assert this.
Marx himself emphasizes the fact that the basic and most deeply set stra-
tum of the legal superstructure – property relations – is so closely contigu-
ous with the base that they are ‘the same relationships of production expressed
in legal language’. . . . The political superstructure . . . is a secondary, deriv-
ative element.77
73
Binns 1980, p. 104. Binns argues against him that ‘the crucial element of law is
not the identification of the interest of one individual against another . . . but the
identification of all citizens with their state’ (Binns 1980, p. 109) and that law is hence
superstructural. In locating the state as central to law, Binns’s theory is open to all
the criticisms of the norm-driven theory of law outlined above. Walicki also argues
that for Pashukanis the source of law ‘should be seen in the economic base rather
than in the ideological superstructure’ (Walicki 1995, p. 356), and interestingly argues
that this puts Pashukanis’s theory at odds with Lenin’s aims during the Russian NEP
(New Economic Policy) that restored some market relations in 1921.
74
Warrington 1980/81, p. 104. Emphasis in original.
75
Warrington 1980/81, p. 105. A more explicit claim is Eldred’s who simply states
that Pashukanis ‘attempt[s] to derive superstructural relations of property and right
on the basis of Marx’s capital-analysis’ (Eldred 1984, p. 35). Another such claim – and
critique, on the basis of Pashukanis’s putative superstructural derivation of law – is
in Taiwo 1996, pp. 81–3.
76
Harman 1998, p. 28.
77
Pashukanis 1980, p. 66.
78
Pashukanis 1978, p. 117.
For Pashukanis • 91
Fine has made this central to his critique of Pashukanis. Pashukanis’s exces-
sively ‘“negative” critique of law which ignored its egalitarian and democ-
ratic aspects’ was, he claims, a product of looking ‘only at the surface of
society’,81 rather than deriving law ‘from social relations of production’.82
However, as Von Arx points out, Pashukanis’s project is precisely to analyse
the legal form ‘independent of the content of legal norms’:83 it is that content,
the specific norms constructed on the legal form, which we might expect to
reflect class relations of production. The complaints about Pashukanis focus-
ing on exchange to examine the legal form are ‘misplaced’, says Arthur,
79
Korsch in Pashukanis 1978, p. 195.
80
Arthur 1978, pp. 29–30.
81
Fine 1984, p. 158. Other writers who criticise Pashukanis for emphasising exchange
at the expense of production include Cotterrell 1980; and Young 1978.
82
Fine 1979, p. 43.
83
Von Arx 1997, p. 170.
92 • Chapter Three
The whole point about the value form is that nothing changes when the
form of simple circulation becomes the bearer of a capital circuit, so although
a new relation is expressed in the value form this does not register, and on
the surface the same legal subjects obtain.85
The maintenance of the value form (and we can add, the concomitant legal
form) across different modes of production based on different class relations
is explicitly argued by Marx.
The point is that for Pashukanis, the legal form is the form of the relations
that inhere between the necessarily abstract and isolated bearers of com-
modities. Those bearers are derived from the commodity form itself, and are
an intrinsic part of the commodity relation. The legal form is intrinsic to any
system of commodity exchange. While commodity exchange under capital-
ism is different from simple commodity exchange, in that it is based on and
reproductive of exploitative class relations of production, it is also true that
as commodity exchange it is also a free and equal exchange of equivalents, borne
by abstract, isolated social agents. Relations of production must be analysed
to make sense of the particular class relations under capitalism, but the legal
84
Arthur 1978, p. 30.
85
Arthur, personal communication.
86
Marx 1981, p. 442.
For Pashukanis • 93
In other words, where there are legal relations in a society not composed of
generalised commodity production, they will be context-specific. But the gen-
eralising of the legal form can only occur under conditions of generalised
commodity exchange. The final universalisation of a commodity economy is,
of course, capitalism. And, crucially and uniquely under capitalism, all social
production is production for exchange.
In other social formations, the bulk of production would be for subsistence,
with the surplus or the product of a specialised minority being exchanged
as commodities. In capitalism, however, the economic motor of society – pro-
duction itself – is directly dependent on exchange: ‘[t]he transformation of
the elements of production into the commodity product, P into C’, proceeds
in the sphere of production, while the transformation of C’ back into P takes
place in the circulation sphere.’90 Indeed,
87
Marx 1976, p. 280.
88
Arthur 1978, p. 30.
89
Pashukanis 1980, p. 79.
90
Marx 1978, p. 153.
94 • Chapter Three
[i]t is precisely because the money form of value is its independent and pal-
pable form of appearance that the circulation form M . . . M’, which starts and
finishes with actual money, expresses money-making, the driving motive of
capitalist production, most palpably. The production process appears simply
as an unavoidable middle term, a necessary evil for the purpose of money-
making.91
Marx is clear that the focus on circulation under capitalism ‘bears an illusory
character’,92 in that the capitalist production process based on the exploitation
of wage-labour is presupposed but invisible. However, this illusory charac-
ter does not mean that circulation is not central to the capitalist economy and
production: the very ‘illusory significance’ of circulation is an inevitable prod-
uct of seeing the self-expansion of value in the form of money as ‘the exclu-
sive form’ of the circuit of capital.93
In other words, capitalist production is dependent on circulation like no
other mode of production in history. Not only is all production for exchange,
but the producers only avail themselves of production by exchange: that is
the nature of wage-labour as opposed to other forms of surplus-extracting
relations. The wage-labourer sells her labour-power to the capitalist for its
value, in an act of exchange without which capital would be paralysed.94 It
91
Marx 1978, p. 137. Emphases mine.
92
Marx 1978, p. 141.
93
Marx 1978, p. 142.
94
There is great debate among Marxists as to the extent to which ‘free’ labour is
necessary for the capital relation to inhere, and whether for example plantation slav-
ery can be considered part of capitalism. This is way beyond the scope of this essay.
Suffice to say here that as I consider plantation slavery to be what Marx called ‘capital-
positing’ labour, which produces a surplus for capitalism, it, indentured labour and
various other ‘non-free’ forms can and do exist under, and as part of, capitalism.
However, Marx’s continued insistence that wage-labour is a defining feature of cap-
italism is true, and in its generalisation and the concomitant mutual reinforcing of
capitalist production by capitalist exchange the argument above holds. I would argue
that there is a tendency towards juridically free wage-labour in capitalism, but that
countervailing tendencies come into play to negate it at certain conjunctures of actu-
ally-existing capitalism. I would therefore agree with those theorists who claim that
the ‘freedom’ from material goods, ie. the necessity of selling labour-power, is fun-
damental in capitalism in a way that the juridical freedom of bourgeois liberal democ-
racy is not. This would suggest that liberal-democratic forms of capitalism represent,
as it were, centres of gravity towards which more despotic political forms of capital-
ism tend, and thus it does not render the discussion of such juridical freedoms ‘con-
tingent’ to the study of capitalism, any more than the countervailing tendencies from
the tendency of the rate of profit to fall render discussions of capitalist crisis unnec-
essary. See among others Binns and Haynes 1980; Banaji 1977 and 2003; Bakan 1987;
Miles 1987.
For Pashukanis • 95
is, after all in the sphere of commodity exchange ‘within whose boundaries
the sale and purchase of labour-power goes on’.95
Given that the market is the driving mechanism for production itself it is
no paradox simultaneously to claim that ‘the capitalist production process is
the basic pre-condition’ of the circuit of capital,96 and that therefore exchange
relations under capitalism cannot be relegated to the superstructure. They have
to be seen as part of the determining economic base of a society. Given that
for Pashukanis simultaneously with these exchange relations the legal sub-
ject is thrown up, it makes sense to see the legal form itself as part of the base.
However, in discussing the historical emergence of law, Pashukanis seems
to allege the opposite, that law is in fact superstructural.
It is dispute, conflict of interest, which creates the legal form, the legal super-
structure. In the lawsuit, in court proceedings, the economically active sub-
jects first appear in their capacity as parties, that is, as participants in the
legal superstructure. Even in its most primitive form, the court is legal super-
structure par excellence. The legal differentiates itself from the economic
and appears as an autonomous element through legal proceedings.97
At first glance, the law here seems to be defined as superstructure. But ‘the
legal form, the legal superstructure’ are two different things.
We have already seen that Pashukanis argues, with Marx, that the legal
subject is the juridical expression of the commodity owner, as the property
relation ‘stands in such close contact “with the existing relations of produc-
tion” that it “is but a legal expression for the same thing”’.98 At the level of
the legal subject existing in relation to other legal subjects, the legal rela-
tionship, the legal form itself is part of the economic base.99
95
Marx 1978, p. 280.
96
Marx 1978, p. 143.
97
Pashukanis 1978, p. 93.
98
Pashukanis 1978, p. 91, quoting Marx from the 1859 ‘Preface to the Critique of
Political Economy’.
99
It is true that at times Pashukanis seems to imply that the legal relations comes
after the economic relation, describing the economic relation as the ‘source of the legal
relation, which comes into being only at the moment of dispute’ (Pashukanis 1978,
p. 93. Emphasis mine). But this is an undialectical slip. For in the commodity form
itself, dispute, coercion and violence are inherently implied. The notion of ‘mine’ nec-
essary to ownership and commodity exchange is only meaningful inasmuch as it is
‘mine-not-yours’. The fact that something is ‘mine’ necessarily defines it in opposition
to a counterclaim, whether or not that counterclaim is in fact made. Disputation, and
hence the legal form itelf, lurks at the heart of the most peaceful private property
96 • Chapter Three
But ‘[t]he legal differentiates itself from the economic and appears as an
autonomous element through legal proceedings’.100 The juridical relation is
partly constitutive of the fundamental social relation, but it can only become
visible as itself, ie., as a legal form, through the medium of actually-existing
law. ‘In the lawsuit, in court proceedings, the economically active subjects
first appear in their capacity as parties, that is, as participants in the legal
superstructure.’101 The various particular mechanisms by which the legal form
is actualised in various historical conjunctures are superstructural.
In Artous’s words, by this ‘double determination’ Pashukanis explains how
‘the juridical relation implants itself in the relations of production, but [that]
the juridical form could not exist without the institution which is the [legal]
process’.102 A particular legal superstructure allows the legality of the legal
form to become visible – and is necessarily thrown up by it. So the legal form
is of the base, and it actualises through the necessary particularities of the
legal superstructure. In other words, law is precisely one of those social insti-
tutions Harman describes which contain both relations directly connected
with production (the base – here the legal form) and those not (the super-
structure – here the particular legal proceedings, the specific court and so on).
It is thus misleading to claim that Pashukanis sees ‘law’ as part of the base,
or part of the superstructure.103 ‘Law’ is a complex of social relations, norms,
rules and formal proceedings which, under capitalism, straddles both levels
of society.
But despite his claim to derive the historical development of legal forms from
their systematic derivation, Pashukanis ‘offers no detailed account of the his-
torical process underlying the maturation of these [pre-capitalist] “embry-
onic legal forms” into bourgeois law’.106 His theory is a dialectical-logical
theory of the legal form, and any implications for a historical narrative or
theory are inchoate.
A history of the development of the legal form can be developed using
Pashukanis’s theory. In Capital Volume 3 Marx’s chapter on ‘Historical Material
on Merchant’s Capital’107 offers a fascinating account of the transition from
pre-capitalist forms of commodity exchange based on mercantile activity, in
which well-developed commercial capital (and hence market activity) is nec-
essary but not sufficient for a move to industrial capitalism, and he claims
that given certain other social conditions trade will move from existing in the
interstices of society/societies to become the basis for industrial capitalist
production. Given that the legal form is a function of exchange relations, this
paradigm is suggestive about law’s transition from a superstructural phe-
nomenon occurring in the ‘pores’ of society, inhering in the special realm of
the exchange sphere (such as the ‘law merchant’ of the thirteenth century,
which held in certain regularised market places),108 to a generalised form that
permeates every level of society given the universalisation of market relations.
104
Arthur 1999 is an excellent introduction to this vital distinction.
105
Pashukanis 1978, p. 59.
106
Von Arx 1997, p. 79.
107
Marx 1981, pp. 440–55.
108
Morton 1989, p. 74. See more generally Trakman 1983.
109
Von Arx 1997, p. 8.
98 • Chapter Three
out that Pashukanis stressed that the legal form would continue to inhere in
the USSR for some time after the revolution of 1917, that he did not advo-
cate the active destruction of law, that his work as a jurist showed his com-
mitment to the progressive application of law, and so on. All this is true, but
it rather misses the point. Pashukanis was, absolutely, hostile to law, inas-
much as he understood it to be a reflection of capitalist property relations,
an integral part of a class society where the market had a commanding role,
and he did not believe that it would last as communism flowered. To criti-
cise Pashukanis for this view is to decide in advance that law is to be defended.
I have repeatedly argued that we must allow the possibility of a theory
which posits the legal form as a real and active factor in social relations, yet
denies that it can be a force for progressive change, or even the maintenance
of order (itself only self-evidently a good for conservative critics). In Pashu-
kanis’s theory, we have precisely such a theory.
Although Pashukanis attempted to make theoretical peace with Stalinist
entrenchment, it was ultimately his theory’s hostility to law, and his insis-
tence on its ultimate withering away, that led to Pashukanis’s murder.
The demand for greater contractual discipline within the planned economy,
the revival and strengthening of Soviet family law . . . and, above all, the
publication of the draft of a new constitution in June 1936, all clearly fore-
shadowed an impending major change in Soviet legal policy. The new con-
stitutional right of ownership of personal property and the provisions for
the first all-union civil and criminal codes implied the reinforcement rather
than the withering away of the law. Stalin’s famous remark later that year
that ‘stability of the laws is necessary for us now more than ever’ signaled
the new legal policy. . . .110
Pashukanis had argued in 1929 that ‘[t]he problem of the withering away of
law is the cornerstone by which we measure the degree of proximity of a
jurist to Marxism’.111 Stalin could not allow the argument that law would
wither away under socialism, as under Stalinism law was manifestly still
required.112
110
Beirne and Sharlet 1990, pp. 37–8.
111
Pashukanis 1980, p. 268.
112
The question of what type of society was the USSR if not socialist has given
forth a vast literature, and is way beyond the scope of this book. My research leads
me to identify with that body of theory which holds that the dynamic of competitive
accumulation in the USSR and its satellites (originally a competition with the West
For Pashukanis • 99
mechanism for dealing with continued conflict under socialism. We can ques-
tion Pashukanis’s suggested post-revolutionary alternative to law (which is
in any case entirely suggestive, rather than worked out), but this does not
invalidate his thesis about the ultimate withering away of law.
It is true, as Von Arx argues, that law predated capitalism – a point
Pashukanis is well aware of, and makes several times, in his discussions of
Roman law, feudal law, law merchant and so on. However, she concludes
therefore that ‘there is no reason to believe that it will not survive capital-
ism’.119 This does not follow. The existence of law before capitalism was, for
Pashukanis, a function of the pre-capitalist market. Market relations were not
generalised, and nor were legal relations. Inasmuch as it would be extremely
unlikely for market mechanisms to disappear overnight in the case of a social-
ist revolution, law would undoubtedly continue to exist in some form (prob-
ably losing its general and abstract character over time) and therefore would
‘survive capitalism’. But Von Arx means more than this. She asserts, without
argument, that under socialism ‘certain interests will require protection, by
means of rights’, that Pashukanis ‘does not recognize that there is reason to
value procedural and substantive justice’, and ‘does not grasp law’s pro-
gressive potential’.120
First, it is absurd to claim that because he does not see law surviving beyond
capitalism, Pashukanis does not value justice. The equation of law and jus-
tice is ideological: law deals only with an abstract ‘justice’ between juridical
subjects, rather than concrete human agents, as Pashukanis makes clear.
Particularly if one sees modern social ills as entirely compatible with legal
‘equality’ and hence ‘justice’, then it is precisely one’s concern for social jus-
tice that undermines one’s respect for law. The ‘progressive potential’ that Von
Arx sees in law is not argued for, but merely asserted in an untheorised way.
It is true that Pashukanis cannot suggest a satisfactory alternative system for
regulating social conflict in socialism, but his inability to do so has, frankly,
no impact on his analysis of the legal form and its ultimate disappearance.
According to Von Arx, Pashukanis’s ‘answer to the conflict between sub-
stantive inequality and formal equality is the elimination of formal equal-
ity’.121 This is, however, not true. Pashukanis does not see the elimination of
law as an answer to anything: instead, he sees its eventual withering away as
119
Von Arx 1997, p. 213.
120
Von Arx 1997, pp. 213–14.
121
Von Arx 1997, p. 214.
For Pashukanis • 101
‘[t]he content of individuality was not one and the same. The estate, prop-
erty position, profession, belief, age, sex and physical strength led to deep
inequality in legal capacity.’ Equality between subjects was assumed only
for closed relationships in a definite narrow sphere.124
In its very neutrality, law maintains capitalist relations. Law is class law, and
cannot but be so.
122
Fine 1984, p. 158.
123
Fine 1984, p. 161.
124
Pashukanis 1980, p. 80 (the quotation is from Gierke).
125
Arthur 1978, p. 31.
126
Von Arx 1997, p. 8.
102 • Chapter Three
Even critics who are generally sympathetic to Pashukanis question the con-
tinuing vitality of his commodity exchange theory of law in the era of
monopoly capitalism. While Pashukanis is credited with presenting an ade-
quate account of the legal form for competitive, laissez-faire capitalism, the
General Theory’s market model is perceived to operate uneasily within late
capitalism.127
the form of law described by Pashukanis has simply not survived the tran-
sition to monopoly capitalism wholly intact. The General Theory’s fixation
on the form and principles of 19th century law causes Pashukanis to over-
look . . . the transformation of the legal subject in private law, . . . [and] equally
remarkable developments . . . [in] public law.130
127
Von Arx 1997, p. 198.
128
Von Arx 1997, p. 202. Emphasis mine.
129
Von Arx 1997, p. 204.
130
Von Arx 1997, p. 203.
For Pashukanis • 103
does. Whether the claim is that there is a totally different basis for the legal
form, or that the form is now based on some other relationship in addition to
the commodity relationship, this is a fundamental break with Pashukanis,
whose whole theory revolved around the logical derivation of the legal form
from the commodity form.
In its rigorous and systematic derivation of law, the commodity-form the-
ory cannot accommodate dilution: if law is still law, but is derived from the
commodity-form along with something else, then the commodity-form theory,
which explained the very existence and ‘law-ness’ of law from the heart of
the commodity, is invalidated.
Theories claiming that Pashukanis is ‘no longer’ right elide with more fun-
damental critiques of his approach tout court. The former tend to focus on
what is different about modern and earlier forms of law, but they leave unthe-
orised that which is shared – and if we believe that they are both law, they
must share some form from which to derive a common ‘law-ness’. As
Pashukanis’s theory has been judged inadequate in this model, that shared
legal form must derive from something other than the commodity-form. To
say that Pashukanis was once right but is no longer, in other words, is to say
that he was never right.
There is, however, a way of taking seriously changes in the law without
undermining the commodity-form theory of law. Rather than the revision of
Pashukanis’s theory, the twentieth century’s legal changes, developments in
contract, administration and law necessitate the development of that theory
on the basis of the theory itself.131
The focus on status is based on modern law’s tendency toward ‘[l]egal
recognition of entities such as private corporations, associations, funds, unions,
utilities and public corporations’132 – the fact is that ‘[t]he rights of Pashukanis’s
isolated legal subject are no longer regarded as absolute’.133 There has been
a move away from the notion of the isolated and abstract individual as the
unit of contract.134
A second, linked, tendency, is the extension of ‘administration’.
When public authority routinely uses law to intrude into economic life, the
function of the legal order undergoes a fundamental transformation. In the
131
In a personal communication, Chris Arthur has written, for example, that ‘with
the development of the economy to joint stock enterprises etc. the notion of legal per-
son has to be developed.’ (Emphasis mine.)
132
Von Arx 1997, pp. 202–3.
133
Von Arx 1997, p. 204.
134
See also Feinman and Gabel 1990, pp. 379–81.
104 • Chapter Three
era of the interventionist state, law’s role can no longer be conceived solely
as the protection of equivalent exchange, free will, private ownership and
individual autonomy.135
135
Von Arx 1997, p. 205. The formulation that the legal relation is about the ‘pro-
tection’ of the commodity relation, rather than another way of seeing that relation
itself, is misleading.
136
‘By insisting on a clean break between law and administration, Pashukanis both
distorts the relationship between these two realms and ignores the overwhelming
importance of administrative law in the twentieth century legal order.’ Von Arx 1997,
pp. 206–7.
137
Gregory 1979, p. 141.
138
Kay and Mott 1982.
139
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 111.
For Pashukanis • 105
A simple contrast of the buying and selling of labour-power with other com-
modities reveals the difficulty facing the legislator. When an individual sells
a commodity other than labour-power, the act of sale is a final alien-
ation. . . . This is not the case with labour-power, which is an attribute of
the subject and cannot be consumed without his presence, participation and
cooperation. Unlike other objects which are external to the seller, labour-
power cannot be definitively alienated. Thus the first difficulty is to for-
mulate a labour contract which provides for the alienation of an object –
which by its very nature cannot be alienated. . . . [T]he difficulty is one of
including labour-power within the general law of property, while at the
same time being forced to acknowledge that labour-power is not an object
of property like others.
The second difficulty of labour law, and a consequence of the first, is that
the alienation of labour-power which actually occurs, and which the labour
contract is there to effect, must in fact be denied by the contract, since it is
140
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 94.
141
Marx 1973, p. 225; see also Marx 1976 p. 274.
142
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 111.
106 • Chapter Three
Though Pashukanis was not wrong to derive law from exchange, he fails to
address the unprecedented historical relation between circulation and pro-
duction under capitalism, and is thus unable to theorise the labour contract
necessary for developed monopoly capitalism, or even for industrial capi-
talism tout court (critics who claim that his theory cannot take account of
twentieth-century developments in fact do not set their criticisms early enough).
That failure underpins his inability to historicise the legal form and make
sense of later developments.144
Pashukanis rightly saw that the wage relationship necessitated ‘despotism
in the manufacturing division of labour’,145 the alienation to the employer of
the worker’s ‘will and its rational use’.146 Focusing as he did on law’s con-
tractual basis between supposedly free and equal individuals, he became
unstuck by precisely the paradox that Kay and Mott outline, and could not
conceive of labour legislation as law. His alternative formulation was quite
unsatisfactory.
[C]ontrol within the enterprise remains the private affair of each individual
capitalist. The establishment of labour regulations is an act of private leg-
islation; in other words, it is a piece of pure feudalism. This remains true
despite the lengths to which bourgeois jurists go in order to tart it up in a
modern fashion by creating the fiction of the so-called contrat d’adhésion. . . .147
The notion that the relation at the heart of capitalist exploitation is a feudal
atavism is clearly quite untenable. However, despite this rather cursory claim,
143
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 113.
144
Howard Engelskirchen makes this key to his critique of Pashukanis, and dove-
tails it with the critique that the commodity-form theory cannot account for admin-
istration: ‘forms of administrative law generally, such a characteristic feature of the
modern state, owe their development in substantial part to advances in labor legis-
lation, and the problem of the legal form is misperceived if it is reduced to what we
could characterize in the Anglo-American tradition as the forms of common-law legal
development – tort, contract, real property, and the like.’ (Engelskirchen 1992, p. 111.)
145
Marx 1976, p. 477.
146
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 113.
147
Pashukanis 1978, pp. 141–2.
For Pashukanis • 107
an awareness that labour legislation – the regulatory framework for the con-
tractual relationship between labour and capital – must be subsumed under
the general legal form was implicit in Pashukanis’s theory. When he notes,
for example, that ‘[e]very buyer and seller is . . . a legal subject par excel-
lence’,148 it is impossible to conceive of the buyers and sellers of labour-power
in any other way.
As Kay and Mott point out, the labour contract is an unstable form that
attempts to mediate contradictions.
The solution that the law has developed combines two elements:
1) The episodic nature of the transaction: so that the worker only submits
himself to capital period by period, and never finally alienates his will. This
permits the illusion that he remains in ultimate possession of himself. . . .
2) In the contract itself the object that is formally alienated does not appear
as labour-power, i.e. a capacity which is an immediate attribute of the sub-
ject, but as labour, i.e. expended labour-power, or labour which has become
external to the worker.149
148
Pashukanis 1978, p. 143.
149
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 114. The appearance that what is bought is labour, rather
than labour-power – actual work, rather than the capacity to work – is illusory. The
very fact of ‘despotism’ within the workplace means that the capitalist must have
power to decide what work is done, and therefore his/her employees alienate not a
specific outlay of labour (which would imply that the capitalist did not have control
over that outlay at the point of production) but their ability so to do. Nevertheless, the
appearance is that it is a specific job which is bought.
150
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 101. What follows is a truncated version of the historico-
logical sequence they outline throughout the second half of their book.
108 • Chapter Three
The capitalist maintains his right as a purchaser when he tries to make the
working day as long as possible . . . On the other hand, the peculiar nature
of the commodity sold implies a limit to its consumption by the purchaser,
and the worker maintains his right as a seller when he wishes to reduce the
151
Marx 1981, p. 567.
152
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 102.
153
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 115.
For Pashukanis • 109
As Kay and Mott point out, ‘trades unions have from 1871 been the legally
constituted subjectivity of the working class’.155 There was a sequence of legal
reforms and judgements extending the legal personality of the trade unions
from 1841 to 1918. ‘This sequence of legislation defining both labour organ-
isations and their space in law, was the formation of the legal subjectivity of
labour by the state.’156
What we have here is a theory of the legal recognition of corporations and
unions, one of the fundamental changes in contract sometimes deemed to
undermine Pashukanis’s theory, understood as a shift in the atoms of the
juridical relationship on the basis of the commodity relationship under changing
conditions of mass industrialisation and the commodification of labour-power itself.
In other words, this does not represent a move away from the commodity-
form theory, but a vindication of it.
At the heart of the capitalist economy is the extraordinary commodity of
labour-power, which is a commodity simultaneously like and utterly unlike
any other. Pashukanis failed to apply his own theory with sufficient system-
aticity. But it is only through the application of the commodity-form theory
of law itself to that unique commodity that we can see how the form of law
itself must develop, on the basis of its own fundamental form, as capitalism ages.
As to the extension of administration, it might look as if Kay and Mott
share the simplistic notion of Pashukanis’s critics, that it represents a move
away from the commodity-form theory of law, as it represents a move away
from laissez-faire capitalism. ‘Contemporary administration of economic and
social life contrasts with earlier forms of control through the law, along
the same lines that a system of regulated prices differs from a free-market
mechanism.’157
154
Marx 1976, p. 344.
155
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 115.
156
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 117. At the time of writing, Kay and Mott were keen to
point out that there was some move back toward individual employment contracts:
nonetheless, this is still on the basis of a broadly conceived labour contract, and
remains relatively epiphenomenal to the huge shift represented by the move to col-
lective bargaining.
157
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 94.
110 • Chapter Three
By 1870 the wider law of labour was faced with the task of recognising
the labour-power of the proletariat as a general force, but was no longer
adequate to this task, and the gaps between legal forms had to be filled,
in order to create a continuum of order. This process is administration,
which addresses itself to particulars . . . and from these particulars creates
schematised or partial objects, which although abstracted from the social
matrix, leave traces of their concrete origins within the procedures of
administration itself. Thus the law-and-administration continuum came into
being. . . . The . . . continuum is founded in order, itself the state’s appre-
hension of its task of maintaining private property as a universal form.159
158
Administrative law ‘resist[s] the application of conventional legal doctrines drawn
from the commodity exchange model of private law. Because they are oriented pri-
marily towards substantive social purposes rather than the protection of private auton-
omy or the resolution of private conflicts, the General Theory would place them in the
realm of extra-legal, administrative regulation. For Pashukanis the form of bourgeois
law is articulated in neutral, nonpolitical terms and operates through the use of for-
mal, objective, impartial rules and procedures. Consequently, regulations directed at
substantive, particularistic ends which employ instrumental, purposive processes are
outside the legal form’ (Von Arx 1997, p. 206).
159
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 133.
For Pashukanis • 111
Those administrative rules are law, in that they take the legal form. They
attempt, in their very particularity, to approximate the abstraction of the legal
form. This can be seen in the peculiar dialectic between ‘particularism’ and
‘abstraction’ in anti-discrimination legislation – public, administrative, law.
160
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 96.
161
Kay and Mott 1982, p. 95.
112 • Chapter Three
162
Engelskirchen 1997, pp. 572–3: ‘the autonomy presupposed by contractual rela-
tionships is relational, and in the reproduction of interdependent autonomy resort to
exchange is presupposed. Nothing in the reproduction of the social relations that gives
rise to contractual consent, reflects or depends upon a unilateral exercise of arbitrary
caprice extended to race or gender. Instead, it is exclusion from exchange that com-
promises the social function of bargain. . . . To blunt their [racism’s and sexism’s] repro-
duction does not in any way compromise the consent constituted and reproduced by
bargain or exchange or interdependent autonomy. No formal autonomy presupposed
by contract is undermined. . . . Free choice is liberated, not overridden, by legal action
taken to foreclose such exclusions from exchange.’
163
Von Arx 1997, p. 190. See pp. 180–90: ‘“The revolutions effected by machinery
in the juridical relations between the buyer and seller of labour-power, causing the
transaction as a whole to lose the appearance of a contract between free persons,
afforded the English Parliament an excuse, founded on juridical principles, for the inter-
ference of the state with factories.”
‘The history of the Factory Acts confirms Marx’s position. Classical contract doc-
trine itself provided the initial “excuse” for legislative intervention into the wage rela-
tion. The statutes discussed in Capital apply almost exclusively to minors and women,
who were incapable of contracting at common law. Consequently, the state could jus-
tify its intrusion into the workplace on paternalistic grounds, consistent with the law
of contract. . . . The economic and political movement of the working class . . . ulti-
mately compelled parliament to recognize that the wage exchange generally fails to
satisfy the underlying assumptions of classical contract doctrine regarding the free-
dom and equality of the parties. To compensate for the inequality in bargaining posi-
tion between worker and capitalist, the Factory Acts simply remove certain terms and
conditions from the realm of private decision-making. A similar result was achieved . . .
in the United States . . . to ensure equality in bargaining power by recognizing the
For Pashukanis • 113
Against Von Arx’s assertion that ‘[t]he General Theory . . . cannot account
for such developments in the legal form’,164 the germ-seed of this under-
standing is clearly present in Pashukanis himself, in his claim that public law
‘can only be developed through its workings, in which it is continually repulsed
by private law, so much that it attempts to define itself as the antithesis of
private law, to which it returns, however, as to its centre of gravity’.165
Many of Pashukanis’s shortcomings stem from his occasional failure to
fully appreciate the contradictory, dialectical moments present in the com-
modity or legal relations. For example, I have tried to show that the partic-
ularism of administration is not sharply counterposed to the abstraction of
the legal form when the legal form is considered in development through the
particularities of social relations.
The commodity form and the legal form are formal, abstract, contractual
in their essences, but they inevitably throw up particularities and the fact of
coercion, and those dialectical others, the bad consciences of formal abstrac-
tion, cannot be considered in isolation from the commodity or legal forms
themselves. That was Pashukanis’s error. But the error was one of undialec-
tical application of the commodity-form theory itself. I have tried to illus-
trate that a nuanced and historical application of that theory remains the only
approach to law which even comes close to taking seriously the existence
and historical development of the legal form.
rights of workers to act collectively.’ The initial quote is from Marx, Capital Volume
1, the 1967 Aveling translation, p. 397. The emphasis is Von Arx’s. This expresses with
excellent clarity the movement of contract theory on the basis of its own foundations
and the concomitant spread of administration, as well as the granting of legal per-
sonality to a collectivity of the working class.
164
Von Arx 1997, p. 190.
165
Pashukanis 1978, p. 106.
114 • Chapter Three
166
Cotterrell 1996, p. 115.
167
Pashukanis 1980b. Appendix below, pp. 321–335.
For Pashukanis • 115
1
Pashukanis 1978, p. 47.
2
Pashukanis 1978, p. 54.
118 • Chapter Four
3
Pashukanis 1978, p. 55.
4
Ibid.
5
As implied, for example, in Warrington 1984.
6
Fine 1979, p. 34.
7
Reiman 1995, pp. 134–135.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 119
Pashukanis has . . . been charged with ignoring the major part played by
repression in the legal order and the bourgeois state. This charge is . . .
unjustified. For, not only does Pashukanis fully subscribe (whether rightly
or wrongly) to the Marxist-Leninist view of the state as a machine for class-
repression and emphasize the role of raison d’état and naked expediency in
certain areas of its operation . . ., he also provides an explicit account of the
self-contradictory appearance of law as subjective freedom coupled with
external regulation and, indeed, tends to give greater weight to the role of
organized violence than to individual will in the sphere of public law. . . .8
[f]rom a dialectical point of view a form is the form of its content, and one
may be alarmed at the outset if one imagines that Pashukanis proposes to
write a treatise on legal forms in abstraction from content. However this
would be a misunderstanding. In characterising law as a bourgeois form he
clearly is relating law to a definite material content – the social relations
founded on commodity exchange.9
However, two more steps must be taken. One is to remember that the social
relations of capitalism are not simply the ‘social relations founded on com-
modity exchange’, but are also social relations of exploitative inequality embed-
ded in the wage relation. The development of the legal form to take account
of the wage-form is germane here. I have argued that the commodity-form
of labour-power under capitalism allows that commodity – contra Pashu-
kanis – to be subsumed within the legal form itself. Therefore, as the legal
form embodies the concrete content of social relations founded on commod-
ity exchange, where labour-power itself is universally commodified, under
capitalism, the legal form will also embed the particular exploitative class
relations of capitalist exploitation. This is not in addition to embodying the
8
Jessop 1990, p. 60.
9
Arthur 1978, p. 29.
120 • Chapter Four
The capitalist maintains his right as a purchaser when he tries to make the
working day as long as possible. . . . On the other hand . . . the worker main-
tains his right as a seller when he wishes to reduce the working day to a
particular normal length. There is here, therefore, an antinomy, of right
against right, both equally bearing the seal of the law of exchange. Between
equal rights, force decides.11
Marx has disentangled Reiman’s point that ‘those with the power to do so
will use the law to serve their own ends’12 into two separate arguments. One
is that it is very likely that the powerful will be able to accommodate or co-
opt whatever progressive intentions are embedded in a particular law. The
other, more fundamental point, is that it is usually the representatives of the
powerful who actually make the laws, who force particular political contents
into the abstract legal form. If ‘force decides’, after all, then it is not an equal
battle between capital and labour. Within the boundaries of a nation-state,
10
Marx 1976, pp. 604–607. ‘The inconveniences we expected to arise from the intro-
duction of the Factory acts into our branch of manufacture, I am happy to say, have
not arisen,’ he quotes one industrialist as saying. ‘We do not find the production at
all interfered with; in short we produce more in the same time.’ (Marx 1976, p. 606.)
11
Marx 1976, p. 344. Emphasis mine.
12
Reiman 1995, p. 135.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 121
capital has on its side the legislature, an arm of the bourgeois state. It is the
judicial wing of the state that is, institutionally, given the power to force a
particular content into the legal form.
Why does the state and law take the side of capital? One obvious reason,
stressed by Miliband, might be the class position of the judiciary.
[J]udicial elites, like other elites of the state system, are mainly drawn from
the upper and middle layers of society: and those judges who are not have
clearly come to belong to these layers by the time they reach the bench.
Moreover, the conservative bias which their class situation is thus likely to
create is here strongly reinforced by the fact that judges are . . . also recruited
from the legal profession, whose ideological dispositions are traditionally
cast in a highly conservative mould. . . . Moreover, governments which are
generally in charge of the appointment and promotion of judges are most
likely to favour men of precisely such conservative dispositions. . . . The rea-
son why these ideological dispositions are important is obvious – they greatly
affect the manner in which the judicial function is discharged. Judges, it is
generally accepted, are not ‘law-vending machines’, or the helpless prison-
ers of a set legal framework or the mere exponents of the law as they find
it. . . . [T]here is room, inevitably, for judicial discretion in the application of
the law and for judicial creativity in actually making law. . . . In thus inter-
preting and making law, judges cannot fail to be deeply affected by their
view of the world. . . .13
There is little to disagree with there, so far as it goes. The problem with
Miliband’s position is his unconvincing implication that the capitalist nature
of the bourgeois state (and judiciary) is essentially contingent to its structure,
and inheres solely or even primarily in the attitudes of its agents.
However, Miliband’s point that the judiciary is in a position to make law
is absolutely right, and dovetails perfectly with McDougal’s stress on the cre-
ative role of interpretation of statute in international law. Within the confines
of a nation, it is the state as superordinate authority and its agents that have
final authority over the interpretation – and hence creation – of law. This is
not the case with international law, and the implications of that difference will
become clear.
If we reject Miliband’s theory of the state, while acknowledging that state’s
monopoly on authoritative legal interpretation domestically, the question of
13
Miliband 1969, pp. 124–6.
122 • Chapter Four
how to understand the capitalist state becomes very important, to make sense
of the final arbiter of law domestically and the very unit of law internation-
ally. The scope of this enormous debate can only be touched on here. One
aspect of this state debate, though, is centrally important to this chapter:
Pashukanis himself is often seen as a founding figure of a particular theory
of the state.
The principal concern of the so-called ‘capital logic’ school is to derive the
form of the capitalist state from the nature of capital and/or to establish
those functional prerequisites of accumulation whose satisfaction must be
mediated through state activity.14
14
Jessop 1990, p. 52.
15
Von Arx 1997, p. 6. ‘The “capital logic” school in Germany is perhaps most directly
indebted to Pashukanis’s work’. For essential overviews see Holloway and Picciotto
1978a; Clarke 1991. For a brief summary see (for example) Barrow 2000, pp. 93–100.
16
Jessop 1990, p. 52, emphasis mine. Holloway and Picciotto 1978b, p. 18: ‘Pashukanis
. . . was concerned to derive the form of law and the closely related form of the state
from the nature of capitalist commodity production’. Barrow repeats the claim (2000,
p. 99).
Coercion and the Legal Form • 123
[W]hy does class rule not remain what it is, the factual subjugation of one
section of the population by the other? Why does it assume the form of
official state rule, or – which is the same thing – why does the machinery
of state coercion not come into being as the private machinery of the rul-
ing class; why does it detach itself from the ruling class and take on the
form of an impersonal apparatus of public power, separate from society?17
The argument is that Pashukanis derives the bourgeois state, with its appar-
ent neutrality, its irreducibility to a set of particularistic interests, from the
necessities of generalised commodification. Given the universalisation of
abstract legal individuals, only an abstract arbiter of competing claims – the
bourgeois state – can maintain their formal equality. Jessop summarises the
position admirably. In the context of his theory of the legal subject,
17
Pashukanis 1978, p. 139.
18
Jessop 1990, p. 53.
19
Particularly the essays in Halloway and Picciotto 1978a, especially Hirsch 1978,
Blanke, Jürgens and Kastendiek 1978, and von Braunmühl 1978.
20
Pashukanis 1978, p. 137.
124 • Chapter Four
To the extent that society represents a market, the machinery of state is actu-
ally manifested as an impersonal collective will, as the rule of law, and so
on. Every buyer and seller is, as we have already seen, a legal subject par
excellence. The autonomous will of those engaged in exchange is an indis-
pensable precondition wherever the categories of value and exchange value
come into play. . . . Coercion as the imperative addressed by one person to
another, and backed up by force, contradicts the fundamental precondition
for dealings between the owners of commodities. In a society of commod-
ity owners, and within the limits of the act of exchange, coercion is neither
abstract nor impersonal – hence it cannot figure as a social function. For in
the society based on commodity production, subjection to one person, as a
concrete individual, implies subjection to an arbitrary force, since it is the
same thing, for this society, as the subjection of one owner of commodities
to another. That is also why coercion cannot appear here in undisguised
form as a simple act of expediency. It has to appear rather as coercion ema-
nating from an abstract collective person, exercised not in the interest of the
individual from whom it emanates . . . but in the interest of all parties to
legal transactions.21
21
Pashukanis 1978, p. 143.
22
Pashukanis 1978, pp. 134–50.
23
Pashukanis 1978, p. 136. Emphasis in original.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 125
Thus at the very point when he is demanding rigour in theorising the state,
what he insists must be explained is how the abstract bourgeois state could,
not ‘did’ or ‘must’, arise. He is thus demanding a sufficient, not a necessary,
theory of the bourgeois state. Thus despite his own use of the term ‘deriva-
tion’, this is not a strong ‘derivationist’ theory.
None of this is to deny that there is a powerful functional role to the abstract
bourgeois state, nor to deny that Pashukanis’s theory does an excellent job
of outlining why. But it is to say that there is no theory of the form of the
bourgeois state to be ‘derived’ from Pashukanis’s theory, and nor did he think
there was.
Consider a revealing aside. Again, at the heart of his apparently most
‘derivationist’ moment, as Pashukanis asks why the state apparatus is not ‘a
private apparatus of the ruling class’ but ‘an impersonal apparatus of pub-
lic power distinct from society’,28 a footnote draws attention.
24
Ibid.
25
Pashukanis 1978, p. 138.
26
Blanke, Jürgens and Kastendiek 1978, p. 121.
27
Pashukanis 1978, pp. 139–40. Emphases mine.
28
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 94.
126 • Chapter Four
comparison with the ‘voluntary guards’ of the fascists and their ilk. This
once more shows that when social equilibrium is disrupted it then ‘seeks
salvation’, not by creation of ‘an authority standing above classes’, but by
the maximum pressure of the forces of the struggling classes.29
Thus there is nothing inevitable about the particular form of the bourgeois
state. Even as he stresses the importance of the ‘abstract’ bourgeois state,
Pashukanis reminds the reader that in particular historical conjunctures that
very state will seek alternative, altogether less abstract methods to achieve its
ends, without ceasing to be a capitalist state: it is the ‘official apparatus’ that
recedes, not the state itself, which in this instance is the very body ‘seeking
salvation’ through recourse to fascism.
There are admittedly times when Pashukanis makes stronger claims for
the derivation taking place. The long passage above where he talks about the
coercion necessary under capitalism and why it must take the bourgeois
state form more than any other represents his attempt logically and system-
atically to derive the necessity for an abstract state. But it is based on a false
premise.
‘Coercion’, he writes, ‘as the imperative addressed by one person to another,
and backed up by force, contradicts the fundamental precondition for deal-
ings between the owners of commodities.’30 This is absolutely untrue, and is
a characteristic slip – sometimes Pashukanis’s excessive formalism lead him
to neglect the ‘succulence’ of dialectical contradictions inherent in seemingly
stable categories.
I have argued that contrary to some of Pashukanis’s claims, disputation
and contestation is intrinsic to the commodity, in the fact that its private own-
ership implies the exclusion of others. Similarly, violence – coercion – is at
the heart of the commodity form, and thus the contract. For a commodity
meaningfully to be ‘mine-not-yours’ – which is, after all, central to the fact
that it is a commodity to be exchanged – some forceful capabilities are implied.
If there were nothing to defend its ‘mine-ness’, there would be nothing to
stop it becoming ‘yours’, and then it would no longer be a commodity, as I
would not be exchanging it. Coercion is implicit. ‘If the category of contract,
a joint act of will founded on mutual recognition, is considered to be the
29
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 130 footnote 47.
30
Pashukanis 1978, p. 143.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 127
original modus of law, then it is clearly a form that cannot exist without
constraint.’31
And at a slightly higher level of concreteness, taking the analysis from the
individual to the societal level, force must be a general condition for the main-
tenance of commodity relations.
The reason is plain enough. Existing property relations [ie., not yet produc-
tive relations] systematically separate producers from the objects of their need,
on an everyday and continuous basis. In commodity production, ‘need’ and
‘right’ stand opposed. The organisation of existing society constantly impels
individuals, groups, classes and other collectivities towards . . . the ‘inva-
sion of the rights of others’. The motive to trespass, steal, invade, oppress,
rob and generally transgress property right is continually recreated through
the pressure of material need.
Hence this system of social production relations generates a permanent
and general requirement for means of ‘defence’, i.e. for means of violence
and its organization. Without a constant threat and/or application of force,
commodity production would stand in danger of rapid subversion and
breakdown.32
31
Blanke, Jürgens and Kastendiek 1978, p. 123. See Banaji 2003, p. 69: ‘When is a
contract “voluntary”? The answer is, probably never.’ At its most extreme, such ‘coer-
cive contract’ underlies the nineteenth-century notion of a ‘large group of slavery
defenders’ in the American south that slavery itself ‘had a quasi-contractual charac-
ter’ (Jenkins 1935, p. 112). These writers such as Samuel Seabury, Edmund Bellinger
and others problematise these apparently peaceful categories (moved, of course, by
appalling political motivations. Not that it is new for Marxists to turn the theories of
pro-slavery writers against bourgeois categories – see Negri’s invocation of John
Caldwell Calhoun (Negri 1999, pp. 184–5)).
32
Barker 1998, p. 27.
33
Barker 1998, p. 28.
128 • Chapter Four
erroneous claims that violence is not at the heart of the commodity (I shall
show that elsewhere in his writing, he maintains a far more persuasive aware-
ness of embedded violence). In the realisation that violence is integral to com-
modity exchange, ‘politics’ – coercive force, violence – is brought closer, but
its specific form – here the bourgeois state – is not so fundamental, and cer-
tainly not ‘necessary’.
For the most part, then, Pashukanis explicitly lays out that his is not a sys-
tematic derivationist position, but only one of sufficiency. What is more, at
the point where he does attempt to derive the state’s necessity, his analysis
breaks down because his categories are insufficiently nuanced. Some of the
most interesting state-derivationist theorists acknowledge that Pashukanis’s
theory asserts the necessity of politics but does not imply the bourgeois state
form. His focus on the freedom and equality of the subjects of exchange, they
claim
lead . . . to the category of the form of law and to the necessity of a force to
guarantee the law, a force which we will call extra-economic (coercive) force.
By this we mean not so much the organized apparatus (or an instrument)
but essentially only a basic function which can be derived on the concep-
tual level of form analysis. With that we have by no means arrived at ‘the
state’, but at different forms of social relations, namely economic and polit-
ical relations, which are peculiar to the bourgeois mode of production.34
Pashukanis’s theory does imply coercion and politics, but does not imply the
necessity of a particular form of organisation of that coercion. The state cer-
tainly ‘injects clarity and stability into the legal structure’,35 but that is a sec-
ondary function.
This rejection of the capital-logic theory of the state is important: it emerges
that the very lack of a state-derivation theory in Pashukanis key to under-
standing the nature of law and international law.
34
Blanke, Jürgens and Kastendiek 1978, p. 121.
35
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 68.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 129
him such a vital theorist for international law: he makes clear time and again
that the lack of a sovereign does not make international law any less ‘law’.
Pashukanis does not deny the need for coercion, but is clear that overarching
and abstract coercion, while it does ‘inject stability’ and is functional to cap-
italism that is not in crisis, is extrinsic to the legal form itself.
It is obvious that the idea of external coercion, both in its idea and organi-
zation, constitutes an essential aspect of the legal form. When no coercive
mechanism has been organized, and it is not found within the jurisdiction
of a special apparatus which stands above the parties, it appears in the form
of so-called ‘inter-dependence’. The principle of inter-dependence, under
the conditions of balance of power, represents the single, and it can be said,
the most unstable basis of international law.36
[O]ne can modify the thesis (that norm and law can be equated) and empha-
sise, not the norm as such, but rather the objective regulative forces oper-
ating in society. . . . [I]f under that heading one means a particular, consciously
36
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 108.
37
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 179: below p. 331. This essay gives the lie to McWhinney’s
somewhat garbled argument concluding that ‘Pashukanis . . . concluded that it was
purely scholastic . . . to attempt to define the “nature” of international law’ (McWhinney
1984, p. 14).
130 • Chapter Four
organised system which guarantees and safeguards these relations, then the
fallacy becomes absolutely clear. Of course one cannot assert that the rela-
tion between creditor and debtor is generated by the system of compulsory
debt collection operating in the state in question. The objective existence of
this system certainly guarantees and safeguards the relation, but it in no way
creates it. . . . [O]ne can conceive of very different degrees of perfection in
the functioning of this external coercive social regulation and consequently
of the most varying degrees of guarantee of certain regulations . . ., with-
out these relations themselves suffering the smallest variation in their sub-
stance. We can conceive of a borderline case in which, apart from the two
parties relating to one another, no other third force can determine a norm and guar-
antee its observance: for example, any contract of the Varangians and the
Greeks. Even in this case the relationship still remains in existence.38
The entire feudal legal system rested on such contractual relations, guar-
anteed by no ‘third force’. In just the same way, modern international law
recognises no coercion organised from without. Such non-guaranteed legal
relations are unfortunately not known for their stability, but this is not yet
grounds for denying their existence.39
38
Pashukanis 1978, pp. 88–9. Initial three emphasese in original, final mine.
39
Pashukanis 1978, p. 89 footnote 9.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 131
is mistaken in thinking that the system of private law could have devel-
oped . . . in a derivative fashion from public power.40
40
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 69. Emphasis mine.
41
Kennedy 1996, p. 400. He goes on to explain that for most twentieth-century legal
theory questions around this ‘might be addressed doctrinally . . . or procedurally . . .
or, more recently, institutionally, professionally, practically, ultimately by attention to
the behavior of states, by pragmatic observation, but not theoretically’.
42
This dovetails intriguingly with Richard Tuck’s claim that for the early writers
in international law and sovereignty, particularly Grotius and Hobbes, ‘individuals
heuristically took on the characteristics of sovereign states’ (Tuck 1999, p. 129), and
that for those writers ‘we can best understand the rights which individuals possess
vis-à-vis one another . . . by looking at the rights which sovereign states seem to pos-
sess against one another’ (Tuck 1999, p. 85). For one sympathetic reviewer, ‘[t]his
seems a far-fetched proposition’, and ‘[i]t is one matter to establish a linkage between
the notion of a sovereign, unsociable property owner within early modern societies
and the sovereign, unsociable states under construction in this period . . . [b]ut it is
another matter to give priority to the external rivalry of states. . . . This seems a per-
verse move’ (Gowan 2001, p. 154). However, the cross-reference here with Pashukanis
is at least suggestive. If it is agreed that the juridical conceptualisation of the indi-
vidual is an indispensable element in the construction of the sovereign, unsociable
individual, then Pashukanis’s claim that the juridical unit first inheres between poli-
ties makes Tuck’s proposition look less ‘perverse’: the juridical individual would
indeed follow (from?) the juridical polity – by the time of these writers, crucially, the
state (though questions of ‘derivation’ need to be nuanced: without a sense of the
underlying marketisation of which these forms would be expressions, there is a dan-
ger (even in Tuck) of the process appearing to come about through a kind of autopoi-
etic domestic-analogy-in-reverse). In this way, counterintuitively looking first at the
international level before narrowing focus to the individual, we might make some
headway with the project that Adorno literally dreamed of – understanding ‘The
Transition From the Living Human Being to the Legal Entity’ (Halley 1997, p. 72).
132 • Chapter Four
As a separate force which set itself off from society, the state only finally
emerged in the modern bourgeois capitalist period. But it by no means fol-
lows from this that the contemporary forms of international legal inter-
course, and the individual institutions of international law, only arose in
the most recent times. On the contrary, they trace their history to the most
ancient periods of class and even pre-class society. To the extent that exchange
was not initially made between individuals, but among tribes and com-
munities, it may be affirmed that the institutions of international law are
the most ancient of legal institutions in general.46
Thus the state is central to the development of law, both domestic and inter-
national, but not to the legal form itself.47
43
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 174. Page 326 below
44
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 174. Page 327 below.
45
Pashukanis 1980b, pp. 173–4. Page 326 below.
46
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 175. Page 327 below.
47
Though arguing from a perspective of radical ‘libertarianism’ wildly antipathetic
to Pashukanis’s Marxism, suffering philosophical deficiencies (such as the apparent
equation of ‘justice’ and ‘law’), and marshalling his evidence to support an indefen-
sible and utopian position of anarcho-capitalism space precludes me from critiquing
here, Benson 1991 contains several interesting examples of legal systems without over-
Coercion and the Legal Form • 133
Apart from the sanctions and pressures . . . the main elements reinforcing
the obligatory character of the rules of international law are the empirical
facts that states will insist on their rights under such rules against states
which they consider should observe them, and that states recognise inter-
national law as binding upon them. . . . The ultimate reasons that impel
states to uphold the observance of international law belong to the domain
of political science, and cannot be explained by a strictly legal analysis.57
52
Pashukanis 1978, p. 134. Emphasis mine.
53
Pashukanis 1978, p. 135.
54
See Jhering 1924, pp. 176–218 and elsewhere.
55
Zoller 1984, p. xi.
56
Shearer 1994, p. 27.
57
Ibid.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 135
Shearer alleges that the binding force of international law inheres in the fact
that states observe it. This statement of the fact to be explained as its own
explanational is clearly nonsensical. As if aware that this is unsatisfactory,
Shearer wanly dismisses this question as one for political science rather than
law. He is quite right to conclude his chapter by observing that ‘the problem
of the binding force of international law ultimately resolves itself into a prob-
lem no different from that of the obligatory character of law in general’,58 but
as he has precluded any examination of the systematicity of violence in law
or international law, he cannot even approach an answer.
Similarly, Akehurst claims that
Here the failure of analysis is stark. The notion that breaches of law, disputes
moderated by coercion, are pathological to law, rather than fundamental ele-
ments of the legal fabric, is remarkable. In contrast, Pashukanis casually makes
this clear.
58
Ibid.
59
Akehurst 1987, p. 7. Emphasis mine.
60
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 110. Emphasis mine.
61
Marx quoted in Pashukanis 1978, p. 134. The original is in Marx 1973, p. 88. In
this translation, it reads ‘[t]he principle of might makes right . . . is also a legal rela-
tion’. I have chosen the former as the starker formulation.
62
Marx 1976, p. 344. Emphasis mine.
136 • Chapter Four
[T]he armed individual, (or, more often, group of people, a family group,
a clan, a tribe, capable of defending their conditions of existence in armed
struggle), is the morphological precursor of the legal subject with his sphere
of legal power extending around him. This close morphological link estab-
lishes a clear connection between the lawcourt and the duel, between the
parties to a lawsuit and the combatants in an armed conflict. But as socially
regulative forces become more powerful, so the subject loses material tan-
gibility. His personal energy is supplanted by the power of social, that is,
of class organisation, whose highest form of expression is the state.66
Where there are no such ‘socially regulative forces’, that coercion remains
embedded in the participants. International legal theory stresses self-help as the
medium of sanction in international law.67 The morphological proximity of
the legal subject and the armed unit is nowhere more clear than in interna-
tional law.
Unsurprisingly given this proximity of law and force, ‘the better part’ of
international law’s ‘norms refer to . . . warfare. . . . [I]t directly assumes a con-
dition of open and armed struggle’.68 These laws, concerned with regulating
63
Pashukanis 1978, p. 134.
64
Ibid.
65
Ibid.
66
Pashukanis 1978, p. 118.
67
Akehurst 1970, p. 6; Kelsen 1968, p. 88; et al.
68
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 169. Page 322 below.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 137
the political violence of states, are surely ‘public’ law: indeed, what is usu-
ally meant by ‘international law’ is precisely ‘public international law’.69 I
have shown that for the commodity-form theory international law represents
in some ways a simpler form of the legal relationship , and yet it consists of
‘public’ law which Pashukanis claims is secondary and derived from ‘pri-
vate’ law. This may look like a paradox for the commodity-form theory.
However, for Pashukanis, in the absence of a sovereign authority, precisely
because the coercive violence inherent in the commodity/legal relationship
between abstract equals must inhere in the participants themselves, ‘public’
political relations are exchange relations. The public and the private are in-
extricable here. Inasmuch as the units of the legal relationship are formally
equal, ‘the struggle between imperialist states must include an exchange as
one of its components. And if exchanges are concluded then forms must also
exist for their conclusion’70 – which means violence.
For international law, then, the question of the ‘derivation’ of public from
private law is nonsensical. This interpenetration is why ‘[t]he development
of the law of war is nothing other than the gradual consolidation of the prin-
ciple of the inviolability of bourgeois property’.71
Without a third force – ie., precisely in its simpler form – the legal form
could not actualise the coercion necessary for its existence outside of the coer-
cive capabilities of the participants. It is true, in other words, that private law
is the basis of public law, as we now perceive them from within a state, sep-
arated from each other, but that very distinction is only meaningful as a result
of that state’s superimposition onto the legal form. In its root form – and in
international law – the law was simultaneously abstract and particularistic –
‘public’ and ‘private’. ‘There was no distinction’, Pashukanis says of early
law without a third force, and thus of international law, ‘between law as an
objective norm and law as a power’.72
69
See for example Akehurst 1970, p. 1: ‘International law (otherwise known as pub-
lic international law or the law of nations) . . .’
70
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 169. Page 322 below.
71
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 128 footnote 30.
72
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 44.
138 • Chapter Four
Chris Arthur’s assertion that the form is the form of its content implies
that the content of domestic law under capitalism is – at an abstract level –
that of class exploitation based on surplus extraction in production, and the
concomitant class struggle. These, however, are not the relations between the
units of international law, states themselves.
In his essay on international law, Pashukanis makes clear what these rela-
tions are, and therefore what is the social content of international law. ‘The
historical examples adduced in any textbook of international law loudly pro-
claim that modern international law is the legal form of the struggle of the capi-
talist states among themselves for domination over the rest of the world.’73 It is that
‘struggle of capitalist states among themselves’ that is the ‘real historical con-
tent hidden behind’ the legal form.74
The ‘real content’ of law at this level is still very abstract. There are vari-
ous methods by which that ‘real content’ could be fleshed out through the
legal form into particular laws. We must take the analysis nearer the concrete.
For Pashukanis the formalisation of the state as the subject of international
law was the flipside of the process by which the state finally consolidated its
role as the abstract ‘third force’ for regulating the legal form internally.
Although on the one hand the bourgeoisie ‘subordinated itself to the state
machine’,75 at the same time that very state machine acts for its ‘national-
capital’.
On the interests being pursued by the capitalist states, Pashukanis quotes
Lenin’s Imperialism approvingly76 (although unaccountably ending his quote
just before the nub of the matter):
The epoch of modern capitalism shows us that certain relations are estab-
lished between capitalist alliances, based on the economic division of the
world; while parallel with this fact and in connection with it, certain rela-
tions are established between political alliances, between states, on the basis
of the territorial division of the world, of the struggle for colonies, of the
‘struggle for economic territory’.77
73
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 169. Emphasis in original. Page 322 below.
74
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 169. Page 322 below.
75
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 174. Page 327 below.
76
Pashukanis 1980b, pp. 169–170. Pages 322–3 below.
77
Lenin 1939, p. 75.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 139
78
Harman 1991, pp. 13, 15.
79
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 172. Page 325 below.
80
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 170. Page 323 below.
140 • Chapter Four
the flipside of that separation and the creation of a public political body was
the investiture of that body – the state – as the subject of those legal relations
which had long inhered between political entities, and which now became
bourgeois international law. But that process itself necessitated the self-reg-
ulation of the legal relation internationally by its subjects; this self-help was
a simultaneously ‘political’ and ‘economic’ function. This is, then, a mani-
festation of the collapse of the distinction between politics and economics inherent
in the very dynamic which had separated them.
We have identified the social relations which make up the content of inter-
national law as the competition between capitalist states. We have also seen
that might makes right, that the necessary coercive force will be held by the
participants to the legal relations. And, of course, it will not be held equally.
81
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 178. Pages 330–1 below. The quote (in italics – emphasis
mine) is from V.E. Grabar 1912, The Basis of Equality between States in Modern International
Law, Moscow: Publishing House of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
82
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 59. ‘The dogma of private law is nothing more than an end-
less chain of arguments pro and contra imaginary claims and potential suits.’
Coercion and the Legal Form • 141
minacy’ of legal content in domestic law is solely a product of the fact that
internally the state has a monopoly on legitimate violence. As it is only effec-
tive law that can meaningfully be considered law in materialist terms, the
policing of the law in accordance with the state judiciary’s edicts as to con-
tent grants that state a monopoly on legitimate interpretation.
Without that third force the policing of the form and therefore its inter-
pretation – its investiture with particular content – is down to the subjects
themselves. This is why a less powerful state either ‘offers passive resistance
or is compelled to concede’. And that is how the particular contents and norms
that actualise the general content of competitive social relations are invested
into the legal form.
83
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 176. Page 329 below. ‘[Grotius’s] whole system depends
on the fact that he considers relations between states to be relations between the
142 • Chapter Four
McDougal’s conundrum. The legal form will be the form taken by the political
process of struggle between states where relationships between those states are based
on sovereignty, which is itself private property, ownership of their own territory.84
Those, after all, are the conditions necessary for exchange of equivalents.
As to what McDougal can offer commodity-form theory, his frank descrip-
tion of how particular political processes become law is invaluable to under-
stand the changing political contents of the abstract legal form. ‘In a relevant
jurisprudence,’ he says, ‘international law will be explicitly conceived as the
comprehensive process of authoritative decision’.85 For a decision to be author-
itative – for a particular interpretation to defeat rivals – it must be backed
up by the more powerful coercive force in a particular legal relationship.
This is why international law is a paradoxical form. It is simultaneously a
genuine relation between equals, and a form that the weaker states cannot hope
to win.86 That, rather than any simple collapse into power politics, is the mean-
ing of Marx’s words that ‘[b]etween equal rights, force decides’.
Of course, because there is no superordinate state, the stronger participant
in a legal relationship may declare the content of the legal form to be a par-
ticular interpretation, and – with their greater coercive force – may act as if
it is so and make the facts on the ground, but that does not mean that their
interpretation is universally accepted. Where there is a monopoly of interpre-
tation, where the legal form is made manifest in statutes issued by the state,
it is much harder to question the interpretation decided on for particular
laws.
Broadly, there are two levels of politics, of coercion, involved in fleshing
out the legal form. The first is to give that form content by deciding in the
abstract what kind of action will and will not be legitimate: the second is to
decide, on that basis, whether a particular concrete act is therefore legitimate.
owners of private property; he declares that the necessary conditions for the execu-
tion of exchange, i.e. equivalent exchange between private owners, are the conditions
for legal interaction between states. Sovereign states co-exist and are counterposed to
one another in exactly the same way as are individual property owners with equal
rights.’
84
It should be pointed out that actual exchange may or may not exist between states.
All that is needed for their relations to take the legal form is that the relations be those
necessary for exchange. Without a recognition of private property any relations that
might take place would not be exchange.
85
Lasswell, McDougal & Preisner 1968, p. 202.
86
This is neatly summarised in Pashukanis’s point, made previously, that without
a superordinate authority there is no distinction ‘between law as an objective norm
and law as a power’ (Pashukanis 1980a, p. 44).
Coercion and the Legal Form • 143
Domestically, lawyers may well argue with the state that their client is not
guilty of a particular crime, but it is virtually impossible for them to argue
that the category of action itself is not in fact a crime. This, however, is not so
for international law, where there is no monopoly even on that primary level
of interpretation.
Take the example of reprisals, discussed in Chapter Two. The debate between
jurists is not whether this or that action is a reprisal and therefore illegal, but
whether reprisals as a category are illegal. Here, the importance of ‘authori-
tative’ decision is key. After all, the majority of writers agree that reprisals
are illegal. However, as long as Israel, for example, is able to interpret reprisals
as legal,87 openly to claim its activities as reprisals, and to be a strong enough
power (with the US’s support) to defeat or silence any dissenters, then it is
nonsensical to claim that reprisals are functionally illegal.88
Neither, of course, does this mean that they are ‘legal’: the law is indeter-
minate, and the question of their legality is unanswerable in the abstract. All
that can be decided is whether, in a particular concrete conjuncture, reprisals
(or any other activity) are being treated as illegal.89 It is therefore perfectly
possible for reprisals to be functionally ‘legal’ in one conflict and ‘illegal’ in
another, simultaneously.
5. Problems
Critics might claim that here, the entire theory of law founders. In acknowl-
edging that the same action might be simultaneously legal and illegal, are
we not making a mockery of the very notion of law?
This claim, however, rests on the discredited view that law is a system of
norms or rules. It is the critique of this position that is the shared starting
87
See for example Blum 1970; Dinstein 1994.
88
This dovetails with the argument made by Bowett, that there is a ‘credibility gap’
created by ‘the divergence between the norm [which condemns reprisals as illegal]
and the actual practice of states’ (Bowett 1972, p. 1).
89
Those writers who characterise international law as a ‘primitive’ system, and see
reprisals as a central sanction of that law, are missing the point. It is true that ‘self-
help’ is the only serious coercive mechanism in the international system, and reprisals
are an example of such self-help. However, it is also true that not all states can retal-
iate against a breach of law – Grenada might have had a strong case that the US inva-
sion against its sovereignty in 1983 was illegal, but it was quite unable to retaliate.
What is central to international law is coercive self-help, rather than some abstract
category of ‘reprisals’.
144 • Chapter Four
90
McDougal 1953, p. 143.
91
Pashukanis 1980, p. 62. See also pp. 62–74.
92
See McDougal, Lasswell and Reisman 1981.
93
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 182.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 145
‘who usually differ decisively with each other on every question.’94 Consensus
may emerge, of course,95 but its absence is not any collapse of law.
There is a second, and more serious, criticism to be levelled at this kind of
interpretation-centred theory. It is clear in Young’s critique of McDougal.
In essence the question is how, in this theory, does one distinguish legal and
non-legal relations? The thrust of the analysis so far has certainly been to col-
lapse sharp distinctions between politics and an abstract arena of ‘law’.
In Chapter One I argued that McDougal could not make sense of why
social relations should take the form of law, and that this was because he has
has no theory of the legal form. By bringing in Pashukanis therefore we have
addressed this lacuna and perhaps solved the problem. Those relations are
legal which are about the regulation of claims between sovereign individu-
als based on private property.
However, in a society of universal commodity production and exchange
relations, the fact is that almost all relations (including all those inhering
between states) could be seen as constructed on that foundation of abstract
equivalence. Young’s critique, then, comes back from the opposite side.
Originally it said that McDougal could not explain where law starts: now it
can be turned against Pashukanis, to say that he cannot explain where law
stops. With no understanding of the legal form, McDougal’s processual the-
ory could not explain why any relation would take the shape of law: with
the commodity-form theory in place, have we instead become unable to
explain why any relation would not take that shape?
Pashukanis makes a few remarks that bear on this question. He talks
about the unstable nature of international law, and raises the question of its
limits.
94
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 182.
95
Ibid. ‘There are . . . few generally recognized written norms of international law’.
96
Young 1972, p. 64.
146 • Chapter Four
In critical periods, when the balance of forces has fluctuated seriously, when
‘vital interests’ or even the very existence of a state are on the agenda, the
fate of the norms of international law becomes extremely problematic. . . .
The best illustration of this is afforded by the last war, of 1914–1918, dur-
ing which both sides continuously violated international law. With inter-
national law in such a lamentable condition, bourgeois jurists can be consoled
only with the hope that, however deeply the balance was disturbed, it will
nevertheless be re-established: the most violent of wars must sometime be
ended with peace . . . the governments will return to objectivity and com-
promise, and the norms of international law will once again find their force.97
The claim that international law was ‘continuously violated’ during the war
needs closer examination. Given that in the analysis developed, the same act
can be functionally ‘legal’ and ‘illegal’ simultaneously, it is hard to see how
these actions – or any – can be defined as violations of law.
First, however, it should be remembered that Pashukanis does not deny
that there are some norms of international law which are shared, ie. the inter-
pretation of which is not controversial, although it is worth pointing out how
very small their number is. In addition to illustrating how interpretation is
generally driven by political expediency, a 1940 examination of the record of
the Permanent Court of Arbitration of the League of Nations gives some idea
of just how few ‘uncontroversial’ cases there are.
Judges who were the nationals of parties before the Court voted in favour
of their country in ninety-five out of 100 cases. In the four cases where a
judge voted against his own country, three of them were unanimously
decided. In other words, the legal situation was so obvious that it would
have been very difficult to deviate from the decision of the Court.98
In this example, in only three per cent of cases did the application of the norm
seem self-evident.99 Of course, holding that law is indeterminate means that
even in these ‘uncontroversial’ cases, it is not that the law has actually reached
some limit of ‘interpretability’, that this is the ‘actual’ meaning of the law. It
is only an admission that the facts of particular cases vary the ease with which
97
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 179.
98
Grewe 2000, pp. 614–15.
99
Even something so near-universally legally condemned as the Israeli settlements
in the West Bank and Gaza Strip can be and have been defended in international law
(see the Israeli Government’s policy guidelines, issued March 2001).
Coercion and the Legal Form • 147
100
If the normative were always negated by contrary practice, either it could not
exist or its existence would be pointless, since the normative subsists in and even
thrives on the transgression of it. See Fitzpatrick 2003, p. 453.
148 • Chapter Four
We have not got very far in delimiting legal relations. Given that Pashukanis
sees the norms of international law ‘finding their force’ in a situation of inter-
national peace, ‘objectivity and compromise’,103 we can say that the most
clearly ‘law-like’ behaviour is that where agreed legal norms regulate peace-
able behaviour without controversy. Opposing this, we can see ‘pure poli-
tics’ in those very rare situations where similarly agreed legal norms are
callously ignored in a political crisis. This leaves a vast mid-range of behav-
iours and relationships. Can we distinguish some of that behaviour as ‘not-
legal’?
In his discussion of the Kantian legacy of bourgeois jurisprudence, Pashukanis
makes the paradox clear. Law is bounded by ‘pure politics’ on one side and
101
Pashukanis 1978, p. 118.
102
Robelin 1994, p. 159. ‘[L]e droit international apparaît comme un moyen de lutte
au sein de l’ordre instable qui en est à la fois le lieu et l’enjeu . . . Loin de s’opposer
dans leur principe . . . le droit international associatif et la droît de subordination
s’avèrant complimentaires et prteurs tous deux des formes de violence’.
103
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 179.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 149
‘pure morality’ on the other, but in trying to systematise law’s position vis-
à-vis either one of these limits, it slips inexorably into the other.
[I]f the independence of law from morality is being asserted, law merges
with the state as a result of the strong emphasis on the aspect of external
coercion. . . . [I]f law is being contrasted with the state, that is to say with
effective dominance, then the aspect of duty in the sense of Ought . . . comes
into play without fail and we are confronted . . . by a united front of law
and morality.104
As always, the contradictions in the system here too reflects the contradic-
tions in real life, that is in the social environment which produced the form
of morality and law as they exist. The contradiction between the individ-
ual and the social, between the private and the universal, which bourgeois
philosophy is unable to do away with, despite all its efforts, is the very basis
of life in bourgeois society as a society of commodity producers. This con-
tradiction is embodied in the actual interrelations of people who cannot
regard their private endeavours as social aspirations except in the absurd
and mystified form of the value of commodities.108
104
Pashukanis 1978, p. 164.
105
Pashukanis 1978, p. 163.
106
Pashukanis 1978, pp. 163–4.
107
Pashukanis 1978, p. 165.
108
Ibid.
150 • Chapter Four
The fact is that legal relations cannot be separated off either from moral or
from ‘political’ relations with any systematicity. This does not represent the fail-
ure of the theory but the peculiar nature of modernity. Just as the wealth of soci-
ety under capitalism appears as an ‘immense collection of commodities’,109
so ‘society presents itself as an endless chain of legal relationships’.110 Just as
commodification extends beyond its immediate boundary and appears to
invest intangibles with exchange-values, so the legal form will burst its banks,
as I show in Chapter Three, and take on new forms on the basis of its essen-
tial form, attempting to regulate all spheres of social life.
This is why it is not just hypocrisy that ‘every state violating international
law also tries to depict the matter as if there had been no violation whatso-
ever’.111 The saturation of social relations by the legal form is such that it
behoves social agents to ‘legalise’ any and all activities. Insofar as those rela-
tions will therefore be carried out, to some extent at least, on the basis of sov-
ereign equality between the parties, they do have a legal character.
Law is not a discrete category. At the extremes of ‘moral’ or ‘political’
behaviour, other dynamics may be clearly dominant, but the great mass of
relations lie somewhere between those poles, and are governed at least in
part by legal logic. The fact that a ‘political’ logic will also be discernible does
not mean the behaviour is not in part law-driven. There is, after all, no such
thing as a ‘purely’ legal act. At the very moment of legal action a subject
implies ‘political’ action in the form of direct coercive violence.
Therefore the ‘impurity’ of legal actions, and the impossibility of discern-
ing any sharp boundaries to their sphere, any hermetic realm of law, far from
undermining the commodity-form theory, vindicates it. The theological debates
in mainstream jurisprudence about a pure theory of law are a product of lack
of rigour, an attempt to carve out a separate legal realm. More than anything
else, the theoretical insights of that odd couple, Pashukanis and McDougal,
prove that that is impossible.
109
Marx 1976, p. 125.
110
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 62.
111
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 179.
Coercion and the Legal Form • 151
specific international laws are codified we must investigate the power rela-
tions between states at those particular moments.
We should not fall into the trap of thinking that the coercion immanent in
law must be explicit or physical, nor that the direct and formal participants
in the process of law are the only players in the power-game that it implies.
The networks of obligation and informal imperialism are more intricate
than that.
Despite the importance of the UN in international law, it is in no real way
a superordinate authority, and therefore there is no monopoly of legitimate
coercion and hence interpretation internationally. The only bodies able to pro-
vide the necessary coercion for international law are the subjects of that law
themselves, the states. Given the extraordinary disparities of power between
those states, and given that the real content of the legal regulation will be the
struggle between them, it is no wonder that materially effective international
law, as opposed to the high phrases and noble interpretations of the ideal-
ists, has favoured the stronger states and their clients.
International law is a relationship and a process: it is not a fixed set of rules
but a way of deciding the rules. And the coercion of at least one of the players,
or its threat, is necessary as the medium by which particular contents will
actualise the broader content of competitive struggle within the legal form.
The accusation that Pashukanis has no theory of politics is quite wide
of the mark. In his theory, the constitutive interpenetration of the ‘political’
and the ‘legal’ is paramount. The political – the violent, the coercive – lies at
the heart of the legal, and nowhere is that more evident than in international
law.
So far I have argued this at a theoretical level. It is even more clear when
the history of international law is examined.
Chapter Five
States, Markets and the Sea:
Issues in the History of International Law
1
Nussbaum 1947, p. 293.
2
Even, according to Koskenniemi 2002a, ‘dramatically’ (p. 9). Butkevych can still
argue, however, that the history of international law ‘is far from being properly stud-
ied, is undeveloped as a branch of knowledge and harbours problems of both theo-
retical and methodological nature’ (Butkevych 2003, p. 189).
3
This is particularly the case for histories of international law in general, as the
most recent and extensive bibliography of the subject (though one that does not claim
to be comprehensive) makes clear (Macalister-Smith and Schwietzke 1999, p. 136).
There are other shorter bibliographies in Nussbaum 1947 (pp. 293–8) and Grewe
2000 (pp. 733–4). Several of the items listed are of limited value to the modern inter-
national legal historian except as curios, by Nussbaum’s own admission (p. 297). Of
the items Nussbaum and Grewe list, the most useful today are Butler and Maccoby
1928 and Walker 1899 (neither of which are mentioned by Macalister-Smith and
Schwietzke, and both of which, the Walker particularly, Nussbaum dismisses too read-
ily), Nys 1894 and the 1984 articles by Preiser, Verosta, Scupin, Grewe and Kimminich
154 • Chapter Five
This lack of history conditions and is conditioned by the field’s similar lack
of theory (also, not coincidentally, a condition in the early stages of improve-
ment). The eclipse of theory during the nineteenth century and after has acted
to naturalise international law and seal it off from jurisprudential and/or his-
torical analysis.4
Of course despite the triumph of doctrine, writers are aware that interna-
tional law has a past: many of the enormous number of modern textbooks
offer brief and sometimes useful overviews of the history of international law
since antiquity, usually in their introductory chapters.5 However, with their
brusque attitude to theory, these works tend to raise more questions than
they answer.
See for example Shearer on the birth of international law.
[B]y the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries jurists had begun to take into
account the evolution of a community of independent sovereign states and
to think and write about different problems of the law of nations, realising
the necessity for some body of rules to regulate certain aspects of the rela-
tions between such states.6
6
Shearer 1994, p. 9.
7
Grewe 2000.
8
The claim that Grewe is not ‘polemical or partisan’ (Neff 2001, p. 252) seems
naïve. Grewe draws heavily, among others, on Carl Schmitt, and his work seems to
some critics at the very least too concerned with power-politics over questions of doc-
trine and ‘internal dialogue’ (Landauer 2003, p. 201); at worst, tainted by Schmitt’s
Nazism. Koskenniemi searingly points out Grewe’s silence over the question of the
Holocaust (Koskenniemi 2002b, pp. 747–748), and his refusal ever to apportion his-
torical blame that leads to ‘perverse exculpation of the German atrocities’ (p. 747),
casting a ‘dark shadow upon the whole book’ (p. 748).
9
Koskenniemi 2002b, p. 747.
10
Koskenniemi 2002b, p. 750. Emphasis in original.
11
Koskenniemi 2002b, pp. 748–750.
12
‘Brief sections deal with intellectual developments and academic doctrines, inter-
preted predominantly as ideological justification of the policies of the epoch’s domi-
nant power. I have no problem with treating legal doctrine in this way . . . [it is]
156 • Chapter Five
certainly more credible than the old-fashioned international law orothdoxy that treats
the early writers as humanist heroes, anachronistically representing what modern
lawyers have the custom of admiring in themselves.’ (Koskenniemi 2002b, p. 749).
Similarly when for example Koskenniemi acknowledges that Grewe’s argument that
the official British opposition to the slave trade was derived from its economic and
political interest ‘is probably not altogether wrong’ (p. 749) (and is, incidentally, an
analysis shared by the Marxist Left (see Morton 1989, pp. 414–15), what disturbs him –
quite rightly – is not the argument but the abstract realism and aristocratic moralism
that underpins it. One can still, of course, learn from the former.
13
Malanczuk 1997, p. 9. Bederman describes the view that international law is a
product of the ‘modern . . . mind’ as ‘an article of faith’ (Bederman 2001, p. 1). See
Brownlie 1984.
14
Werner 1999, p. 319. This essay suffers from obscurantism as much as from the
schematicism highlighted here.
15
From a realist perspective, for example, Stephen Krasner cheerfully debunks the
States, Markets and the Sea • 157
[f]or a long time writers on international law took it for granted that the
subject of their studies was a relatively recent product of modern civiliza-
tion . . . this theory had to be considerably altered and finally discarded. . . .
[T]he ancient world knew very well the meaning of international relations
and was making use of an elaborate system of institutions, well developed
and firmly established . . . [T]here can be no more doubt on the question.18
notion that ‘Westphalia produced the modern sovereign state’ in the pages of Foreign
Policy, no less (Krasner 2001b).
16
‘[T]he dynamics at work in Europe’s religious and political spheres meant that,
at the break of the Thirty Years War, the respective universal authorities of the Pope
and the Emperor had already been severely depleted by the joint actions of the
Reformation and the centralization of government both within and without the Holy
Roman Empire’. (Beaulac 2000, p. 176.)
17
Beaulac 2000, pp. 150–1, p. 169. See also Osiander 1994, p. 44: ‘the peacemakers
far from regarded themselves as innovators. There was consensus among them that
the settlement should bring a return to the status quo ante bellum, the main problem
then being to define the terminus ante quem. The Emperor pressed for a date around
1630, but this would have introduced change with regard to the pre-war state. His
opponents carried the day, essentially turning the clock back to 1618 in temporal and
to 1624 in religious matters.’
18
Korff 1924, p. 246. Korff’s explanation for the supposedly flawed mainstream
view is that ‘our teachers of the nineteenth century . . . were not acquainted with the
history of the ancient civilizations’. This is absurd, as a brief look at the citations found
in Grotius, Bodin, Pufendorf and others quickly makes clear.
19
Wight 1966, p. 26.
20
Ibid.
158 • Chapter Five
Korff puts the case without Wight’s subtlety, indeed with gung-ho histor-
ical philistinism, linking the political and legal to posit a theory of eternal
international sameness.
What is missing, in other words, is history itself. What passes for it has been
bled of social content. The idea that the written agreements between rulers
of pre-feudal antique political entities and the modern edifice of international
law are straightforwardly two specimens of the same species is absurd.
21
Korff 1924, p. 248.
22
Korff 1924, p. 249.
23
The 1280 BC treaty is translated and reproduced, alongside many others from
antiquity, in Grewe 1995, pp. 18–23.
24
Rosenberg 1994, p. 28.
States, Markets and the Sea • 159
There are of course far more sophisticated attempts than Korff’s.25 In his
thoughtful defence of the notion that international law existed in antiquity,
David Bederman has engaged explicitly with these questions, mindful of the
‘ruinous reasoning that compels some writers to suggest that modern doc-
trines of international law can trace their lineage directly back to ancient
times’.26 Despite attempting to answer charges of ahistoricism with specific
evidence of ancient international legal categories, he accepts that ‘no mea-
sure of care . . . can inoculate [him] . . . from the criticism that this project suf-
fers from a false essentialism of equating modern (if not current) concepts
to events transpiring two to three millennia ago’.27 Such essentialism can
perhaps be seen in his acknowledgement that he believes ‘that there is an
essential unity in the nature of State behaviour in ancient times’, ‘at very dif-
ferent times in antiquity’28 – and, surely, to allow the comparative method,
in modernity.
Militating against the visions of international law in antiquity is the sim-
ple fact that ‘[t]ill there were nations, in the sense of independent political
communities possessed of sovereign power, there could be no true International
Law’.29 When there were no sovereign nation-states, there could be no law
whose subjects are those nation-states. The term ‘international law’ cannot
rigorously be applied to pre-medieval society. Any such use should be read
as contained by invisible scare-quotes.
If one believes that one can research these premodern arrangements and
agreements in various regions in the same way as one researches the pre-
sent international law, then one would seriously misunderstand these arrange-
ments or agreements by projecting the prevalent notion of international law
onto the past.30
Bederman himself admits that ‘“international law” may not consistently con-
vey the sense of international relations in antiquity’.31
25
See for example Preiser 1984b, who at least introduces some notion of periodicity.
26
Bederman 2001, p. 6.
27
Bederman 2001, p. 14.
28
Bederman 2001, pp. 2–3.
29
Lawrence 1910, p. 23.
30
Onuma 2000, p. 59.
31
Bederman 2001, p. 14. One response to this complex question of nomenclature
is to acknowledge then ignore it, as Macalister-Smith and Schwietzke cheerfully do
in their bibliographical outline: ‘the term “international law” is used in this survey
regardless of any question whether that law existed at an earlier time, in today’s sense,
160 • Chapter Five
This cannot, however, be the end of the argument. Having insisted on the
historical rupture represented by international law, it is also important to
understand what elements there are of continuity and development. In other
words, why ‘[s]uch rudiments of it [international law] as existed in the Middle
Ages’32 were there, and precisely what the relationship is between premod-
ern and modern regulation between political entities. Can it really be true,
as Manning claims, that ‘[t]hese usages were sometimes coincident with the
law of nations, but . . . as far as they may be available at the present day, have
little value beyond what curiosity may attach to them’?33 Are they merely
curios, the similarities pure coincidence?
In his essay on international law, Pashukanis seems to accept the existence
of antique international law, and to deny its historical particularity.
As a separate force which set itself off from society, the state only finally
emerged in the modern bourgeois capitalist period. But it by no means fol-
lows from this that the contemporary forms of international legal inter-
course, and the individual institutions of international law, only arose in
the most recent times. On the contrary, they trace their history to the most
ancient periods of class and even pre-class society. To the extent that exchange
was not initially made between individuals, but among tribes and com-
munities, it may be affirmed that the institutions of international law are
the most ancient of legal institutions in general. Collisions between tribes,
territorial disputes, disputes over borders – and agreements as one of the
elements in these disputes – are found in the very earliest stages of human
history. The tribal pre-state life of the Iroquois, and of the ancient Germans,
saw the conclusion of alliances between tribes. The development of class
society and the appearance of state authority make contracts and agree-
ments among authorities possible. The treaty between Pharoah Rameses II
and the King of the Hittites is one of the oldest surviving documents of
this type.34
or what it may have been called then, and regardless of what the contents of the con-
cept may have been at any given time in history.’ (Macalister-Smith and Schwietzke
1999, p. 137.)
32
Lawrence 1910, p. 23.
33
Manning 1875, p. 10. Emphasis mine. Manning, somewhat confusingly, describes
them instead as ‘examples of the customary law of nations at a remote period’
(p. 10), which makes sense only if he posits a radical distinction between ‘remote’
customary international law and (modern) international law. This leaves untheo-
rised what, if anything, is shared – ie., what the legal form is.
34
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 175. Pages 327–8 below.
States, Markets and the Sea • 161
However, this passage must be read as part of his broader argument in which
both continuity and rupture are stressed. Shortly earlier, for example, Pashukanis
stresses that ‘[t]he spread and development of international law occurred on
the basis of the spread and development of the capitalist mode of produc-
tion’,35 and makes an even stronger claim, that ‘international law owes its
existence to the fact that the bourgeoisie exercises its domination over the
proletariat and over the colonial countries’.36 This is obviously a historically
specific argument. So how are we to reconcile these two apparently contra-
dictory claims about the historicity of international law?
In fact, the object of Pashukanis’s historical analysis is not, straightfor-
wardly, international law: ‘[t]urning now’, he says, ‘to consider the legal form
of international law’.37 He is not talking about premodern international law,
but ‘the contemporary forms of international legal intercourse, and the indi-
vidual institutions of international law’. He carefully avoids claiming to be talk-
ing about international law tout court.
What can be traced across the historical rupture to modernity is not inter-
national law but some of its institutions – particular ways of regulating cer-
tain arrangements – on the basis, more fundamentally, of its forms – based,
of course, on the legal form itself.
Pashukanis is arguing that it is the maintenance of the same form in rad-
ically different social contexts which explains i) the roots of international law
in premodern systems, and ii) the distinct nature of international law as a
modern, universalised social form (‘the state only fully becomes the subject
of international law as the bourgeois state’).38 The legal form – the form whereby
the bearers of abstract rights and commodities confront each – has existed in
various historical conjunctures, but it was only with the rise of sovereign
states that international law can be considered to have been born, and it is
with the triumph of capitalism and its commodification of all social relations
that the legal form universalised and became modern international law.
Crucially, its social content changed, even as the form maintained. That is
why the continuity of the legal form between international law and what one
might term proto-international law does not mean that there was not a rad-
ical break with the spread of the sovereign state form, market relations and
35
Pashukanis 1980b, pp. 171–2. Page 324 below.
36
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 172. Page 325 below.
37
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 173. Emphasis mine. Page 325 below.
38
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 172. Page 327 below.
162 • Chapter Five
in the treaty between Rameses II of Egypt and Hatsilsi III of the Hittites . . . the
subjects making promises were Rameses and Hatsilsi, not the state or empire
of Egypt and the Hittites. This practice of ‘treaty’ making between politico-
military or politico-religious leaders under their names, not under the names
of ‘states,’ could also be found in Africa, America, Asia and Europe, and
lasted well into the modern period, i.e., until the 19th century.39
The legal form – the process of the clash of abstract sovereign rights – is
shared in the different treaties, across millennia. The social content, however,
differs radically. It is not that the treaties of the Bourbons cannot be consid-
ered international law – unlike Ramses II, the absolutist monarchs embod-
ied a burgeoning early-modern state, so that their ‘personal’ or ‘familial’
relations are nonetheless ‘international’ relations.42 However, the move to a
39
Onuma 2000, p. 59 footnote 167.
40
Onuma 2000, p. 58.
41
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 174. Page 327 below.
42
Even those who opposed the modern, bourgeois use of international law by the
States, Markets and the Sea • 163
French National Assembly conceived of their own project as one of international law:
‘German monarcho-reactionary professors . . . find that the National Assembly vio-
lated international law in this action’ (Pashukanis 1980b, p. 174. Page 327 below).
43
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 172. Page 325 below.
44
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 173. Page 326 below.
45
Onuma 2000 is adamant that the only correct formulation would be ‘European
international law’ (p. 58). Although this is a useful corrective to the implied ahistor-
ical universalism in talking about ‘international law’ in (say) the seventeenth century
I think it runs the risk of obscuring the important and specific role of the relations
between Europe and the non-European world in the birth of international law, as well
as distracting attention from what it was precisely that allowed international law to
become a universal system (processes Onuma does a good job of drawing attention to).
46
Grewe 2000, p. 7. The three historical cases he cites are i) the Middle East between
1450 and 1200 BC (the period of the famous 1280 BC treaty described above); ii) the
164 • Chapter Five
relations between Greek city-states, Persian Empire and Carthage between 600 and
338 BC; and iii) the Roman-Hellenistic world between the 4th Century BC and the
development of the Roman Empire, around 168 BC (Grewe 2000, p. 10). A similar
attempt to negotiate continuity and difference is in Steiger 2001, in his distinction
between the ‘law between political powers’ and the ‘law of nations’, the former includ-
ing ‘the normative rules between political powers in the classical antiquity, the late
antiquity and the Middle Ages’. Despite sharing some legal concepts, he acknowl-
edges that these structures differ ‘fundamentally from the present international law’,
and necessitate different conceptual apparatus for study (p. 181).
47
See Anderson 1983 for one of the most influential statements of this thesis.
48
‘[T]his book . . . in its presentation of the historical development of international
law does not extend to the international legal orders of Antiquity’ (Grewe 2000,
p. 10).
49
Grewe 2000, p. 9.
States, Markets and the Sea • 165
tended to take the concept of international law for granted, and were inter-
ested in demonstrating how earlier studies had ignored the existence of this
50
Verzijl, 1968, p. 442. See Anand 1983, pp. 1–9 for a list of other examples of
Eurocentrism in the literature.
51
Onuma 2000, p. 57.
52
Onuma 2000, p. 61.
53
See for example Anand, who claims that ‘[w]e shall try to see . . . the origin and
development of the law of the sea not from the seventeenth century in Europe, as is
usually done, but from the thus far neglected period of Asian maritime history’ (Anand
1983, p. 6). This criticism should not detract from a fascinating and invaluable book.
166 • Chapter Five
As Onuma points out, these writers ‘basically projected the notion of inter-
national law prevalent in the twentieth century onto their own past’.55 It may
be true that
One might be able to demonstrate that there were certain normative rela-
tions between independent groups in certain regions of Africa at certain
periods. . . . It is true that the rule of pacta sunt servanda in the naïve and
general sense is valid regardless of the time and region. However, the sub-
stance of such a suprahistorical and universal rule would be so vague and
equivocal, lacking the strictly binding character of law, that specific legal
consequences could hardly be deduced from it.59
54
Onuma 2000, p. 61. See for example many of the writers in Anand 1972; Elias
1972. For an early version of this kind of argument, see Viswanatha 1925.
55
Onuma 2000, p. 61.
56
Onuma 2000, p. 58.
57
Onuma 2000, p. 61.
58
See for example the introduction to Elias’s influential work (Elias 1972).
59
Onuma 2000, pp. 39–40, footnote 98. Onuma is here talking about relations between
African rulers and merchants on one hand and Europeans on the other, but his point
about the ‘vagueness’ of pacta sunt servanda between the parties is equally true for
relations between African polities. Onuma is wrong to imply that the basis of the law
is in a ‘strong’ pacta sunt servanda as some kind of Grundnorm. This is a Kelsenist posi-
tion, open to all the criticisms of Kelsen.
States, Markets and the Sea • 167
The . . . question may arise to what extent did treaty and diplomatic rela-
tions with the participation of a number of East Indian Sovereigns exercise
an impact on the formulation of principles of the law of nations [in the six-
teenth through eighteenth centuries]. The European powers, in their con-
tacts with East Indian Sovereigns, often discovered a similarity of ideas with
them as far as principles of inter-State relations were concerned. Failing sim-
ilarity, they tried to impose on them their own ideas and whenever they
were not able or ready to do so, they accepted certain legal concepts from
Eastern tradition.64
60
Gathii 1998, p. 184.
61
Sinha 1996, p. 15.
62
Bull and Watson 1984, p. 2.
63
Alexandrowicz 1967, p. 2.
64
Alexandrowicz 1967, pp. 1–2.
168 • Chapter Five
His investigation stops with the nineteenth century because it was only then,
he claims, that ‘the contribution of Asian countries to the further develop-
ment of international law was insignificant’.65 In earlier interactions
There is no question that Western legal scholars knew of, and were influenced
by, regulated behaviour, even the legal form, between non-Western polities.
Grotius famously pointed out in his Mare Liberum that ‘[t]hese islands of
which we speak, now have and always have had their own kings, their own
government, their own laws, and their own legal systems’. The Portuguese
‘do not go there as sovereigns but as foreigners. Indeed they only reside there
by suffrance’.67
However, even Alexandrowicz’s line is ultimately a derivation of the too-
simple position that ‘we [here Asia] too had international law’. He envisages
the ‘legal concepts’ of the East, conceived as broadly similar to those of the
West, merging to create universalist international law. The model is arith-
metic: Western international law plus Eastern international law equals uni-
versalist international law. In this formulation it is a given that the principles
in the East were international legal principles, which could be added to Western
international law. Just as the West had international law, then, so had the East.
This leaves Alexandrowicz open to the criticisms made of Anand and
others above. More fundamentally, his explanation of the development of
international society is too simplistic. In this arithmetic model, historical
change occurs through the addition of separate sets of ideas one to the other.
There is no sense of social totality. A theoretical alternative has to be formu-
lated which understands the kind of historical rupture represented by inter-
national law.
A new order was created, in which the inchoate legal forms between poli-
ties began to be conceptualised as a universal international law. It is a world-
historic result of the early colonial experience of transatlantic and eastern trade.
65
Alexandrowicz 1967, p. 2.
66
Alexandrowicz 1967, p. 224.
67
Grotius 2000, p. 14.
States, Markets and the Sea • 169
International law is not one Western system, nor one Western plus one Eastern
system – it is the dialectical result of the very process of conflictual, expand-
ing inter-polity interaction in an age of early state forms and mercantile colo-
nialism. That is the way in which East and West, New World and Old World
are inextricable in the formation of international law. Some practices and prin-
ciples may appear to be maintained from an earlier age, but of course a con-
tinued practice in a changed social context is no longer the same practice.
International law embodies the violence of colonialism and the abstraction
of commodity exchange. It is not that the contribution of non-Western poli-
ties to international law has been obscured by colonialism, nor that (Western)
international law’s spread across the world is the result of colonialism:68 it is
that international law is colonialism.
[I]t is obvious that the discovery of America . . . naturally gave rise to a vast
number of disputes which the scanty International Code of the Middle Ages
was quite unable to settle. ‘That Code . . . possessed no means of unravel-
ling complications with regard to the character of the acts necessary in order
to obtain dominion over newly discovered territory . . . .’69
What this misses is the break with the ‘International Code of the Middle Ages’
and the first stirrings of true international law that the shock of the Americas
necessitated.
68
See Lachs 1987: ‘international law flowered in the colonial era when Europe was
at its most articulate and demanding’ (p. 37).
69
Carmichael 1884, pp. 161–2.
170 • Chapter Five
The pre-1492 inter-polity order had been characterised by the gradual col-
lapse of the Papacy and the Holy Roman Empire as great powers, ongoing
for around 200 and 250 years respectively. However, in the anarchic politics
of late feudalism, the faded remnants of these institutions insisted on their
own importance.70 In the forms of the inter-polity legal community, for exam-
ple, the Papacy continued to claim enormous power.
‘The international legal community was identical to the Christian com-
munity, united in the Roman Church.’71 Though generally the widespread
adoption of notions from Roman law was predicated on the idea of equality
in exchange, the Papacy stressed particular aspects of that law in inter-polity
law to construct a stratified order of law,72 with ius divinum – holy law – at
its apex, above ius gentium.
In its original form ius gentium ‘had nothing to do with the modern law of
nations’:73 it was the law applicable between Roman citizens and non-citi-
zens. Even in the usage of the later Middle Ages, that earlier sense lingered.
However, as the polities of feudal Europe interacted in the absence of an
Imperium (notwithstanding claims by the rump of the Carolingian Empire,
which were only finally abandoned by Francis II as late as 1806) the mean-
ing of ius gentium changed. Grewe’s claim that ‘ius gentium included the fun-
damental structural principles of the law of nations’ is correct,74 so long as
‘nations’ is read as ‘polities’. Ius gentium was not identical to the inter-polity
legal order, but it was an important part of its structure.
Given the influence of ius gentium, and given that the ius divinum was held
to be above it, this ‘implied the existence of a supreme law-making power
in the Vicarius Dei’75 – the vicar of Christ, the Pope. Indeed, ‘the papacy fre-
70
‘It seems that there exists a particular dialectic necessity behind the tendency of
declining powers and decaying institutions to exaggerate their ideological claims for
superior dominion which equates with the degree to which their actual downfall had
occurred. The Late Middle Ages provided a striking example of this experience. The
intensity of claims for universal dominion on the part of the Empire and Papacy
increased in proportion to the degree to which they had declined in power.’ Grewe
2000, p. 46.
71
Grewe 2000, p. 51.
72
Grewe 2000, pp. 83–7.
73
Nussbaum 1947, p. 19.
74
Grewe 2000, p. 88. It is misleading of Grewe to state elsewhere that ‘the charac-
ter of . . . [ius gentium] was essentially that of the “law of nations” in our modern
understanding of the term’ (p. 88).
75
Grewe 2000, p. 88.
States, Markets and the Sea • 171
76
Grewe 2000, p. 88.
77
Grewe 2000, p. 89.
78
Ibid.
79
Grewe 2000, p. 61.
172 • Chapter Five
Spain arrived in the Vatican to give notice of Columbus’s journey and the
discoveries. These edicts, with their varying placing of the raya, reflected the
wrangling between Spain and Portugal, jockeying for position with the Pope
for the largest possible share of the world.80
Although such demarcation lines between Spain and Portugal already
existed, these new lines were a fundamentally important break with tradi-
tion. The earlier lines ‘were not yet global. Even the Portuguese line of
1443 . . . [and the] Inter caetera of March 13, 1456 . . . are also not global in this
sense. They reach “usque ad Indos,” but India is still thought to be located in
the east’.81 These post-1492 raya, however, were ‘the first global lines of divi-
sion and distribution’, predicated on ‘the first scientific concept of the true
form of our planet’.82
Of course the attempt to divide the globe between Spain and Portugal
failed. The raya was unsustainable. But the kind of division of the world it
represented remained crucially important, and survived into later lines of
division of very different kinds. The fact of the New World fundamentally
altered the socio-spatial landscape on which premodern, ‘proto-international’
law was predicated.
[I]n 1492, when a ‘new world’ really did emerge, the structure of all tradi-
tional concepts of the center and age of the earth also had to change. European
princes and nations now saw a vast, formerly unknown, non-European
space arise beside them.
Most essential and decisive for the following centuries, however, was the
fact that the emerging new world did not appear as a new enemy but rather
as free space – an area open to European occupation and expansion. For 300
years, this was a tremendous affirmation of Europe both as the center of
the earth and as an old continent. But it also destroyed previously held con-
crete concepts of the center and age of the earth because it initiated an inter-
nal European struggle for this new world that in turn led to a new spatial
order of the earth with new divisions. Obviously, when an old world sees
a new one arise beside it, it is dialectically challenged and is no longer old
in the same sense.83
80
Grewe 2000, pp. 235–7.
81
Schmitt 1996, p. 32 footnote 3.
82
Schmitt 1996, p. 32.
83
Schmitt 1996, p. 30.
States, Markets and the Sea • 173
The raya, even as mechanisms for ‘crude seizures of land’ represented ‘global
linear thinking’84 – a new, scientific conception underpinning an international
law in flux, for which for the first time a global subjectivity was understood
to exist.
The writings of Vitoria are crucial to understanding this moment, as Anghie
has made clear, as has Carl Schmitt in an important, though elliptical, 1950
essay.85 Vitoria is poised on a fulcrum, looking backward with scholastic
method, while confronting a new and fundamental problem – ‘the justification
of European land appropriations as a whole’.86
Medieval inter-polity law was predicated on the idea of the world as
ordered by the existence a respublica Christiana, in which the various polities
were defined either as enemies or members of that respublica. The attempt of
Vitoria and others to fit the ‘New World’ into that model could not succeed.
Vitoria ‘no longer recognized the spatial order of the medieval respublica
Christiana’.87 The status of the native Americans was not given in the medieval
schema, and was thus subject to disputation, undermining the supposedly
totalising traditional explanation of the world. In the writings of the time,
the attempt by the European powers to apply existing concepts to this new
global order – thereby undermining those concepts, and paving the way for
new ones – can be seen.
The raya of 1494 itself was an essentially premodern, feudal division,
between
two princes, both recognizing the same spiritual authority and the same
international law. . . . [T]he raya presupposed that Christian peoples and
princes had the right to be granted a missionary mandate by the pope, on
the basis of which they could pursue their missionary activities.88
However, in the context of the ‘New World’, the feudal notions on which that
division is based are undermined by the increasingly obvious inadequacy of
their model of the world. A premodern line of division was drawn onto
a newly (post-feudal) scientific conception of the world, for the purpose
of the exploitative distribution of a global order between two burgeoning
84
Schmitt 1996, p. 31. Emphasis in original.
85
Anghie 1996. Schmitt 1996.
86
Schmitt 1996, p. 43.
87
Schmitt 1996, p. 50.
88
Schmitt 1996, p. 34.
174 • Chapter Five
all legal titles of the pope and the emperor deriving from claims to world
domination . . . as inappropriate and illegitimate. . . . [I]t is repeatedly empha-
sized that native Americans, though they may be barbarians, are not ani-
mals and are no less human than the European land appropriators. . . . [T]his
amounted to a rejection of a particular type of argument put forward at that
time . . . [that] presented the natives as savages and barbarians . . . in order
to place them outside the law and to make their land free for appropriation.93
89
Nussbaum 1947, p. 63.
90
Schmitt 1996, p. 44.
91
Nussbaum 1947, p. 60. See also Schmitt 1996, p. 56, quoting an unnamed ‘espe-
cially critical 19th century Hegelian’: ‘Vitoria was in no sense one of “the forerunners
of modern lawyers dealing with constitutional questions”’.
92
Schmitt 1996, p. 44.
93
Schmitt 1996, pp. 44–5.
94
Schmitt 1996, p. 47.
States, Markets and the Sea • 175
ing away from ‘the universal system of divine law administered by the Pope’
towards a ‘universal natural law system of jus gentium, whose rules may be
ascertained by reason’.95
Of course, reason here is applied to religious categories, but the move from
a divine toward a secular law is discernible, even though it is precisely Vitoria’s
application of a Christian-scholastic method, in changing circumstances, which
pushes him in that direction. ‘The lack of any historical concept at such a
crucial time had to lead to a suspension and displacement of the predomi-
nant Eurocentric view of the world and of history in the respublica Christiana
of the Middle Ages.’96
The move towards a concept of natural law – still religious, but no longer
vested in the Pope – raised the question of the new basis of legal authority.
For Vitoria, the answer lies in his inchoate theory of sovereignty. ‘[N]atural
law administered by sovereigns rather than divine law articulated by the
Pope becomes the source of international law governing Spanish-India rela-
tions’.97 Vitoria finds the source of such sovereignty in the theory of ‘just war’.
A sovereign, for Vitoria, has the right to wage such a war. However, Vitoria’s
theory of just war remains embedded within the conceptualisations of the
respublica Christiana, according to which only Christian powers – sovereigns –
can wage just wars. The native Americans have no such right, and therefore
no effective sovereignty.
War, the right to wage it and by victory to acquire title over territory and
people, resides only with the Spanish who are Europe’s Christian emissaries
in the Americas. Indians, as pagans, exist in Vitoria’s legal framework as
subjects against whom war may be waged and without a right to wage a
just war themselves.98
95
Liu 1999, p. 173.
96
Schmitt 1996, p. 50.
97
Anghie 1996, p. 325.
98
Harris 2000.
99
Anghie 1996, p. 335.
176 • Chapter Five
100
Schmitt 1996, p. 63. Emphasis in original.
101
On the question of just cause, ‘Vitoria’s thinking belongs to the international law
of the Christian Middle Ages rather than to the modern international law between
European states’ (Schmitt 1996, p. 63).
102
Schmitt 1996, p. 50. Grewe 2000, pp. 445–58. It is worth pointing out that pre-
cursors of such ‘civilisation’ theories are clearly evident in writings as early as Gentili’s,
whose justifications for Spanish colonial intervention was that they made war ‘on the
Indians, who practised abominable lewdness even with beasts, and who ate human
flesh, slaying men for that purpose’ (quoted in Gowan 2001, p. 151). The theory of
civilisation is examined in detail in the following chapter.
States, Markets and the Sea • 177
Despite denying the ‘Indians’ sovereignty, for example, Vitoria grants them
‘dominion’ over their own property, and crucially insists that ‘all the Spaniards’
rights vis-à-vis the barbarians are also valid in reverse – they are reversible
as iura contraria, as rights of barbarians vis-à-vis Spaniards – unconditionally
reciprocal and invertible’.103 Because the natives have meaningful ownership
over their lands, the mere ‘discovery’ of the Americas does not give the
Spanish ownership ‘any more than if it had been they [the natives] who had
discovered us’.104
That eventually, however, was impossible. It was obvious to Vitoria as to
everyone else that the Spaniards were ‘much more powerful’ than the natives.105
The disparity of material culture was such that it was the very ‘objectivity’
of law that gave it in service to the strong – the coloniser. That contradictory
colonialism-in-equality is at the heart of international law, even where weaker
polities are granted sovereign agency (as the ‘Indians’, here, are not).
For Vitoria, the underlying reason for this equality and reciprocity was
commercial equality. It is the fact that the natives have ownership over their
property that renders them capable of trade, and grants them reciprocal legal
rights. The freedom to trade is at the heart of his definition of social agency –
he cites the natives’ ‘system of exchange’ as evidence that they are fully
human and competent107 – as well as his legal order. In his view, the ultimate
justification for the conquista, a war of the Spanish against the ‘Indians’, would
be ‘[i]f barbarians opposed the right of free passage and free missions, of
liberum commercium and free propaganda’.108 At the heart of this bundle of
concepts was the freedom of trade.
Initially, the Spanish crown had been more interested in its struggle with
France for the control of Italy than in Columbus’s cack-handed adventures.
103
Schmitt 1996, p. 49.
104
Victoria [sic] 1964 (no pagination).
105
Victoria 1964.
106
Fisch 2000, p. 8. Emphasis in original.
107
Victoria 1964.
108
Schmitt 1996, p. 51.
178 • Chapter Five
[i]f the Indian natives wish to prevent the Spaniards from enjoying any of
their . . . rights under the law of nations, for instance, trade or other above-
named matter . . . they do them a wrong. Therefore if it be necessary, in
order to preserve their right, that they should go to war, they may lawfully
do so.110
Once again, the fact that this is an argument in favour of colonialist exploita-
tion is obscured by juridical equality, and reciprocal rights and duties. ‘Neither
may the native princes hinder their subjects from carrying on trade with the
Spanish; nor, on the other hand, may the princes of Spain prevent commerce
with the natives’.111 The absurdity of the idea that Spain might ‘prevent com-
merce’ when its entire colonial strategy revolved around the brutal extrac-
tion of goods and bullion from America is, juridically speaking, irrelevant.
The colonial encounter is central to the development of international law.
But this centrality is not reducible to the colonialism of content, the fact that
certain legal categories were invested with Western bias, though the fleshing
out of such historical specificities is important. Colonialism is in the very
form, the structure of international law itself, predicated on global trade
between inherently unequal polities, with unequal coercive violence implied
in the very commodity form. This unequal coercion is what forces particu-
lar content into the legal form.
This is what I have called colonialism-in-equality. It was present at the end
of the fifteenth century, when the fact of the New World forced a crisis in
medieval juristic concepts. It is still present – indeed central to international
law – as Jörg Fisch acidly points out, observing that ‘Grenada has exactly the
same right to intervene in the United States as the United States has to inter-
vene in Grenada’.112 As I will argue in the next chapter, the legal contents of
colonialism vary widely: the form persists.
109
Harman 1999, p. 165. See pp. 161–5 for Columbus’s disastrous expeditions.
110
Victoria 1964.
111
Ibid.
112
Fisch 2000, p. 12.
States, Markets and the Sea • 179
As a result of the overseas discoveries, the State system in its statu nascendi
at the turn from the fifteenth to the sixteenth centuries was immediately
threatened by a loss of stability. It risked being dissolved in the immense
distances of the overseas regions, and having its basic assumptions over-
turned as a result of the revolutionary effect that colonial expansion had on
the distribution of power in Europe.116
The initial attempts to deal with this insecurity, the raya, could not last. The
jostling for position of the various burgeoning European states in an inter-
national community in which Papal and Imperial authority were no longer
key – the competitive process misleadingly termed ‘balance of power’ – made
such high-handed attempts at division based on Papal power unsustainable.
113
Beaulac, one of the most careful debunkers of the ‘Westphalian orthodoxy’
(Beaulac 2000) cannot quite square the circle of his impressive critical history, in which
Westphalia is ‘nothing more than another step’ on the historical journal ending ulti-
mately in sovereign equality (p. 169), with the fact that the ‘mythical character of the
Westphalian model’ expresses ‘the resolving nature of Westphalia as an idea-force’ (pp.
176–7. Emphasis in original). The continuities he is right to point out – he even sees
Westphalia shoring up the moribund Empire – do not mean that it did not occur at a
moment of transition, in a complex of continuity, denial and change.
114
Grewe 2000, pp. 135–275.
115
Grewe 2000, p. 137.
116
Grewe 2000, p. 152.
180 • Chapter Five
It was in this context that the struggle of England, France and Holland against
Spain and Portugal led to the inversion of the global lines of division: the raya
were replaced, it is generally held, with the lines of amity. First agreed in the
Peace of Cateau-Cambrésis in 1559 – not formalised in the treaty, but orally
agreed between the participants – these were lines separating ‘the European
sphere of peace and the law of nations from an overseas sphere in which
there was neither peace nor law’.118 Francis Drake is famously supposed to
have described this formula as ‘No peace beyond the line’. Though the details
(and even the existence) of the lines are not without controversy, similar agree-
ments seem to have been made between France and Spain in Vervins in 1598,
and between England and Spain in London in 1604 (though the wrangling
around this treaty was evidence of the beginnings of the end of the amity
system).119
117
Grewe 2000, pp. 153–4.
118
Grewe 2000, p. 154.
119
Grewe 2000, pp. 155, 158. This story of the amity lines has been more or less
agreed on by many writers over many years and from widely diverging perspectives
(See for example Burn 1951, p. 17; Johnson 1991, p. 42; Beer 1922, pp. 7–8; Quinn 2000,
pp. 55–6; Crouse 1940, p. 2; Green and Dickason 1989, pp. 35–6; Davenport 1917,
p. 3). In his careful historical work, however, Fisch denies that such lines ever existed
(Fisch 1984, Chapters 2 and 3). ‘The sentence “No peace beyond the line” is, from the
point of view of international law, a legend.’ (Fisch 1986, p. 11.) ‘[T]hese lines were
an invention of the French and the English in the 17th century . . . as an instrument
against Spanish claims. They pretended that the European peace treaties were not
valid overseas so as to be legally entitled to attack the Spanish possessions especially
in America at any time. The Spaniards constantly and consistently rejected these
claims – and they were right. There is not one single European peace treaty in which
you can find a clause instituting something like an amity line.’ (Fisch, personal com-
munication.) This is an invaluable corrective to those who have seen the lines ‘enshrined’
in the treaty of Cateau-Cambrésis (Williams 1984, p. 73. See also Lloyd 1996, p. 4).
Fisch’s searching work demands a rethink of the lines. However, while such divisions
States, Markets and the Sea • 181
[T]he designation of a conflict zone at once freed the area on this side of
the line – a sphere of peace and order ruled by European public law – from
the immediate threat of those events beyond the line, which would not have
been the case had there been no such zone. The designation of a conflict
zone outside Europe contributed also to the bracketing of European wars.123
The system was temporary. The lines were a reflection of the struggle between
the European powers to establish overseas commercial/colonial presence.
They represented the failure of the Spanish attempt to define whole areas
of the world as exclusively Spanish, in the raya:124 this political content was
may not have been formalised in treaties, Fisch’s claim that ‘[n]o such agreement was
ever made’ (Fisch 1986, p. 10) seems to be contradicted by the letter of the Spanish
plenipotentiaries to King Philip, dated 13 March 1559 (in Davenport 1917, pp. 220–221).
Such lines may not have been ‘enshrined’, but even informal or semi-formal agree-
ments might indicate the division of the world on the basis described – though with
less crude vigour and more countervailing tendencies than the usual story might
imply. It can also be argued that even if Fisch is right that the Spanish never agreed
these terms, that they were invented by the French and English, insofar as the argu-
ment developed here is regarding the global conception embodied in such lines, the
very fact of their being so posited early in the seventeenth century, disputed or not,
is evidence that the model they embedded was functional to the new global think-
ing of (at least some) European powers (and not only the English and French – the
Dutch also used such linearly divided conceptions in the early- to mid-seventeenth
century (Grewe 2000, pp. 157, 159)).
120
Schmitt 1996, p. 37.
121
Grewe 2000, p. 152.
122
Schmitt 1996, p. 37. Emphasis in original.
123
Schmitt 1996, p. 40.
124
Some of these, such as the Treaty of Tordesillas, were in fact in their original
182 • Chapter Five
formulations more advantageous to Portugal. However, Spain became the major over-
seas power in this epoch, with the decline of Portugese maritime power and trading
monopolies in the East. Thus the collapse of the raya and their reformulation into the
lines of amity was the result of attempts of other European powers to undermine
specifically Spanish maritime power. The supposed ‘beneficiary’ of Tordesillas, Portugal,
was less of a factor. For the decline of Portugal in the later sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries see for example Furber 1976, pp. 31, 33; Rothermund 1981, pp. 22–4.
125
The famous declaration made by Cardinal Richelieu on 1 July 1634, ‘according
to which French seafarers were forbidden to attack Spanish and Portuguese ships on
this side of the Tropic of Cancer, but were given liberty to do so beyond this line if
the Spanish and Portuguese refused the free access to their Indian and American lands
and seas’ (Schmitt 1996, p. 36).
126
Grewe 2000, p. 158.
127
Grewe 2000, p. 159.
128
See for example the debate between England and Spain in 1604, outlined in
Grewe 2000, pp. 158–9.
States, Markets and the Sea • 183
[f]or the first time . . . this treaty provided expressly that henceforth there
would be peace beyond the line, that prizes captured there would be restored
and that compensation was due even when capture took place beyond the
line. For the first time a European treaty bearing on the overseas territories
started from the express assumption that peace should also govern beyond
the line, and that the provisions of the treaty should be applied even there.129
The final death knell of the amity lines sounded, with neat symbolic timing,
in the iconic year of 1648 itself, when for the first time, Spain recognised
another colonial power: Holland, the most powerful of the new maritime-
mercantile forces – a ‘commercial thalassocracy’.130 Spain bowed to the inevitable
with the Treaty of Münster and ‘formally conceded to the Netherlands the
right of “navigation and traffic in the East and West Indies”’,131 as well as
recognising all Dutch colonial possessions. ‘The Spanish colonial monopoly
was broken and the demarcation line had become irrelevant.’132
The amity lines have been controversial in international law. They repre-
sent a peculiar episode. ‘The association between international law and uni-
versality is so ingrained that pointing to this connection appears tautological.’133
The paradox of the amity lines is that such a universal system was predi-
cated on its own partial abnegation.
It has become a cliché of critical theories to claim that something-or-other
is defined by its own negation: in this case, this is no dialectical sleight of
hand. For the burgeoning state system of Europe, the ‘New World’ was an
opportunity, because of its massive resources, and a threat, because Europe
risked ‘having its basic assumptions overturned as a result of the revolu-
tionary effect that colonial expansion had on the distribution of power in
Europe’.134
The lines of amity were functional for a brief but vital time, in the period
before ‘mature Absolutism’, of the ‘early modern state, the subject and cre-
ator of the international legal order’.135 During this time, the limits of state
territory ‘were not yet sharply and unambiguously drawn’.
129
Grewe 2000, p. 159.
130
Furber 1976, p. 50.
131
Grewe 2000, p. 160.
132
Ibid.
133
Anghie 1999, p. 1.
134
Grewe 2000, p. 152.
135
Grewe 2000, p. 171.
184 • Chapter Five
This was also true in respect of the limits of power and competence in rela-
tionships between States, and in respect of the unity and extent of internal
State authority. The process of concentration of public power in the person
of the absolute monarch or . . . the general process of the accumulation of
State-like powers and competence, did not reach a stage where the struc-
ture of the modern State was basically completed until the end of the Spanish
Age.136
136
Grewe 2000, pp. 171–2.
137
See Anghie 1999.
States, Markets and the Sea • 185
separate the two words.138 However, there is no necessity that states which
recognise each other’s sovereignty will also relate to each other as equals on
a legal plane. What is primarily conceded in the recognition of another’s sov-
ereignty is the principle that internally, each power has the right to decide
its own policies. It is a theory of independence, not equality.
[I]n the international context the theory of sovereignty has never implied
more than the claim to independence . . . it has only denied that there exists
above the community a supreme power of the kind which, within the com-
munity, it has been its purpose to sustain.139
The first systematic theory of sovereignty was that of Bodin in the sixteenth
century. It revolves around the absolute right of the sovereign to rule inter-
nally, but Bodin is clear and explicit that sovereignty does not imply equal-
ity between sovereigns.
[I]n the case of the sovereign prince who puts himself under the protection
of another, does he lose his sovereign authority thereby and become a sub-
ject? It would seem that if he recognizes a greater than himself, he is no
longer sovereign. Nevertheless I hold that he does remain an sovereign, and
in no sense becomes a subject. . . . [I]t is said that in treaties of alliance
between sovereign princes, those that put themselves under the protection
of one greater than themselves do not become his subjects. Even when, in
treaties of an unequal alliance, it is expressly stated that one of the parties
will defend the authority of the other, this does not make the latter the
subject of the former. Our protégés and clients are as free as we are our-
selves, even though they may not be our equals in wealth, in power, or in
honour.140
138
Malanczuk 1997, p. 3, for example: ‘International law . . . is primarily concerned
with the legal regulation of states which are organized as territorial entities, are lim-
ited in number and consider themselves, in spite of the obvious factual differences in
reality, in formal terms as “sovereign” and “equal”’. See also the Charter of the United
Nations, of which Article 2 (1) reads ‘[t]he Organization is based on the principle of
the sovereign equality of all its Members.’
139
Hinsley 1986, p. 158.
140
Bodin 1955, Book I, Chapters VI and VII. No pagination.
141
Malanczuk 1997, p. 3.
186 • Chapter Five
and the legal system. In Bodin’s discussion of ‘unequal treaties’ the inequal-
ity of sovereigns is formally, legalistically conceptualised. For modern inter-
national law, such inequality is a problem of the separate realm of ‘politics’,
abstracted from law:
the power of the state has not been consolidated in any significant way.
Authority is too dispersed and hierarchies, while established theoretically,
are too confusing and uncertain for Vitoria to use them convincingly as a
means of structuring sovereignty doctrine. . . . The task of identifying sov-
ereign authority and defining the powers wielded by such an authority, in
142
Klein 1974, pp. 8–9.
143
Halle 1974, p. xi.
144
‘[T]he concept of sovereignty underpins a principle of sovereign equality that
has attained almost an ontological position in the structure of the international legal
system.’ (Kingsbury 1998, p. 600.)
145
Victoria 1964.
146
Ibid.
147
Anghie 1996, p. 329.
148
Ibid.
States, Markets and the Sea • 187
We have already said that an absolute sovereign is one who, under God,
holds by the sword alone. If he holds of another he is not sovereign. But
this raises a difficulty. If those who hold anything at all of another in faith
and homage are not sovereigns, there are hardly any sovereign princes in
the world. On the other hand if we concede that those who do so hold in
faith and homage are sovereigns, we are in effect saying the vassal and his
lord, the servant and his master, are equals in honour, power, and authority.150
149
Anghie 1996, pp. 329–30.
150
Bodin 1955, Chapter IX.
151
M.J. Tooley’s editorial insert in Bodin, 1955.
152
Bodin 1992, p. 114.
188 • Chapter Five
153
Anghie 1996, p. 330.
154
Bartelson 1995, p. 141.
155
Hinsley 1986, p. 179.
156
Dunning 1896, p. 91.
157
Wood and Wood 1997, p. 74: Mattern 1928, p. 7.
158
Beaulac 2003a suffers from an idealism which sees the very word ‘sovereignty’
playing ‘a leading part in creating and transforming reality’ (p. 2) rather than being
an expression of the underlying political-economic changes, but stresses that sover-
eignty, for Bodin, was a concept designed to legitimate kingship, and that ‘the real-
ity associated with the word was eventually transposed from the internal to the
international plane’ (p. 26). (Beaulac stresses the importance of Vattel as the agent of
this ‘transposition’ (Beaulac 2003b).)
States, Markets and the Sea • 189
With the consolidation of the state of the seventeenth century the debate over
sovereignty changed. In this century of the English revolution, the arguments
around the nature of sovereignty were largely focused internally, on the ques-
tion of who had the right to sovereign power. The debates, for example, were
between advocates of absolute royal sovereignty, such as Thomas Hobbes
and Sir Robert Filmer, and advocates of various forms of ‘popular sover-
eignty’.160 The question of state equality – a question of the interaction of the
governments externally – was not the focus.
Implicitly, however, in the early part of this period there was still no intrin-
sic link made between sovereignty and equality. Grotius, for example, ‘never
applied the theory of natural equality to the society of separate states, except
in certain particular instances and for a limited purpose’.161 His arguments
in Mare Liberum, for example, are for free and equal access to the sea, but this
‘was not intended to establish a like equality in respect to all rights’.162 In De
Jure Belli ac Pacis, for example, Grotius in distinguishing various types of
treaties, describes unequal treaties thus.
From equal treaties, the nature of unequal treaties may easily be under-
stood. And where two powers contract, this inequality may be on the side
either of the superior, or of the inferior power. A superior power may be
said to make an unequal treaty, when it promises assistance without stipu-
lating for any return, or gives greater advantages than it engages to receive.
And on the part of the inferior power this inequality subsists when . . . her
privileges are unduly depressed; so that engagements of this kind may be
called injunctions or commands rather than treaties. And these may, or may
not, be attended with a diminution of their sovereign power. 163
Treaties which institutionalise the inequality of their parties, then, do not nec-
essarily impair the sovereignty of either party: equality and sovereignty were
not mutually constitutive.
159
Bartelson 1995, p. 143.
160
See Wood and Wood 1997, pp. 72–7.
161
Dickinson 1920, p. 34.
162
Dickinson 1920, p. 53.
163
Grotius 2001, p. 136.
190 • Chapter Five
164
Pashukanis 1980, p. 176.
165
For Osiander, this tendency toward equality is ‘the unavoidable corollary of
autonomy’ in the Westphalian system (Osiander 1994, p. 87). In seeing equality in this
manner, rather than as a slow, hedged-around juridical tendency as the result of
conflictual (commodified) relations, Osiander depicts the ‘balance of power’ as ‘a con-
sensus principle’ (p. 132) rather than, as would emerge from the analysis here, at best
an always-already-failing ‘hidden hand’-type attempt to smooth over the very conflict-
ual reality of which emergent abstract equality was an expression. Despite obvious
points of convergence in terms of a sense of dynamic, Osiander’s stress on ‘the role
of consensus in the international politics of Europe in the last three centuries and a
half’ (p. 12) (in some ways a development of the work of Bull and Watson on the
expansion of international society (Bull and Watson 1984)) stands in contrast to the
analysis here, for which conflictual economic and coercive political-economic ten-
dencies are key.
166
Noyes 1943, p. 78.
167
Ibid.
168
Ibid.
169
Anderson 1974, p. 425.
States, Markets and the Sea • 191
This is the point at which, for Grotius (and in international law in general)
‘relations between states . . . [are] relations between the owners of private
property’.170 The tendency was for sovereignty and property to become in-
extricable. This is the moment at which sovereignty shakes off the last of its
feudal residues.
In the older feudal conception, the rights concomitant on ownership were
circumscribed by an overarching sovereign political power. At this later time,
paradoxically, the very disaggregation of political power from property, as
property became absolute, aggregated property and equality with sovereignty
in international law. As subjects of a legal order, the agents of international
law were definitionally property owners: at the same time, their indepen-
dence and international legal subjectivity was already established as their
sovereignty. Sovereignty and equality of proprietorial status linked.
In the seventeeth-century work of Pufendorf, the last legacy of feudal prop-
erty is still visible. Pufendorf ‘took his theory of sovereignty from Grotius’,171
but he explicitly recognises the equality of states. As the theory of sovereignty
he takes from Grotius does not preclude inequality, Pufendorf cannot derive
the equality he asserts from state sovereignty.172 The fact that he recognises
state equality in a world of radically politically unequal states is testimony
to the pressures towards juridical abstraction in the period of mature abso-
lutism, during the consolidation of the international legal order. However,
with sovereignty still retaining something of its feudal particularism, Pufen-
dorf instead locates equality using the last throes of radical natural-law
methodology.
Borrowing from Hobbes, he sees states as existing in a state of nature.
Unlike Hobbes, however, he sees ‘the law of nature’ placing states ‘in a nat-
ural equality’.173 ‘It is an equality for which actual inequalities and differences
are of no importance. . . . States are equal by their very nature; it is a funda-
mental equality that is inherent in their existence and is therefore absolute
and unlimited.’174
170
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 176.
171
Dickinson 1920, p. 79. For an alternative account of Pufendorf, stressing his dif-
ferences with Grotius, see Tuck 1999, pp. 140–65.
172
Kooijmans’s claim that for Pufendorf, ‘equality . . . derives its meaning from the
sovereignty of the state’ is therefore wrong (Kooijmans 1964, p. 79), though much else
in his analysis of Pufendorf is pertinent and useful (Kooijmans 1964, pp. 75–80).
173
Quoted in Dickinson 1920, p. 81.
174
Kooijmans 1964, p. 79.
192 • Chapter Five
Though as Dickinson puts it, this is ‘the first time the principle of state
equality was expressly derived from the application of familiar theories of
natural law’,175 it is perhaps more apt to think of Pufendorf as at the end of
a lineage of theory, one which separated sovereignty and ownership. The
consolidation of absolute property, and absolutist power in the sovereign
states, meant the end of theories predicated on feudal ‘political’ sovereignty,
rather than on abstract property ownership.176
This is clear in the very different theory of equality found in the early
eighteenth-century positivists, such as Johann Jakob Moser (1701–85). For
Moser, the disaggregation of sovereignty and property was impossible.
Accordingly for him, the equality pertaining to property owners was derived
from sovereignty.
Equality for Moser did not inhere in some state of nature, but in the very fact
of a community of sovereign independent states. ‘Equality becomes a neces-
sary fundamental principle and starting-point for inter-stately relations’.178
Positivism as a theory is a product of the age after the crisis of feudalism
has been resolved, and the structures of the modern state are in place. Moser’s
175
Dickinson 1920, p. 82.
176
This is not to suggest that Pufendorf was operating in a straightforwardly feu-
dal model. Clearly he was not. He was acutely conscious of parameters of ‘regularity
and irregularity’ (Schröder 1999, p. 967) in the discussion of sovereignty. The notion
of an ‘irregular’ political form pathological to a ‘regular’ one is evidence of a gener-
alising, abstracting tendency. The variety of political forms of ‘actually-existing’ sov-
ereignty ‘deeply concerned’ Pufendorf (Schröder 1999, p. 967), particularly the
‘mis-shapen Monster’ (Pufendorf quoted in Schröder 1999, p. 966), what remained of
the Holy Roman Empire. The impulse to systematisation of sovereignty bespeaks a
modernising cast of mind, but his acute fascination with its particularities, excellently
brought out in Schröder 1999, is evidence of Pufendorf’s continual focus on sover-
eignty as politically specific – a premodern conception. It is symbolically perfect, and
no coincidence, that it was the decaying rump of the great premodern Empire which
gave Pufendorf the focus for a conception of sovereignty still stained by feudal
particularism.
177
Moser quoted in Kooijmans 1964, p. 90. See Moser 1959.
178
Kooijmans 1964, p. 90.
States, Markets and the Sea • 193
‘observational’ method means that the abstract equality he claims had to have
been well-established in fact for him to assert it. In his approach, ‘principles
could properly be established by examples’.179
This is in contrast to Pufendorf and other naturalists: schematically speak-
ing, Pashukanis is right that natural-law theory, against which positivism
rebelled, ‘was the revolutionary banner under which the bourgeoisie con-
ducted its revolutionary battle with feudal society’.180 The theory had taken
the ahistoricism, rigour and objectivity of medieval scholasticism and secu-
larised and radicalised it by positing a natural law that would inhere, as Grotius
famously claimed, whether or not God existed.181 Thus for example, where
the universalisation of the principle of abstract equality was a revolutionary
measure occasioned by the spread of absolute property, natural-law theory
was able to assert this principle even where premodern forms of unequal sover-
eignty survived. Pufendorf’s assertion that equality inheres in the very state
of nature may not stand up to scientific scrutiny, but it served a radical – a
revolutionary – purpose in the face of the long-drawn-out survival of the
Holy Roman Empire, which denied the equality of sovereignty.
The ‘historico-pragmatic’182 methodology of positivism, by contrast, pro-
ceeds by systematising ‘actual international customs and treaties and the
study of international practice’.183 As Nussbaum argues vis-à-vis Moser, though,
the
179
Walker 1981, p. 339. See pp. 283–95 on Moser’s preference for induction and his
antipathy to theory, philosophy and ‘rationality and system’ as opposed to ‘fact’
(p. 283).
180
Pashukanis 1980a, p. 97.
181
Schmitt 1996, p. 57. ‘17th and 18th century philosophers and jurists from Grotius
to Christian Wolff consistently developed this moral doctrine of late scholasticism into
a still more general, more neutral and purely human ius naturale et gentium’.
182
Pashukanis 1980b, p. 177. Page 330 below.
183
Ibid.
184
Nussbaum 1947, pp. 167–8.
194 • Chapter Five
185
Nussbaum 1947, p. 165.
186
Ibid.
187
Kooijmans 1964, p. 91.
188
Anghie 1999, p. 78.
States, Markets and the Sea • 195
Perry Anderson may overstate the case in claiming that the revival of Roman
law by the end of the Middle Ages ‘was fundamentally propitious to the
growth of free capital in town and country’:191 after all, as Ellen Wood points
189
Nussbaum 1947, p. 18. See also: ‘up to the eighteenth century, the highly refined
terminology of Roman legal learning was invariably adopted by writers on inter-
national law’.
190
Anderson 1974, pp. 65–6.
191
Anderson 1974, p. 25.
196 • Chapter Five
For the Roman legal system . . . comprised two distinct – and apparently
contrary – sectors: civil law regulating economic transactions between citi-
zens, and public law governing political relations between the State and its
subjects. . . . The juridically unconditional character of private property con-
secrated by the one found its contradictory counterpart in the formally
absolute nature of the imperial sovereignty exercised by the other. . . . It was
the theoretical principles of this political imperium which exercised a pro-
found influence and attraction on the new monarchies of the Renaissance.
If the rebirth of notions of Quiritary ownership both translated and pro-
moted the general growth of commodity exchange in the transitional
economies of the epoch, the revival of authoritarian prerogatives of the
Dominate expressed and consolidated the concentration of aristocratic class
power in a centralized State apparatus that was the noble reaction to it.
Ulpian’s famous maxim . . . ‘the ruler’s will has force of law’ – became a
constitutional ideal of Renaissance monarchies all over the West.195
192
Wood 1991, p. 50.
193
Anderson 1974b, p. 24.
194
Anderson 1974b, pp. 26–7. Emphasis in original.
195
Anderson 1974b, p. 27.
States, Markets and the Sea • 197
196
For illustration, see the debates in Oxman et al. 1983. Though they argue furi-
ously as to the best strategy for America to take, the contributors to this volume share
the historically new exploitative view of the sea.
198 • Chapter Five
international code so that traders from all parts were familiar with the rights
and obligations it enforced’.197
From the start law merchant was inextricably associated with international
trade and maritime law, and is a fundamentally important influence on the
development of international law. Few legal systems better illustrate Pashu-
kanis’s point about law being an expression of commodity exchange.
Actual law, where created, reflected precisely this commercial need. . . . ‘Out
of his own needs and his own views the merchant of the Middle Ages cre-
ated the Law Merchant.’ The law did little more than echo the existing sen-
timents of the merchant community.198
The relation between related early maritime law and inter-polity, proto-inter-
national law is obvious. Evolving ‘to meet changing, growing requirements
of international commerce’,199 this was a ‘maritime law [which] tended to
become a law common to all nations and peoples’.200
Though not strictly part of the codified law merchant, the famous early
maritime codes such as the Rôles d’Oléron of the twelfth century or the Consolato
del Mare of the fourteenth century share many of its important features. Most
fundamentally, they ‘were a reflection of merchant desires’,201 caused by ‘[t]he
very great expansion of medieval commerce . . . [o]riginating in the practice
of merchants and seamen’.202
These mercantile codes dealt with rights and duties pertaining to ship-
building and selling, but in their rules of prize law – designed to protect neu-
tral property – they also covered maritime warfare. For merchants trading
internationally, in other words, the distinction between private ‘economic’
and public ‘political’ law was meaningless. Questions of property were ques-
tions of political power – thus for example the Consolato decrees that ‘neu-
tral goods on enemy ships and neutral ships carrying enemy goods should
not be subject to capture by a belligerent’.203
197
Morton 1989, p. 74.
198
Trakman 1983, p. 9. As Anderson says in a revealing footnote, ‘[t]he compara-
tive advance of [non-Roman] legal rules governing commenda-type operations and
maritime trade in the Middle Ages is not surprising’ (Anderson 1974b, p. 26 foot-
note 17).
199
Sanborn 1930, p. 127.
200
Sanborn 1930, p. 40.
201
Trakman 1983, p. 9.
202
Walker 1899, p. 116.
203
Nussbaum 1947, p. 32.
States, Markets and the Sea • 199
There can be no doubt . . . that the great revolutions that took place in trade
in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, along with the geographical dis-
coveries of that epoch, and which rapidly advanced the development of
commercial capital, were a major moment in promoting the transition from
the feudal to the capitalist mode of production. The sudden expansion of
the world market, the multiplication of commodities in circulation, the com-
petition among the European nations for the seizure of Asiatic products and
American treasures, the colonial system, all made a fundamental contribu-
tion towards shattering the feudal barriers to production.207
204
For an argument that the distinction between public and private international
law does not reflect a fundamental organic separation, but is the result of the con-
solidation of the bourgeois state, see Cutler 1997.
205
Grotius 2000, p. 29.
206
Marx 1981, p. 447.
207
Marx 1981, p. 450.
200 • Chapter Five
The argument is not that the growth of mercantile capitalism led directly to
this change: ‘this development, taken by itself, is insufficient to explain the
transition from one mode of production to the other’.208 Contrary to the argu-
ments of Sweezy, Wallerstein and others writing in what Mooers calls ‘the
market-relations model’,209 mercantile capitalism per se was not a ‘creative force’:
it is necessary, but not sufficient, for a transition to productive capitalism.210
There is a substantial debate, particularly within Marxism, over precisely
what was the nature of the transition from feudalism to capitalism, and when
it occurred.211 Below, I will make a case that the seventeenth century’s polit-
ical forms were transitional to capitalism. It should be borne in mind, though,
that whether or not Europe in the seventeenth century and even eighteenth
century is deemed so transitional, it is undeniable that this mercantilist era
saw the massive expansion of international trade, central to the structure of
the most powerful European states. It is during this period that the categories
concomitant on that trade – the legal forms – begin to universalise. This was
the birth of true international law. As trade became global, and definitional
to sovereign states, the international order could not but become an interna-
tional legal order.
Whether or not one agrees with the transition thesis, and sees this as part
of the birth of international capitalism, has huge ramifications for the analy-
sis of the specific political content in the legal forms, but will not make a fun-
damental difference to the analysis of the universalisation of those forms and
the legal order itself. This is because, as Chris Arthur and others have pointed
out, while productive capitalism as a mode of production differs fundamentally
208
Marx 1981, p. 444.
209
Mooers 1991, p. 5.
210
Sweezy 1978 (p. 42, for long-distance trade as a ‘creative force’); Wallerstein 1983,
especially pp. 30–1 and pp. 40–3.
211
One of the best overviews of this debate is Mooers 1991, pp. 5–43. The starting
point for the early arguments is Hilton (ed.) 1978. Against the Sweezy-Wallerstein
position are arguments that the growth of capitalism came from within the feudal
mode of production – a famous example is Dobb 1963. Drawing on Dobb and nuanc-
ing his arguments is Brenner (1977, 1985a and 1985b), who has become the most well-
known and influential of the school known as ‘political Marxism’, which stresses the
role of class struggle rather than the development of forces of production in the tran-
sition to capitalism. Wood (1991, 1999) is another eloquent example of this school. A
critique of this current is Harman 1998, which makes several persuasive criticisms
about political Marxism’s failure to conceptualise changes in productive forces, but
suffers from a tendency to schematise its opponent’s arguments. A more sympathetic
and open-minded critique of Wood is Barker 1997.
States, Markets and the Sea • 201
from mercantile capitalism, at the level of the value-form ‘nothing changes when
the form of simple circulation becomes the bearer of a capital circuit’.212 In
other words, the commodity-form analysis of the birth of the modern inter-
national legal order holds whether or not one agrees with Marx – as I do –
that this epoch of mercantile capitalism ‘had an overwhelming influence
on . . . the rise of the capitalist mode’.213
I do not want to minimise the importance of the debate on transition: merely
to point out that the spread of a world market is the fundamental moment
of the international legal form, whether that market is deemed transitional
to capitalism or not. Given the utterly central importance of mercantilism
and the seventeenth-century market to international law, however, it is impor-
tant not only to acknowledge the fact of that market but to make sense of its
historical nature. We cannot understand why and how it is so central with-
out that understanding.
212
Chris Arthur, personal communication.
213
Marx 1981, p. 451.
214
Harman 1998, p. 97.
215
Engels 1902, p. 209.
216
Teschke 2003, p. 157.
217
Harman 1998, a modern restatement of the theory, describes French absolutism
as starting ‘in the late 15th and early 16th centuries’ and being maintained until the
18th (presumably until 1789) (Harman 1998, pp. 97, 100).
202 • Chapter Five
However, for the historian of international law, the focus on these states’
internal dynamics to point out their differences leaves relatively unexplored
their external dynamics, in which certain shared characteristics between abso-
lutist and non-absolutist states are visible. From this perspective, though care
must be exercised, it is possible to make generalisations about the various
state forms ranging from the ‘high’ absolutism of the French model even to
the English non-absolutist model.
There were of course unique political forms in each country. But one risks
obscuring as much as illuminating in focusing so carefully on the specifics
218
Anderson 1974b, p. 42.
219
Teschke 2003, p. 153.
220
Grewe 2000, p. 319.
States, Markets and the Sea • 203
of a state form internally that the shared changes in European states in gen-
eral goes unnoticed.221
Even more than the epoch of the absolutist state this is the epoch of the
mercantilist state – it is in the very fabric of the most powerful sovereign states
of this age that they are international, maritime and mercantilist. Mercantilism
(and its laws) was crucial for the consolidation of the sovereign state – abso-
lutist or otherwise – and a transition to a capitalist world economy.
It has been pointed out that some of the bundles of ideas associated with
various ‘mercantilist’ writers ‘reflected medieval patterns of thought, others
anticipated liberal theories of a later age’.222 Mercantilism ‘seldom possessed
a unified system of policy, or even a harmonious set of doctrines’,223 and sup-
posedly therefore ‘did not constitute a coherent system’.224
However, it is wrong to claim that therefore ‘there was no such thing as
a mercantilist system of economic regulation’.225 One does not have to posit
a ‘consistent long-term policy divorced from the reality of temporal economic
conditions’226 to accept that there was a certain underlying programme to
mercantilism – whatever its codifiers thought of it, and however they
disagreed.
The guiding doctrine of mercantilism as economic philosophy is usually
held to be the favourable balance of trade. As one of its early advocates
put it,
221
As Teschke does in his detailed examination of the internal and self-contained
structure of French absolutism (Teschke 2003, pp. 167–81). This is a deeply impres-
sive close analysis, but it risks missing wood for trees.
222
Rothermar 1981, p. 1.
223
Thomas 1926, p. 3.
224
Rothermar 1981, p. 1.
225
Supple 1959, p. 229.
226
Supple 1959, p. 225. It is indicative of Supple’s idealism and an implicit indi-
vidualist theory of history that he cannot conceive of an economic system unless it
has ‘an overall and integrated content based upon conscious thought’ (p. 225). If this
were true it would probably deny any systematicity to any economic policy.
227
Mun quoted in Buck 1942, p. 13. See also <www.socserv2.socsci.mcmaster.
ca/~econ/ugcm/3113/mun/treasure.txt>.
204 • Chapter Five
Nor is it fair to the Mercantilist to identify his policy with the theory (once
held as a dogma) of the Balance of Trade. The Mercantile System was by
no means the outcome of the failure to distinguish between Wealth and
Money. Various fallacies entered at various times into the kaleidoscopic
shiftings of mercantile policy, but they were not of its essence. Individual
mercantilists emphasised the need for bullion regulations, tariff barriers,
navigation laws and the like; but these were only various tendencies that
came into prominence at various stages of mercantile policy.228
[It] presupposed the existence of political units which were also conceived
of as economic units, i.e. states. . . . The programme also depended on the
existence of not only bilateral but multilateral trade among such units and
on the availability of political instruments . . . which enabled the govern-
ment to influence these relations.231
International and maritime law was a vital part of the mercantilist state-build-
ing process. I will examine three key legal strategies deployed to this end:
the Navigation Acts; the structure of the East India Companies; and the
debates over the freedom of the seas.
228
Thomas 1926, p. 3.
229
Ibid.
230
Ibid. The theory of mercantilism as at core about state-building was seminally
expressed by Schmoller in 1884 (reprinted Schmoller 1967). The most influential mod-
ern reformulation of Schmollerian ideas is Heckscher’s monumental 1932 work
(reprinted Heckscher 1994). For a harsh critique of Heckscher see Coleman 1969.
231
Rothermar 1981, p. 2.
States, Markets and the Sea • 205
all traffic with the English colonies had to pass over England. Imports from
overseas, as well as all traffic with European ports, were restricted exclu-
sively to English ships, while ships flying foreign flags would only be admit-
ted to English ports if they carried goods which originated in the flag State.
All intermediate trade under foreign flags was prohibited.234
232
Palmer 1990, p. 40.
233
Davis 1962, p. 12.
234
Grewe 2000, p. 296.
235
Linebaugh and Rediker 2000, p. 145.
236
Grewe 2000, p. 297. Rothermar points to the central importance of re-exports to
Dutch maritime trade as a reason for the lack of Dutch mercantilist literature: ‘the full
programme was of immediate relevance only to such states which had both a con-
siderable home market and a substantial share in foreign trade’ (Rothermar 1981,
p. 4).
237
The lowest estimate is 1,000 ships (Davis 1962, p. 12).
238
Davis 1962, pp. 10–11.
206 • Chapter Five
The use of maritime law gave the English version of mercantilism a partic-
ular precision and formality. The Navigation Laws were a juristic codification
of, and aid to, the tendency towards the state trading monopolies central to
mercantilism. Law was thus central to the construction of English mercantilism.
By the 1590s, the Portuguese experience had shown that overseas trade east
of the Cape of Good Hope needed to be organized as a national monopoly
for four main reasons. The first . . . was the need of military protection in
dangerous seas. The Portuguese had amply demonstrated that the advan-
tages to a European nation of the use of such ‘passes’ [cartazes, which con-
trolled access to trade] depended on their issuance by a single authority
rather than by individual traders. Thirdly, it was generally understood that
individual Europeans, acting solely on their own authority, could not nego-
tiate effectively with Asian princes, great or small. Finally, if the Portuguese
example of setting up trading factories under their exclusive authority on
Asian soil was to be followed, the effective operation of such ‘enclaves’
depended upon their being under one authority.241
This is not to suggest, of course, that there was no controversy about the
monopoly nature of the trade: there was, most famously the anonymous
Considerations upon the East India Trade.242 But in addition to the four prag-
239
Colbert’s 1643 letter to Mazarin, quoted in Grewe 2000, p. 296.
240
See Furber 1976, pp. 185–229 for a discussion of the various companies.
241
Furber 1976, p. 185.
242
For a discussion of this and other anti-monopolist arguments, see Thomas 1926,
pp. 16–20.
States, Markets and the Sea • 207
The particular legal structure of these agents of maritime trade was thus a
vital component in the consolidation of Western colonialism. A crucial legal
aspect was the fact that these companies possessed a degree of sovereignty
in international law (the exact degree was controversial).244
Grewe brilliantly dissects the meaning of the companies’ uncertain status
in the context of a system of sovereign states which were mercantile and colo-
nialist. Put simply, in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries the lines of amity
divided the world to legitimate ‘primitive accumulation’ of colonial plunder:
in the new global order such lines could no longer be drawn, but nor were
the colonial powers politically powerful enough to ensure hegemony through
the hidden coercion in the legal form (which is necessitated in an epoch of
worldwide juridical state equality, as I argue below). Politicians were well
aware that the legal status of their colonial possessions was problematic.245
The East India Companies were the perfect agents to police this ‘transitional’
colonialism, because of their indistinct legal status.
243
Grewe 2000, p. 298.
244
Grewe 2000, p. 302.
245
Grewe 2000, p. 298.
208 • Chapter Five
the overseas colonial sphere of the European concept of State, with all of
its far-reaching legal consequences and associated concepts of sovereignty,
nation-State, State territory and State borders.
The intermediate position of the trading companies was the main reason
that the legal ambiguity ‘beyond the line’ was not transformed directly into
a situation where the strict rules of a law of nations applied, which was in
conformity with the limited geographic extension and narrow political cir-
cumstances of Europe.
Since it was not the States themselves which were confronting each other,
but rather corporations, which were regarded as or at least pretended to be
more or less self-reliant, a separate, flexible system of colonial law of nations
developed.246
The status of the East India Companies, even more than the Navigation Acts,
was part of a system of colonialist/mercantilist state consolidation, structured
through maritime law.
246
Grewe 2000, p. 298. An almost exactly similar analysis was developed by Lindley
almost seventy five years before Grewe: ‘Formed in most cases, at all events from the
point of view of the shareholders, for the purpose of earning dividends, these cor-
porations have proved to be the instruments by which enormous areas have been
brought under the dominion of the States under whose auspices they were created,
and in this way they have been utilized by all the important colonizing Powers. The
special field of their operations has been territory which the State creating them was
not at the time prepared to administer directly, but which offered good prospects from
the point of view of trade or industrial exploitation’ (Lindley 1926, p. 91).
247
Thomson 1994, p. 41. In its focus on the role of non-state violence in the bur-
geoning international system, this book is invaluable for stressing that the boundaries
between the economic and political are ‘neither self-evident nor eternal’ (p. 5).
States, Markets and the Sea • 209
248
Grewe 2000, p. 266. For a still-invaluable overview of the debate, including the
works of many lesser authors than Grotius and Selden, see Fulton 1911, pp. 338–77.
249
Dumbauld 1969, p. 26.
250
Zemanek 1999, p. 49 footnote 2.
251
Zemanek 1999, p. 50. See also Tuck 1999, pp. 79–81.
252
Knight 1925, p. 82.
253
Ibid.
254
Grotius 2000, p. 12.
255
And by extension the Portuguese-Spanish, the one having come under the domin-
ion of the other in 1580.
210 • Chapter Five
and sixteenth Centuries. The assertion of free seas was thus a blow against
the residues of premodern imperial global division, and for the system of
sovereign mercantile powers. Maritime legal arguments here were deployed
in favour of the burgeoning global commercial system.
However, an important fact about Grotius’s theory is ignored in most of
the literature. Grotius’s support for equal trading access was not equivalent
to a position for some abstract laissez-faire free trade, but was inextricably an
argument for the right to wield coercive political power – violence – under
certain circumstances. His very argument for ‘free seas’ is justification for an act
of violent maritime plunder.
[T]he Dutch were justified in making war upon the Portuguese, and hence
in capturing their property as prize, because the Portuguese claimed a
monopoly of trade with the Indies and interfered with the right of the Dutch
to trade there.256
In other words, for Grotius the ‘political’ and the ‘economic’ are not sepa-
rated in the international sphere. The international legal argument for free
and equal access to trade was simultaneously an argument for the strength-
ening of the violent mercantile state. Richard Tuck has superbly brought out
the radicalism of Grotius’s position: the Dutch in the Indies ‘were waging an
offensive war, in order to open up trade routes and make a lot of money’. In
legitimating this use of force, that ‘seemed to be violating some of the most
fundamental principles of international relations’, Grotius was forced to ‘a
fundamental revision of those principles, and in the process . . . he funda-
mentally revised Western political thought itself’.257
There is an even more startling realisation about the arguments for free
seas. It is usually claimed that Selden’s arguments against Grotius in Mare
Clausum (1635) represent a backward-looking jurisprudence. Selden claims
that states do not have an automatic right of free and equal maritime access,
but that sovereignty can extend over the waters.258 This seems hard to rec-
oncile with a modern attitude to freedom of commerce, central to the com-
modity form and thus the legal form. This argument for the ‘progressive’
256
Dumbauld 1969, pp. 27–8. In Ellen Wood’s words, Grotius’s work ‘is striking for
its ideological opportunism, transparently constructed to defend the very particular
practices of the Dutch in their quest for commercial domination in the early seven-
teenth century’ (Wood 2003, p. 68).
257
Tuck 1999, pp. 80–81.
258
For an invaluable exposition of Selden’s argument see Christianson 1996, pp.
246–81.
States, Markets and the Sea • 211
Grotius, whose thesis ‘revailed with governments and courts’,259 against ‘reac-
tionary’ Selden, whose ‘Mare Clausum became an anachronism which was no
longer necessary,’260 is often repeated.
Closer examination shows that matters are not so simple. The apparent
stark contrast between Grotius’s and Selden’s positions disguises a deeper
convergence – and not only the banality that the contrasting positions are
both taken for reasons of political exigency.261
Selden’s argument revolves not around arbitrary divisions of the world at
the behest of some putative overarching sovereign, but at a basic, pragmatic
level of effective authority. He agrees with Grotius that the Portuguese and
Spanish have no right to claim sovereignty over the open oceans because ‘the
two Iberian nations did not have sufficient sea-power at their disposal, actu-
ally to rule over the oceans effectively’.262 Selden is at pains to use this crite-
rion of effectiveness. He points out, in countering Grotius’s preposterous
argument that the waves resist possession because of their permanent move-
ment, that the same is true of rivers but that no one disputed that they were
a sovereign possession. He stresses that there is nothing ineffable in the sub-
stance of water which evades possession – ‘[t]aking possession of the sea and
controlling it only required a fleet’.263
The nature of Selden’s claims for sovereignty over the seas is thus radi-
cally different from – indeed counterposed to – the Iberian claims of mar-
itime dominion. In 1625, for example, Seraphin de Freitas published De Iusto
Imperii Lusitanorum imperio asiatico adversus Grotii Mare Liberum, in the service
of the Spanish king. It claimed that Spain had jurisdiction over all the world’s
oceans, effective sovereignty notwithstanding. Freitas talked piously of the
‘heavy burden’ Spain had taken upon itself, and used irredeemably medieval
categories predicated on Papal authority and the ‘just war’ Christians could
wage against heathens to justify ‘the Portuguese policy of seeking to break
the Islamic monopoly on trade and navigation in the Indian Ocean in order
to win this monopoly for themselves’.264 Even these anachronistic categories
259
Nussbaum 1947, p. 108.
260
Anand 1982, p. 229.
261
Grotius wrote on behalf of the Dutch East India Company, and Selden by the
‘express command’ of King Charles I of England (Anand 1982, p. 105).
262
Grewe 2000, p. 267.
263
Grewe 2000, p. 268.
264
Grewe 2000, p. 260.
212 • Chapter Five
were offered in the service of the Spanish mercantile state. But the idea that
Freitas and Selden have more in common than Selden and Grotius is absurd.
Claims such as Teschke’s that Selden had ‘adopted the Spanish position’,265
fundamentally miss the point. When Selden claims large parts of the seas
around the British Isles, it is not based on the whim of a universal authority
like the Pope, or of nature, but because, he says, it is under actual British
control. This was highly questionable – the British were stretching the grounds
of credibility. But that does not undermine the fundamentals of Selden’s
jurisprudence. The problem is not with his categories, but in the fact that
British claims about them were untrue.
Even in dispute, Selden and Grotius share a conception of the inextricably
political and coercive nature of the sovereign, trading, mercantile state. It is
this that makes them both early modernists. In fact, contrary to the gener-
ally held position, Selden’s jurisprudence is both more rigorous and more
modern. Grotius fell back on scholastic methodologies by positing an abstract
order: the seas should be free because that is natural law. Selden, in contrast,
grounds his theory – and his attack on Iberian claims – in the actual practice
of states. He ‘thus took the most radical of positions against the Spanish’.266
Attempts to identify the ‘progressiveness’ or otherwise of these theories in
their content are doomed to failure, and are predicated on the erroneous con-
ception of international law as a body of static rules. There is no contradic-
tion in seeing both Selden and Grotius as operating within a shared early
modernist paradigm. Social content cannot be sought solely in the rule itself,
but rather in the predicates that a particular norm may well share with its
own opposite.
Stark evidence for this can be found in the fact that a few years after he
wrote Mare Liberum, Grotius, still operating very much on behalf of the Dutch
mercantile state, argued an exactly contradictory position to his earlier one.
This turnaround came in 1613, when he accompanied a Dutch mission to
England on an attempt to resolve a dispute over the ejection of English mer-
chants from Spice Island ports claimed by the Dutch.267
At this point (before Selden’s Mare Clausum) the English were arguing that
they had ‘a just right to a free Trade into the East Indies and every part
265
Teschke 2003, p. 201.
266
Grewe 2000, p. 267. Emphasis mine.
267
For a detailed overview of Grotius’s arguments during the dispute, see De Pauw
1965, pp. 46–61.
States, Markets and the Sea • 213
thereof . . . by the Law of Nations’.268 They even quoted verbatim from Mare
Liberum against its author.269 Grotius was too serious a thinker to revert,
Freitas-like, to a feudal defence of maritime monopoly. Instead, he countered
that the Dutch had acquired monopolies in the East ‘by contracts or treaties’.270
The English delegation reported the Dutch position thus:
[T]hey say it was not well said of us to affirm that the Contracts they had
made were against the Law of Nations, for that there was nothing more
lawful or usual than for men to contract for the sale of their commodities,
as well for the present as for the future; and he that had the power to sell
had the power to promise.271
The power to sell imbued the power to promise, and Grotius claimed that
the trading partners of the Dutch had promised – had contracted – to trade
only with them. With a masterstroke, Grotius constructs the arguments for
monopoly and closed ports, against free seas, on the basis of contract theory that
underpins law. In terms of modernist rigour, this is a great improvement on
his earlier natural-law conception of free seas, and it is this later conception
of contractual monopoly that makes its way into his better known work, De
Jure Belli ac Pacis.272 Also in that later work, there is a wholesale acceptance
of arguments later found in Selden for effective occupation granting sover-
eignty over coastal waters.
It seems clear . . . that sovereignty over a part of the sea is acquired in the
same way as sovereignty elsewhere, that is . . . through the instrumentality
of persons and of territory. It is gained through the instrumentality of per-
son if, for example, a fleet, which is an army afloat, is stationed at some
point of the sea; by means of territory, in so far as those who sail over the
part of the sea along the coast may be constrained from the land no less
than if they should be upon the land itself.273
268
Quoted in Zemanek 1999, p. 56.
269
Anand 1982, p. 96.
270
Anand 1982, p. 97.
271
Quoted in Zemanek 1999, p. 57.
272
‘I recall that the question has been raised, whether it is permissible for a people
to make an agreement with another people to sell to it alone products of a certain
kind. . . . I think that this is allowable. . . . Such an arrangement to purchase . . . is not
at variance with the law of nature’ (Grotius quoted in Zemanek 1999, p. 59).
273
Grotius quoted in Ngantcha 1990, p. 14.
214 • Chapter Five
‘Not much remains of the doctrine of the eternal freedom of trade which he
had announced in the most absolute terms possible in his youth’.274
Contrary to the claims of Nussbaum and others, there is nothing inexorable
about the freedom of the seas as a concomitant of modernity and capitalism.
Indeed one writer on the modern law of the sea is confident enough to open
his book with the breezy claim that ‘[t]here are today no more doubts that
the cherished Grotian concept of the freedom of the seas does not apply to
all the areas of the globe that belong to the sea in the geographical sense’.275
Teschke’s claim that modern capitalism leads to ‘the “de-bordering” of the
sea . . . the shift from . . . John Seldon . . . to Adam Smith’276 is thus far too
simplistic.
Grotius and Selden share a legal theory predicated on the sovereign mer-
cantile state as a political-economic agent,277 and on the sea as the arena in
which that agency is exercised. It is this relationship to maritime and inter-
national law, not the substance of a particular legal position, that distinguishes
the modern maritime polity from the feudal.
274
De Pauw 1965, p. 70.
275
Ngantcha 1990, p. 6.
276
Teschke 2003, p. 204.
277
‘Political-economic’ here designating not two conjoined concepts but a unitary
one.
States, Markets and the Sea • 215
Early modern mercantilism not only failed to establish a new logic of inter-
national economic relations . . . it did not even generate any unintended con-
sequences which would have pushed this system in the direction of modern
capitalism and thus modern international relations.281
278
Teschke 2003, p. 198.
279
Teschke 2003, p. 209.
280
Ibid.
281
Teschke 2003, p. 205.
282
Teschke 2003, p. 210.
283
In Spain, the American gold brought into the country led to the export of raw
materials, cheap imports and the underdevelopment of domestic production (see
216 • Chapter Five
Domestic demand alone, owing to its low elasticity, could not have launched
proto-industrialization. It had to be assisted and supplemented by the expan-
sion of foreign demand which, though perhaps not functioning as the ‘engine
of growth’, certainly played the role of ‘handmaiden of growth’. Under con-
temporary conditions, the ‘appropriation of foreign purchasing power’ . . .
presented the only possibility of overcoming the limitation of domestic mar-
kets and of increasing the demand for industrial products . . . Indeed, pre-
cisely this combination between relatively well developing domestic demand
and the expanding foreign demand accounted for England’s lead over the
other European countries [in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries].284
In Britain, for example, ‘Asian trade in its later phase when it was dominated
by textiles not only stimulated re-export but competed with internal pro-
duction and forced the producers to aim at greater efficiency’.285
This empirical response, however, does not get at the heart of Teschke’s
theory. After all, he freely admits that ‘the stimulus of market exchange could
orient production in the direction of production for exchange, that is pro-
duction of exchange value’,286 and that ‘[t]rade-driven military demand pro-
moted the development of new industries – armaments, shipbuilding,
metallurgy, textiles etc’.287 But Teschke sees mercantilism as unable to trans-
form the specific pre-capitalist social relations of exploitation: indeed he claims
that it ‘tended merely to intensify’ their extra-economic appropriation of sur-
plus.288 The promotion of production was ‘always in the “antediluvian” form
of state-granted monopolies’.289
Teschke continually counterposes the mercantilist form with an abstract,
ideal-typical form that he holds as definitional to capitalism, that mercantil-
ism cannot possibly match.290 It is in this methodology that the fundamental
Perrotta 1993). In Poland, the export of agricultural products ‘created a very difficult
situation for the industrial production’ (Malowist 1959, p. 187 and throughout).
284
Kriedte 1981, p. 33.
285
Rothermar 1981, p. 61.
286
Teschke 2003, p. 205.
287
Teschke 2003, p. 208.
288
Teschke 2003, p. 205.
289
Teschke 2003, p. 208.
290
This is not to say that Teschke does not analyse the specificity of the non-capi-
talist forms under discussion. Far from it. His treatment of mercantilism is perhaps
the slightest of these, but this is no criticism given that the detailed and minute expo-
sition of what he sees as the specific social dynamics of absolutism, of medieval poli-
ties, of post-feudal-crisis lordship, are very impressive achievements. However, when
States, Markets and the Sea • 217
Such a structural nexus between the economic and the political constitutes,
of course, the opposite of modern capitalism, which was expressed in the
sphere of maritime trade in the shift to ‘open door’ principles, allowing the
free flow of goods in open markets. Here, competition is regulated only by
the price mechanism and not through domestic monopolies and war. Under-
pricing rather than out-gunning characterises capitalist trade.291
it comes to his polemical point that the supposedly transitional forms of absolutism
and mercantilism are not, in fact, transitional at all, his methodology is to counter-
pose these forms to an abstract capitalism.
291
Teschke 2003, p. 204. In the original draft of this passage, in the PhD of which
this book is a revision, Teschke acknowledges the importance of international law to
these changes of social form, saying that modern capitalism ‘in the sphere of mar-
itime trade is precisely expressed in international law in the shift to “open door” prin-
ciples’ (Teshke 2001, p. 273).
292
Callinicos 1999, p. 10. For a critique, see Callinicos 1990b.
293
Wood 1999, p. 3.
218 • Chapter Five
politics and economics: political penetration into the economic sphere is thus
fundamentally incompatible with the capitalist mode of production.
Of course, actually-existing capitalism is replete with examples of the polit-
ical intruding into the economic, such as the post-war welfare state systems
and nationalised industries, and the development of capitalism in the post-
war developing world.
Teschke’s theory must lead him to see the penetration of state into capital-
ism as pathological to capitalism itself, which seems extraordinary, given the
scale of this penetration, and its centrality to the very existence of particular
national capitals. And not only minor economies: much the same kind of
state penetration has been visible in the world’s major capitalist economies,
in the shape of massive – systemically sustaining – arms spending, which
294
Binns 1984, p. 52.
295
Barker 1978, p. 29.
296
Teschke 2003, p. 200.
States, Markets and the Sea • 219
also, and very directly, allows the monopoly power of the state to bypass the
‘free market’ price mechanism.
The single most important sectoral investment trend in the economy [in the
1980s] . . . is the rush to mine the motherlode at the Defence Department.
Predictably, the new arms race has been the most important impetus in the
recovery of key industrial sectors, supplying half the increased demand in
aerospace and a fifth in primary and fabricated metals. . . . For the old ‘Fordist’
industrial core of the American economy . . . the Pentagon has been the chief
instrument of restructuring.297
The arms economy has been central to the penetration of the ‘political’ state
into the ‘economic’ sphere in modern capitalism, with the concomitant bypass-
ing of the price-mechanism that is, for Teschke, a defining feature of capitalism.
The only refuge left for Teschke’s formalism is to claim that the separation
of politics and economics remains central, that despite its scale the inter-
penetration remains parasitic on a form of self-expanding value predicated
on free-market competition, and that in contrast, the state-monopoly profits
derived from the sphere of circulation are the basis of the mercantilist sys-
tem. This is quite true, but it does not end the argument.
The point is precisely that in this historical conjuncture, in the hands of a
newly consolidated colonial state, the very maintenance of that ‘mercantile’
capitalism was part of the necessary conditions for, and spur to, the passage
to modern capitalism. Teschke’s paradigm blinds him to the way the very
abstract categories of capitalism he hypostasises were born out of pre-existing
categories.
For example, Teschke rightly mentions the centrality of free wage-labour
for capitalism.299 Wage-labour does not universalise under mercantilism, and
Teschke therefore denies that mercantilism is a transitional form. He does not
engage at all with that tradition of historical materialism mentioned above
297
Davis 1986, pp. 242–3.
298
Callinicos 1987, p. 100.
299
See for example Teschke 2003, p. 206.
220 • Chapter Five
Thus it was that the early stirrings of the labour theory of value, inextrica-
bly bound up with a conception of wage-labour as central to profit, of labour-
power as a surplus-producing commodity, was born precisely because of the
peculiarities of the wage-labour of sailors on mercantile adventures in the
service of a maritime state. Teschke cannot draw the obvious conclusion that
these are forms of a society in transition.
300
Linebaugh and Rediker 2000, pp. 146–7.
States, Markets and the Sea • 221
Instead, his rigid separation of economics and politics underlies his claim
that the order of ‘multiple bounded territories’ – separate sovereign states –
‘formed the historical legacy in which the subsequent new logic of modern
capitalism and free trade had to operate’.301 For Teschke, the logic of the state
and the logic of capitalism are entirely contingent.
Given the scale and massive importance of state-capital penetration to cap-
italism and to the form of the modern state, it would seem sensible, rather
than opposing a concrete state to an abstract capitalism, as Teschke does, to
accept that the capitalist system itself contains the ‘statist’ dynamic. ‘Just as
it is essential to insist on the “political” dimension of seemingly economic
relations, so too we need to explore the “economic” face of apparently polit-
ical phenomena like states.’302
Teschke cannot follow Barker’s sensible advice, because he has taken cap-
italism at its own word. Rather than conceptualising the separation of poli-
tics and economics as a tendency, with an ideological component, he has
understood it to be an absolute truth more important to the definition of cap-
italism than the actual composition of capitalism at any particular time. His
is a curiously static and – paradoxically, given his immense historical erudi-
tion – ahistorical capitalism.303
Because of what he sees as the definitional separation of politics and eco-
nomics, at the core of Teschke’s refusal to see mercantilism as related to cap-
italism is the centrality of war to the mercantile system. Counterposing the
‘under-pricing’ he sees as central to capitalism from the ‘out-gunning’ of mer-
cantilism, he points out the ‘extra-economic’ competition in mercantialism,
for which, ‘[c]ommerce, strategy and security formed one undifferentiated
whole’.304
In contrast, I have insisted, despite the tendency for the separation of eco-
nomics and politics in capitalism, on the fundamental embeddedness of the
301
This formulation is in the first draft of his book: Teschke 2001, p. 281.
302
Barker 1997, p. 59.
303
It is a similar – and similarly paradoxical – abstraction which underlines Colin
Barker’s sympathetic critique of Ellen Wood as being ‘not “Trotskyist”’ (Barker 1997,
p. 53). This is not the sectarianism it might sound like – Barker is drawing atten-
tion specifically to Trotsky’s theory of ‘combined and uneven development’ (See
Trotsky 1969, pp. 144–57; 1997, pp. 25–37). In considering capitalism to have always
intrinsically been an international mode of production (rather than one inhering in a
particular country), and always to take specific shapes depending on the historical-
geographical context in which it is born, this tenet of ‘Trotskyism’ is strongly antipa-
thetic to abstracted theories of capitalism.
304
Teschke 2003, p. 203.
222 • Chapter Five
305
In drawing on this theory, the picture of international development I have out-
lined differs from that of many of those labelled ‘historical sociologists’. Taking Charles
Tilly as an example, his well-known assertion that ‘[w]ar made the state and the state
made war’ (Tilly 1975, p. 42) clearly has much in common with the dynamic I have
suggested, for which war and imperialist coercion is central to the development of
the mercantile state. However, he carefully distinguishes the ‘logics of capital and
coercion’ (Tilly 1992, pp. 16–20). Though he acknowledges that the two can and often
do interpenetrate – in addition to the ‘capital-intensive’ and ‘coercion-intensive’ modes,
in which each of those dynamics prevails in the formation of a state, he stresses the
existence of a ‘capitalized-coercion mode’ (Tilly 1992) – that interpenetration is under-
stood as on the foundation of separate logics (see also Giddens 1985, p. 326). Schematically,
‘Tilly’s framework made coercion . . . into a predominantly territorial (feudal, monar-
chical) phenomenon, while capital (cities, merchants) tended to become inherently
pacifistic’ (Glete 2001, p. 49. Glete’s own analysis, drawing on organisational theory,
plausibly stresses the important changes and bureaucratisation that development of
permanent military organisations brought but imports anachronistic notions such as
‘innovative entrepreneurship’). The notion of ‘reciprocating logics’ creating a ‘motor’
of modernity is perhaps somewhat closer, but still epistemically counterposed (Reyna
1999, p. 58). By contrast, the depiction of mercantialism I have given and the ‘Bukha-
rinite’ Marxism I draw on below sees capital-logic to be a coercive logic, and the inter-
national political coercive logic at this historical conjuncture to be an expression of
capital.
306
Lenin 1939.
307
Bukharin 1987.
308
Bukharin 1987, p. 127.
States, Markets and the Sea • 223
If the old feudal ‘policy of blood and iron’ was able to serve here, exter-
nally, as a model, this was possibly only because the moving springs of
modern economic life drive capital along the road of aggressive politics and
the militarisation of social life.310
This gives the lie to Teschke’s claims that the war-based exchange of
mercantilism is antipathetic to capitalism. Bukharin and Barker have taken
us back to Pashukanis. This was the very crux of Chapter Four above, of the
politics embedded in the commodity, and the legal, forms. This is rendered
309
Bukharin 1987, p. 127.
310
Bukharin 1987, p. 128.
311
Barker 1997, p. 53. Emphasis mine.
224 • Chapter Five
1
Carty 1996, p. 5.
2
Grovogui 1996, Anghie 1999 and Koskenniemi 2000 and 2002 Chapter 1 are exem-
plary. Fitzpatrick engages illuminatingly with the issue in Fitzpatrick 2001, pp. 146–82.
See also Riles 1995 – though it suffers from a tendency to recycle postmodernist plat-
itudes, the piece takes colonialism seriously as a constituent of international law and
international law seriously as a constituent of social reality.
3
One of the most important such works is Lindley 1926. For a much less sophis-
ticated example written in a spirit of crass colonial managerialism (and illuminating
226 • Chapter Six
for that), see Lawrence 1913. For a more recent version see the brief Reisman 1976.
For an ill-timed legal defence of a form of direct colonialism (questionably distin-
guished from imperialism) see Marshall Brown 1945. For an overview of the con-
juncture between missionary activity, international law and imperialism see Cole 1940.
One very interesting article is Rodriguez 1921, which pragmatically – almost cheer-
fully – accepts the existence of an American empire (confessing that the expression
‘may be perhaps a trifle shocking’ (p. 530)) and concerns itself with mechanisms of
representation within it.
4
Callinicos 1994, p. 14.
5
Lenin 1939.
6
Callinicos 1994, p. 14.
7
He saw five ‘basic features’ as central. ‘1) The concentration of production and
capital developed to such a high stage that it created monopolies which play a deci-
sive role in economic life. 2) The merging of bank capital with industrial capital, and
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 227
the specifics of the First World War than a general theory of capitalist impe-
rialism,8 his categorising of certain ‘basic features’ as the essence of imperi-
alism has been questioned. Finance capital, for example, the emergence of
which he saw as central, was developed much more extensively in some less
successful imperialist powers, such as Germany, than in, say, Britain. More
crucially, he claimed that the export of capital was key to imperialism, a claim
that cannot hold water – some imperialist powers, like the US and Japan, in
fact imported capital up to 1914.9
However, in two aspects in particular, Lenin’s theory remains trenchant.
One is his focus on monopoly capitalism, after 1870, to explain the sudden
rise of ‘new imperialism’, or what Callinicos calls ‘classical imperialism’. The
scale of this transformation of the globe can hardly be exaggerated. In 1860
the European colonial possessions constituted 148 million inhabitants and 2.7
million miles: by 1914 the still-ongoing process of expansion had brought
568 million people and 29 million miles into the European orbit.10 Lenin’s
relating of this extraordinary transformation of global politics to a similarly
momentous shift in the structure of capitalism – from free trade to monop-
oly concerns – remains key to understanding the change.
More fundamentally, for Lenin imperialism is not simply a policy of the
stronger powers. The territorial division of the world by these powers is, in
fact, just an aspect (though one of the most visible and important) of a dynamic
in capitalism itself. Investigating ‘classical’ or ‘new’ imperialism, then, is a
way in to understanding the shape of modern capitalism: the formal colo-
nial policies are a mode of articulation of this fundamental structure.
the creation, on the basis of this “finance capital”, of a financial oligarchy. 3) The
export of capital, which has become extremely important, as distinguished from the
export of commodities. 4) The formation of international capitalist monopolies which
share the world among themselves. 5) The territorial division of the whole world
among the greatest capitalist powers is completed.’ Lenin 1939, p. 89.
8
‘Lenin’s theory of imperialism . . . is less a theory of its necessary economic gen-
eration and limitations than the theory of the concrete class forces which, unleashed
by imperialism, are at work within it: the theory of the concrete world situation created
by imperialism. . . . [W]hat primarily interests him is this concrete world situation and
the class alignments created by it . . . above all, how, because of its different momen-
tum in different countries, the development of monopoly capitalism itself invalidates
the temporary peaceful distribution of “spheres of interest” and other compromises,
and drives it to conflicts which can only be resolved by force – in other words, by
war.’ Lukács 1970, pp. 43–4.
9
Callinicos 1994, p. 14.
10
See Barratt Brown 1974, for more figures illustrating the massive expansion of
colonial holdings.
228 • Chapter Six
2. Among the main consequences of these two tendencies are the follow-
ing: i) competition between capitals takes on the form of military rivalries
among nation-states; ii) the relations among nation states are unequal; the
uneven and combined development of capitalism allows a small number
of advanced capitalist states (the imperialist countries), by virtue of their
productive resources and military strength, to dominate the rest of the world;
iii) uneven and combined development under imperialism further intensifies
military competition and gives rise to wars, including both wars among the
imperialist powers themselves and those arising from the struggles of
oppressed nations against imperialist domination.14
11
Bukharin 1982, pp. 16–17.
12
For the best introductions to the debates in historical materialism, see Brewer
1980, and Owen and Sutcliffe 1972. For the major classical positions within Marxism,
see Lenin 1939; Luxemburg 1951; Bukharin 1987. This is only a sample from a vast
literature.
13
Panitch in Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, p. 17.
14
Callinicos 1994, pp. 16–17.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 229
One can, however, approach the issue of economic causes in another way,
by turning on its head the . . . argument of how specific, or distinctive, the
period of 1870–1945 really was. . . . [T]he opposite may, in retrospect, be
closer to the mark. For set in the broader scale of European domination over
a five century epoch, from 1492 onwards, the establishment of colonial rule
from 1870 onwards, while distinctive in genesis and form, was but one chap-
ter in a longer process by which European political and economic power
subjugated the world. . . . Globalization is in this sense a continuation of
colonialism, and of what preceded it, mercantilism and free trade. It is this
drive not only to expand, but also to force the rest of the world to conform
to it, which characterizes modern capitalism, and within which the colonial
period played a significant, but partial, role. The location of the post-1870
period in this broader period should, therefore serve to strengthen, not
weaken, the argument which sets this phenomenon in an economic per-
spective.16
15
Alavi 1991, p. 94.
16
Halliday 1998, p. 9. An earlier, unpublished version of this paper concludes this
section with this point about the variety of forms of political domination taken over
the various economic epochs: ‘That different forms, and paces, of domination suc-
ceeded each other, with phases of intense expansion followed by ones of stagnation
and retreat, serves to indicate that at different phases of development of the strongest
economies the latter had different needs.’
230 • Chapter Six
capitalist states that manifests the changing integration of capital and monop-
oly capital with those states. Formal imperialism is only one, in some ways
an anomalous, phase of this. And just as mercantilism is distinct from but
directly related to capitalism, so earlier colonialism is distinct from but related
to general and to ‘new’ imperialism.
The following broad outline of imperialism identifies various phases, char-
acterised by particular international legal dynamics. I focus largely on British
imperialism, as it exemplifies these various trends well.
17
Hutchison 1988.
18
Though its early expressions were less than perfectly rigorous or coherent, and
drew on previous writings, the cry of ‘laissez-faire’ was first explicitly raised by the
physiocrats in the middle of the eighteenth century (Huberman 1936, p. 143). For
arguments that the physiocrats’ theories were easily adaptable to burgeoning capi-
talism see Barber 1967, pp. 20–1; Roll 1973, pp. 128–37.
19
Huberman 1936, p. 137.
20
Roll 1973, p. 92.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 231
In fact, though, ‘[f]rom the point of view of foreign commerce alone the mer-
cantilists were . . . led increasingly to demand a greater freedom of trade’.22
The somewhat anomalous longevity of the monopoly rights of the East India
Company, which lasted to 1813, disguises the fact that mercantilism was
undermined by its own successes relatively early on.
Free trade suffered many set-backs, but over the eighteenth century as a
whole it was undoubtedly progressing. . . . By the end of the seventeenth
century the regulated company was ceasing to be the dominant form of
organization in international trade.23
21
Roll 1973, p. 84.
22
Ibid.
23
Roll 1973, p. 93.
24
Schumpeter 1955, p. 18.
25
Brewer 1990. Evidence for the interpenetration of the monopoly companies, the
states, war and commerce is provided by the Seven Years’ War (1756–1763) that sucked
in Prussia, France, Austria, Russia and Britain. This was the culmination of a war
between Britain and France for the control of Indian and North American colonies,
that started in 1746 with conflict between a French army of natives and the private
troops of the East India Company (in North America the fighting began in earnest in
1755) (Morton 1989, pp. 262–3). The war ended with Britain ‘protecting and enlarging
its lucrative colonial empire and opening vast new territories in North America and
the Caribbean’ (Linebaugh and Rediker 2000, p. 212. See also Morton 1989, p. 266).
232 • Chapter Six
The conquests of this time, and the network of colonialism, did not neces-
sitate a set of complex international legal structures. Slavery, for example,
was ‘at the heart of the entire system’,26 central not only to the American
southern plantation economies but to the northern economies which exported
products to the slave plantations of the Caribbean and southern mainland,
but despite ‘the pervasiveness, the ubiquity, of that central element’ the slave
trade itself was effected without either formal rule or even the para-state enti-
ties of the monopoly companies taking control.
This is not to say that the slave trade was invisible in international law. The
1713 Treaty of Utrecht that ended the War of the Spanish Succession, for
example, included at British insistence a clause giving them a monopoly of
supplying slaves to the Spanish American colonies.27 However, the trade was
conducted without direct rule, and was restricted to relatively small areas of
the African coast (though its effects went much further),28 so no international
legal structures were necessary specifically to shape the relations between
Britain and African polities.
In India, where direct rule was exerted, the quasi-sovereign, non-state nature
of the East India Company removed the need for formal juridical control
by the home state. In the Americas, ‘the eighteenth century . . . Atlantic em-
pire, commercial in its essence, [was] a sprawl of semi-self-governing com-
munities, weakly and fitfully controlled from the metropolitan center’. The
‘emerging administrative structures of the empire . . . [were] piecemeal and
superficial’.29
Generally, European states did not want to take on the burdens of formal
colonial rule. There was, then, no explicit international law of colonies during
this period. Of course this does mean that imperialism was not affecting inter-
26
Bailyn 2000, p. 654.
27
Morton 1989, p. 252. For the full details of the clause see Umozurike pp. 7–8.
Note the continuing importance of monopoly companies – the rights were given over
to the South Sea Company.
28
See for example Manning 1990. In Umozurike’s words: ‘Africa was the loser all
the way through. The trade resulted in misery, death, destruction and impoverish-
ment. . . . The trade depopulated large areas of the continent. . . . The slave trade
negated political, economic, cultural and social development; it stultified the growth
of civilization and destroyed what civilization there was. . . . The debilitating effect,
the instability, the sense of inferiority, guilt and subservience caused to the Africans
by the slave trade were only such as to make them easy preys for the next European
design – colonialism’ (Umozurike 1979, pp. 4–5).
29
Bailyn 2000, p. 649, p. 654.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 233
national legal structures. The very silence of international law regarding the
colonies was structurally important, to international law itself and to European
imperialism.
Control of the colonies was one of the principle means by which the
European states vied with each other.30 It was precisely the importance of the
colonies in an age of European state-consolidation – mercantilism – which
explains why international law denied the colonies legal existence, let alone
agency. This was international law as European international law – ‘the inter-
national legal order could with good reason be called the “droit public de
l’Europe”’31 – predicated on the systematic legal ignoring of the colonial world.
However, the growing inadequacy of mercantilist structures during the
eighteenth century resulted in tensions between the processes of early European
capitalism and colonialism on the one hand, and juridical structures on the
other. The mercantilist ‘minimalism’ of international law would no longer
do. Changes in the international legal structure were precipitated by crises
of British colonial power in India and North America, the results of a chang-
ing capitalism and of inter-imperialist war, as well as of the growing revo-
lutionary current of the late eighteenth century, against which the ossifying
structures of mercantile colonialism could not stand.
The colonised around the world were not quiescent – there were rebellions
throughout the eighteenth century. Slave revolts shook the Caribbean colonies,
and reverberated throughout North America.32 The Declaration of Independence
of 1776 was informed by these events in a contradictory way, positively by
the fact of political struggles and the spread of revolutionary ideas, and neg-
atively by fear of slave uprisings. The American revolutionaries ‘were moved
by the militancy of slaves in the 1770s to attack slavery as they expanded the
arguments for human freedom’:33 on the other hand, the Declaration of
Independence, while bidding ‘a final adieu to Britain’ blamed King George
30
‘The overseas world as a means for correcting European power relations and
proportions and as a premium for the possession of European hegemony: this was
the idea at the centre of French policy and the motive for French colonial expansion.
‘During this period, the newly discovered continents were only an object of European
political maneuvering.’ Grewe 2000, p. 295.
31
Grewe 2000, p. 295.
32
For a list of rebellions see Linebaugh and Rediker 2000, pp. 223–7.
33
Linebaugh and Rediker 2000, p. 227. For an overview of the contradictory rela-
tionship between slave revolts and the American Revolutionary ideals, see pp. 211–47.
234 • Chapter Six
III for inciting slave rebellions, saying he had ‘excited domestic insurrections
amongst us’.34
The Indian and North American cases illustrate two possible directions in
the evolution of an international capitalist structure and legal order under
strain. In India Britain retained its power: in North America the colony was
able to assert its independence – quite deliberately using a discourse of sov-
ereignty in and of international law to define itself as an agent in the inter-
national legal universe.35 Where British imperialism succeeded just as much
as where it failed, the international legal order had to accommodate the chang-
ing nature of international capitalism.
The monopoly nature of the Indian trade could not survive in the face of
the rapidly expanding capitalist market – hence the end of the East India
Company’s monopoly in 1813. But the seeds of that change can be seen in
the 1773 Regulating Act, which by ceding political control to the British state
acknowledged that the monopoly companies had outlived their usefulness
as agents of colonialism. Their sidestepping of juridical forms was no longer
appropriate. India was simply too profitable to be left in the control of a com-
pany which was structured to treat it as a treasure-chest.36 By taking it over
politically in 1773, the British state helped insitutionalise the separation of pol-
itics and economics associated with mature capitalism.
[The British government took] partial control over the administration of the
conquered provinces. Ostensibly aimed at checking the oppression of the
Company’s rule the real effect of the Act was to systematise the exploita-
tion of India, which was now too profitable to be allowed to continue in
private hands. It marks the beginning of the transition from the first stage
of British penetration, in which India was a source of certain valuable com-
modities which could not be produced at home, to the second stage in which
34
Zinn 1995, p. 72.
35
‘By declaring that “these United Colonies are . . . Free and Independent States
[and] . . . have the full power to levy war, conclude peace, contract alliances, estab-
lish commerce, and do all other acts and things which Independent States may of
right do,” [Declaration of Independence §35] the Declaration announced America’s
intention to be included within the family of nations. The Declaration was, essentially
and legally, an assertion of sovereignty constituted by the law of nations as much as
a political instrument to separate from England. . . . American intellectuals, grounded
in the philosophies of the day, viewed the law of nations as constituting sovereignty.’
(Sylvester 1999, pp. 9–10. Emphasis in original.)
36
Which is why the British state had taken a direct share of the spoils since 1767.
See Morton 1989, p. 262.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 235
37
Morton 1989, pp. 262–263. The Pitts India Act of 1784 set up a board of control
in Britain to control the company’s military, civil and revenue affairs, leaving it only
its monopoly of trade. The Industrial Revolution was not merely something which
happened to colonialism, but was in part a result of it. The massive demands of the
large-scale colonial wars – for standardised arms, tools and uniforms for the profes-
sional armies – were powerful spurs to technological and industrial innovation.
Mercantile colonialism undermined itself, necessitating a new kind of colonialism.
See Morton 1989, pp. 274–275.
38
Vattel’s The Law of Nations, Book 1, §4, quoted in Grewe 2000, p. 345.
39
Grewe 2000, p. 345.
40
Grewe 2000, p. 346.
236 • Chapter Six
The doctrine of effectiveness found in Vattel and writers such as von Martens
was gaining ground, with a positivism which treated facts of state control as
primary, rather than notions of traditional authority. This principle became
‘a fundamental and guiding precedent’,41 and is still in place in modern inter-
national law: ‘effective control is generally accepted as the necessary condi-
tion for recognition’.42
It is no surprise that France, still antagonistic to Britain, was the first state
to recognise the political independence of the US, concluding a treaty of com-
merce and a defensive alliance in 1778. This recognition was justified explic-
itly on the grounds ‘that the United States was factually independent’.43 In
the writings of those who opposed the principle of effectiveness and there-
fore this act of recognition, two different criticisms are bundled together. One,
straightforwardly backward-looking, is the notion that legitimacy resides in
the traditional dynastic powers.44 But the other, more hard-headed, is that
recognition is a political act.
This was, and remains, quite correct. The imputation of effectivity is still
subjective: the decision to recognise is political. Thus for example Johann von
Steck criticised the French recognition of the US, because ‘recognition of a
new State seceding from its parent country had to be regarded as “prema-
ture” and as “unfriendly intervention” unless the parent country had renounced
its sovereignty’.45
Of course to claim, based on this political understanding of recognition,
that such recognition is illegitimate, is to stick to the implausible theory of
international law as a body of rules. If it is instead understood as a process,
then such politically informed manipulation and creation of legal facts is pre-
cisely the constitutive fabric of international law itself. Recognition, in this case,
might be criticised as imperialist, immoral, stupid, or many other things, but
it is nonsensical to criticise it as illegal.
The French recognition of the US was not simply an objective recognition
of facts, but was a political reaction to a changing situation, and an inter-
ventionist act, designed to undermine British power.46 The overthrowing of
41
Grewe 2000, p. 348.
42
Peterson 1982, p. 329.
43
Grewe 2000, p. 347.
44
Grewe 2000, p. 346.
45
Quoted in Grewe 2000, p. 346.
46
For a full discussion of the debates between Britain and France on this point, see
Grewe 2000, pp. 346–8.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 237
In its advocacy of the Monroe Doctrine the United States considers its own
interest. The integrity of other American nations is an incident, not an end.
While this may seem based on selfishness alone, the author of the Doctrine
had no higher or more generous motive in its declaration.49
The irony is that this clear statement of imperial interest was ‘[i]ssued in 1823
when the countries of Latin America were winning independence from Spanish
control’,50 inspired by the French Revolution of 1789 and the Haitian Revolution
in 1803. ‘[T]he US recognized the most important of the new states almost
immediately’.51 The Monroe Doctrine, in other words, was part of the US’s
policy of recognition. It was in the recognition of formally independent postcolo-
nial states that the US’s newly modulated imperialism articulated itself.
The same instincts can be seen in Britain, which was almost as quick to
recognise the new states (over which it had a great deal of economic con-
trol). The ‘flexible’ foreign secretary Canning52 straddled the dialectic of for-
mal freedom and factual control in the new imperialism admirably only a
year after the Monroe Doctrine: ‘Spanish America is free, and if we do not
mismanage our affairs sadly she is English.’53
47
Fenwick 1939, p. 257. At the time it was written, the declaration was ‘prophetic’
rather than descriptive (Hobsbawm 1962, p. 131).
48
Chomsky 1987, p. 59.
49
Robert Lansing, Woodrow Wilson’s Secretary of State, quoted in Chomsky 1987,
p. 59.
50
Zinn 1995, p. 290.
51
Hobsbawm 1962, p. 138.
52
Hobsbawm 1962, p. 131.
53
Quoted in Rosenberg 1994, p. 170. Of course, British ambitions were dashed. ‘In
238 • Chapter Six
point of fact, the British did mismanage their affairs very sadly’ (Hitchens 1990,
p. 154). For the innovative international legal arguments around Britain’s recognition
of these states see Talmon 1998, pp. 49–59.
54
Ulmen 1987, p. 58.
55
Ulmen 1987, p. 65.
56
Ulmen 1987, p. 67.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 239
57
Anghie gets something of the flavour of this. ‘[R]ecognition doctrine was not
merely, or even primarily, concerned with ascertaining or establishing the legal sta-
tus of the entity under scrutiny, rather, it was about affirming the power of the European
states to claim sovereignty, to reinforce their authority to make such determination
and, consequently, to make sovereignty a possession that they could then proceed to
dispense, deny, create, or grant partially.’ Anghie 1999, p. 66. However, Anghie over-
states his case. Recognition was very importantly about the bolstering or creation of
the legal status of an entity, even if for the purposes of the powerful state. If it were
simply that the act of recognition ‘reinforced the authority’ of the recogniser, there
would be no advantage ever to not-recognising.
58
Peterson 1982, p. 329.
59
Ibid.
60
Anghie 1999, p. 46.
61
Douglas 1961, p. 10. See also Aristodemou 1994, p. 534.
240 • Chapter Six
[A]s the industrialist vested interest prevailed in Britain, the East India mer-
cantile interests (not to mention the Indian ones) were pressed back. India
was systematically deindustrialized and became in turn a market for
Lancashire cottons. This was not merely a gratifying extension of Lancashire’s
markets. It was a major landmark in world history. For since the dawn of
time Europe had always imported more from the East than she had sold
there. . . .67
62
This can be seen, for example, in the debates over recognition of states in the
morass of Yugoslavia’s dissolution, and the ignoring, under German pressure, of
the counsel of the Badinter commission – set up to advise on this issue – vis-à-vis the
recognition of Croatia and Bosnia-Herzegovina (Samary 1995, p. 121).
63
Lukashak 1991, p. 152.
64
Lukashak 1991, p. 157 footnote 33.
65
Though mercantilism was not swept away overnight: it was only in 1858, for
example, that the East India Company finally dissolved.
66
Hobsbawm 1962, p. 53. By 1820 it took more than a quarter as much of British
cotton cloths as Europe: by 1840 it took nearly half as much again as Europe.
67
Hobsbawm 1962, pp. 53–4.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 241
Legally speaking, the increasing separation of economics and politics and the
fact that the British domination inhered in its economic power meant that
mechanisms of direct rule were still generally unnecessary. Where states estab-
lished themselves, as in Latin America, recognising them – and thereby accel-
erating the spread of the sovereign state form – was the imperialist strategy.
Where polities did not take that form, as in Africa, no such recognition was
necessary.
Legal regulation existed between the controlling and controlled polities dur-
ing this time, and it slowly extended its reach. But it was far from system-
atic: that was what defined it.
68
Koskenniemi 2000, pp. 5–6.
69
Anghie 1999, pp. 18–22.
242 • Chapter Six
The subjective and ad-hoc nature of custom is obvious. Far from being self-
explanatory, what is ‘customary’ is debatable and debated,72 and will of course
be marshalled to political projects.
As to treaties, imperialist politics inhere not only in the contents of treaties
but in their form, because it is through recognition of international legal sov-
ereignty that the agency to engage in treaties inheres. Thus an imperialist
power had to consider with which polities, and how, it would conclude
treaties, because to do so seemed to imply the recognition of sovereignty in
the treaty-partner. Although, as in Latin America, the recognition of sover-
eignty could sometimes be of advantage to a particular imperialism, it was
not always so. How to engage in international intercourse without spread-
ing the bacillus of sovereignty was a problem for positivism, and one that
was overcome with one of the most important framing concepts of nine-
teenth- and early twentieth-century international law. That concept, steeped
in mutually constituting vagueness, imperialism and legalism, was ‘civilisation’.
70
Koskenniemi 2000, pp. 18–19; 2002 Chapter 1.
71
Anghie 1999, p. 13.
72
Custom ‘is drawn from the opinions of “writers” . . . who usually differ decisively
with each other on every occasion’ (Pashukanis 1980, p. 182).
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 243
73
The indispensable work on this is Gong 1984.
74
Gong 1984, p. 54.
75
Anghie 1999, p. 27.
76
Johnston 1973, p. 37.
77
Anghie 1999, pp. 38–9.
244 • Chapter Six
The broad response was that Asian states, for example, could be formally
‘sovereign’; but unless they satisfied the criteria of membership in civilized
international society, they lacked the comprehensive range of powers enjoyed
by the European sovereigns who constituted international society.78
The new act of 1843 replaced the former specific acts for individual coun-
tries with a framework for a complete system of exterritorial jurisdiction.
It provided that such jurisdiction as Her Majesty acquired in a foreign coun-
try was to be held and exercised ‘in the same and as ample a manner as if
Her Majesty had acquired that jurisdiction by the cession or conquest of
territory.’ . . . This procedure obviously pleased administrators in Whitehall.
The act did not purport to create or grant jurisdiction; it merely provided
for its exercise. The actual jurisdiction and its extent had to be established
otherwise, generally by treaty. . . . But it might also be obtained by ‘grant,
usage, sufferance and other lawful means. . . . The 1843 act was general and
enabling – authorizing and legitimizing the use of whatever jurisdiction might
be obtained in foreign countries. . . . Generally legislators avoided creating a gen-
eral system allowing the establishment or operation of wide, jurisdictional
powers.82
78
Anghie 1999, p. 28.
79
Gong 1984, p. 28 and elsewhere.
80
Gong 1984, pp. 60–3.
81
Oppenheim quoted in Gong 1984, p. 57.
82
Johnston 1973, pp. 36–7. Emphasis mine.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 245
The act existed at the intersection of domestic and international law. In defining
the boundaries of British jurisdiction in an overseas territory, it was a medium
by which the international spread of British law was a kind of vanguard for
international law itself, because the extent of the British jurisdiction was
decided by treaty with another power. Those treaties were flexible – charac-
terised by ‘vagueness’83 – and driven by economic motives. ‘The need for
such exterritorial privileges arose primarily in the case of merchants in a for-
eign country’.84 Generally this was about the penetration of large companies
and concerns.
The flexibility of such treaties was to the immense advantage of the more
powerful state, and was often imposed at gunpoint.
[I]t was principally by using force or threatening to use force that European
states compelled non-European states to enter into ‘treaties’ that basically
entitled the European powers to whatever they pleased. . . . Under the pos-
itivist system, it was legal to use coercion to compel parties to enter into
treaties that were then legally binding.85
These were profoundly unequal treaties – ‘unequal not only because they
were the product of unequal power, but because they embodied unequal
obligations’.86 Were the parties formally equal, such treaties would have been
impossible.
‘[U]nequal treaties’ can be defined as those treaties which fulfil at least two
of the following three related conditions: (1) they impose unequal obliga-
tions in practice; (2) they are imposed through the use or threat of force;
and (3) they are perceived to be ‘unjust treaties’, often because they impair
the sovereignty of one of the treaty parties.87
A classic example is the 1842 Treaty of Nanking, concluded at the end of the
first of Britain’s Opium Wars with China. It was vital to Britain that it dic-
tate terms, not only as the trade ‘was absolutely vital to British imperial inter-
ests’,88 but because the war ‘had also the more general object of breaking
83
Johnston 1973, p. 38.
84
Johnston 1973, p. 34; cf., ‘Rights to trade were an important part of such treaties’,
Anghie 1999, p. 41.
85
Anghie 1999, pp. 40–1.
86
Anghie 1999, p. 41.
87
Gong 1984, p. 67.
88
Newsinger 2001, p. 58.
246 • Chapter Six
down the barriers which prevented the export of British goods to China’.89 At
the end of the war, Britain threatened to bombard Nanking, and forced the
Chinese to accept utterly punitive and degrading terms, against their will.90
These unequal treaties – ad hoc and flexible both in their one-sided and
often vague content and in their blithely coercive application – were central
to the creation of nineteenth-century imperialist international law. The treaties
were instigated for the interests of the powerful states, coerced onto the ‘part-
ners’, and the standard of civilisation was a flexible instrument to rationalise
and contain this unequal realpolitik in the fabric of law.
Gong is surely right that ‘the standard of “civilization” influenced all three
components in “unequal treaties”’. However, he is wrong to put the category
of ‘civilisation’ first, and claim that ‘[t]he power and proclivity of the Europeans
to impose their standard of “civilization” on the non-European countries . . .
made “unequal treaties” almost inevitable’, that ‘[u]nequal legal obligations
rose because qualities of legal capacity arising out of differences in civiliza-
tion are manifested in . . . the positive law of nations”’. 91 This is idealist, and
leaves unexplained how and why the category arose in the first place. The
reverse, in fact, is more exact – it was the imposition of unequal treaties for
imperialist reasons that threw up and nourished the legitimating concept of
civilization.
It is important to reiterate that it was the real fabric of actually-existing
international law that was constituted by these treaties. By contrast, Anghie,
for example, claims that coercion created ‘ostensibly’ legal instruments;92 that
‘non-European peoples were governed not by general principles of interna-
tional law, but by the regimes created by these unequal treaties’;93 that ‘the
parties most knowledgeable about treaty making had no illusions about the
legal status of these treaties’;94 that ‘[j]urists had some perception of . . . [their]
fraudulence’. This is to posit some abstract, ideal-type international law against
which reality is deemed lacking.
Let us be clear – these unequal treaties were not ostensibly but really legal,
they created the general principles of international law: they are not fraudu-
89
Morton 1989, p. 397.
90
See Gong 1984, p. 67; for a fuller exposition Anghie 1999, p. 41.
91
Gong 1984, p. 68. Emphases mine.
92
Anghie 1999, p. 40.
93
Anghie 1999, p. 41.
94
Anghie 1999, p. 42.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 247
lent, but the truth of nineteenth-century international law. That is the law we
inherited.
There is a final, counterintuitive point to be made about ‘civilisation’. The
polities with which these imperialist unequal treaties were concluded – Siam,
Morocco, China, Japan, Zanzibar, Madagascar, Muscat, and others95 – were
territorially bounded and internally sovereign. In other words, it was not
with regard to ‘uncivilised’ powers that the standard was framed, but to those
powers that would be deemed ‘semi-civilized’.96 These states were ‘grudgingly
granted . . . partial legal personality’.97 They were ‘in a kind of limbo: “they
are some parts within the circle of the Family of Nations, they remain for the
other parts outside”’.98
It was the treaties with these powers that were central to the development
of civilisation theory in positivism. ‘Civilisation’ emerged as a category to
deal with the problem of these developed, internally sovereign polities. It is
therefore not true that ‘[a]ll non-European societies, regardless of whether
they were regarded as completely primitive or relatively advanced, were out-
side the sphere of law’.99 It was precisely the partial inclusion of these states
into the sphere of law that was generative of the continuum of civilisation.
In other words, Anghie is precisely wrong when he claims that despite the
‘different classifications for the non-Europeans’ and the ‘distinctions . . .
made . . . between the societies of Asia, Africa, and the Pacific’, ‘[b]asi-
cally . . . these classifications were irrelevant in terms of the broad issue of
the central distinction between the civilized and the uncivilized’.100 That is
not the central distinction. It would be a postmodern commonplace to claim
that civilisation (or anything else) is defined by its ‘other’, in this case the
‘uncivilised’.101 However, in this instance the crucial antithesis of ‘civilised’
95
Johnston 1973, p. 37.
96
See Johnston 1973, p. 59. Although the act ‘provided a basis for the regulariza-
tion of jurisdiction in the Gold Coast’, ‘it referred to problems elsewhere, especially
in the Levant’.
97
Gong 1984, p. 56.
98
Gong 1984, p. 57, quoting Oppenheim.
99
Anghie 1999, p. 31.
100
Anghie 1999, pp. 30–1.
101
‘More generally, the nineteenth century offers us an example of a much broader
theme: the importance of the existence of the “other” for the progress and develop-
ment of the discipline itself.’ (Anghie 1999, p. 79.) On reading this, on the penulti-
mate page of a powerful, genuinely original article which has thus-far avoided this
modern-day banality, the heart sinks. In Terry Eagleton’s words, ‘otherness is not the
most fertile of intellectual furrows’ (Eagleton 2001, p. 19).
248 • Chapter Six
was ‘semi-civilised’ – those states which were neither beyond the purview of
law, nor sovereign, but ‘quasi-sovereign’.102
This helps explain why, though the standard of civilization begins to appear
in the middle of the century, ‘the culmination of the process by which the
standard of “civilization” emerged [was] not at the middle, but at the end of
the nineteenth century’103 – after the use of unequal treaties with ‘semi-civilised’
powers was well established. Semi-civilised is not, as it might appear, a medi-
ating fudge between two opposites, but the generative problematic for the tax-
onomy of ‘civilisation’. Because ‘civilisation’ is not a discursive strategy for
‘othering’, but a result of the paradoxes of actually-existing sovereignty.
102
The term, ironically, is from Anghie 1999, p. 43, whose enthusiasm for over-
stating the generative power of stark ‘alterity’ does not stop him developing a nuanced
analysis of specifics which evades that framework. Interestingly, Grovogui uses pre-
cisely the same terminology to describe the status of the East India Company and
similar bodies (Grovogui 1996, pp. 68–9).
103
Gong 1984, p. 32.
104
This chronology is illustrated in Johnston 1973. The first of his chapters on British
‘influence’ mid-century is called ‘Ad Hoc Arrangements for West Africa’: the first on
the passage to the 1880s ‘The Law Hardens’.
105
Morton 1989, p. 414.
106
Morton 1989, p. 415: Umozurike 1979, p. 5: Williams 1966, p. 208.
107
Hobsbawm 1962, p. 135.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 249
Britain and other European powers.108 This lay behind the mid-century spate
of ‘explorers’ mapping Africa. None of these explorers ‘were or could be
unaware of the economic dimension of their travels’.109 At first the European
expansion into Africa progressed piecemeal and gradually: it was not until
the 1870s that the value of African resources became clear and the pace of
penetration sped up markedly.110
In Britain it was agreed that ‘a world lying open to British trade and safe-
guarded by the British navy . . . was more cheaply exploited without the
administrative costs of occupation’.111 This was why the burgeoning British
imperialism in Africa worked within the ad-hoc strictures of the 1843 Act.
However, in Africa, the polities were very different to the ‘quasi-sovereigns’
that had been unequal partners in other legislation.
108
‘For more than a generation the British navy was actively employed on the
African coast, hunting down slavers of the smaller nationalities, and it was in the
course of these activities that the foundation of British power in West Africa was laid.
It was soon discovered that this area could produce palm oil, cocoa and other valu-
able foodstuffs and raw materials and an extensive trade grew up’ (Morton 1989,
p. 415).
109
Hobsbawm 1975, p. 67. He continues: ‘To explore meant not only to know, but
to develop, to bring the unknown and therefore by definition backward and barbarous
into the light of civilisation and progress; to clothe the immorality of savage naked-
ness with shirts and trousers, which a beneficent providence manufactured in Bolton
and Roubaix, to bring the goods of Birmingham which inevitably dragged civilisa-
tion in their wake.’
110
‘British exports to sub-Saharan Africa had risen from about 1.5 million pounds
in the late 1840s to about 5 millions in 1871’, but then ‘they doubled in the 1870s to
reach about 10 millions in the early 1880s’ (Hobsbawm 1975, p. 68).
111
Hobsbawm 1962, p. 135.
250 • Chapter Six
with these littoral groups that British traders and adventurers made first
contact.112
Throughout the middle of the nineteenth century, legal relations between the
imperialists and the African polities were usefully vague. Before 1843, the
British had extended a network of nebulously conceived ‘influence’, often
achieved through alliance with some local power or other. This was not unsuc-
cessful: an 1842 select committee commended the Gold Coast administrator
George Maclean’s establishment of ‘a very wholesome influence over a coast
not much less than 150 miles in extent, and to a considerable distance inland’.
They did note, however, that the jurisdiction was ‘irregular’, and – given the
slowly increasing trade and traffic – considered it ‘desirable that this juris-
diction be better defined and understood’.113
After that point, ‘the Foreign Jurisdiction Act of 1843 provided a basis for
the regularization of jurisdiction in the Gold Coast’.114 However, the supposed
‘regularisation’ of British jurisdiction under the act was itself ‘arranged in
vague terms’, and ‘did little to clarify or define the extent and nature of British
jurisdiction’.115
For the most part, general enabling laws like that of 1843 were the medium
by which British jurisdiction spread. It was also possible for specific legisla-
tion, such as the 1871 West Africa Settlements Act, to be used. But what char-
acterised the legal intervention until the end of the 1870s was an ‘easy spread
of jurisdiction’,116 characterised by a ‘loose, fluid approach’117 due to the
‘uncivilised’ nature of the African polities.
All this was changing, though, by the 1880s, as a new form of imperialism
took shape.
112
Johnston 1973, p. 57.
113
Quoted in Johnston 1973, pp. 58–59.
114
Johnston 1973, p. 59.
115
Johnston 1973, p. 60.
116
Johnston 1973, p. 123.
117
Johnston 1973, p. 117.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 251
ing concentration and monopolisation of capital in the West, and it was these
monopolies that were especially active in the carving up of Africa: ‘By the
time the scramble was over, more than 75 per cent of British territory south
of the Sahara was acquired by chartered companies’.118 These monopolies
were very different from the mercantilist ones, which had been the agents of
a burgeoning, not-yet fully powerful state. These, by contrast, were phe-
nomena of developed industrial capitalism.
The problem was that the companies either resorted to protectionist prac-
tices (in breach of their charters), proved unable to administer territories
granted to them, or failed to forestall expansion by other powers. Govern-
mental interference was required to protect traders and settlers or to
prevent anarchy and, eventually, to take over formal rule. In West Africa,
for example, Sir George Goldie’s United (National) African Company had
started out in the Niger region in 1879 where France and Germany were
118
Koskenniemi 2000, p. 9. For more on the role of the companies, see especially
Flint 1988.
119
Grovogui 1996, p. 82.
120
Koskenniemi 2000, p. 9.
252 • Chapter Six
also seeking possessions. In 1883, Sir Percy Anderson, the head of the For-
eign Office’s African bureau wrote: ‘Action seems to be forced on us. . . .
Protectorates are unwelcome burdens, but in this case it is . . . a question
between British protectorates, which would be unwelcome, and French pro-
tectorates, which would be fatal’.121
The European powers bickered dangerously over Africa, and ‘[i]n order to
avoid a catastrophe’,122 Wilhelm I of Germany, with the support of France,
called the Berlin Conference, to take place in 1884 and 1885. In this forum,
the imperialists divided up Africa – ‘haggling and bargaining’123 – agreeing
a framework for their interaction.124
The conference (at which ‘[t]he political discourse was not that of power
politics but of international law’125 ), in agreeing the reaches of the various
empires, sped up the international legal formalisation of imperialism. ‘The
hardening of legal theory during the 1880s was associated with new devel-
opments in the law governing protection and foreign jurisdiction that arose
as a result of the discussions of the Berlin Conference of 1884–1885.’126
The extent of this formalisation should not be overstated. It is wrong to
suggest, as Grovogui does, that the 1885 Act ‘signaled the absolute rule of
positive law’ in Africa. In fact, for some time ad-hoc methods could still oper-
ate under the terms of the treaty. It was not, for instance, true that the noto-
rious Article 35 of the Act, under which the powers recognised ‘the obligation
to ensure the establishment of authority in the regions occupied by them’
meant the acquisition of trading rights in an area was now ‘followed by the
establishment of a “zone of influence,” accompanied by the proclamation of
a protectorate’.127 Protectorates had, by this time, become ‘the main form of
European influence in Africa’,128 but this was not the result of the act.
[N]o criteria for ‘authority’ were laid down. Chartering a company would
suffice. . . . The rule was also limited in space and time: it was to apply only
121
Koskenniemi 2000, p. 10.
122
Umozurike 1979, p. 24.
123
Johnston 1973, p. 167.
124
See Koskenniemi 2002, pp. 121–7. For a detailed discussion see Johnston 1973,
pp. 167–225. For an excellent collection on the conference, see Förster et al. 1988.
125
Wesseling 1997, p. 89.
126
Johnston 1973, p. 167.
127
Grovogui 1996, p. 86.
128
Koskenniemi 2000, p. 15.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 253
Protectorates were spreading not because of the Act but because of the fail-
ure of the monopoly companies. Far from the Act institutionalising formal
power, ‘at a British proposal, protectorates were excluded from Article 35’,130
so did not have to ‘establish authority’. In effect, this meant that a protec-
torate ‘avoided the financial and administrative burdens for keeping the
peace’.131 ‘Often this legal instrument was chosen in order to safe-guard all
the advantages of economic exploitation for the protector without burden-
ing it with full international responsibility for the territory under its rule.’132
If, then, the 1885 act meant the spread of protectorates, it was not in recog-
nition of the necessity to formalise rule but, for the British at least, in a con-
tinuing attempt to avoid it.
Having said which, the Conference was an important moment in the for-
malisation of the international legal structure of imperialism. Merely by insti-
tutionalising a particular state’s responsibility for a particular territory, the
already-ongoing process of legal formalisation – the ‘hardening of the law’ –
was aided. In fact, the British conception of the protectorate as different
from formal legal control was considered ‘extremely doubtful’.133 Neither the
French nor the Germans insisted on the tendentious British view,134 and the
most active of the increasing number of professional international lawyers
opposed it.135
The British were swimming against the tide. The failure of the companies
to ensure stability meant that increasing political and formal legal regulation
was inevitable. The transformation of ‘protectorates’ into full colonies is evi-
dence of that.
129
Umozurike 1979, p. 25.
130
Koskenniemi 2000, p. 15.
131
Ibid.
132
Grewe 2000, p. 473.
133
Ibid. See also Koskenniemi 2000, p. 15.
134
Grewe 2000, p. 473.
135
Koskenniemi 2000, p. 23.
136
Grewe 2000, p. 473.
254 • Chapter Six
In effect, though for the British not in design, the protectorate became a stage
in the progressive international legalisation of relations between colony and
empire.
However, the British were not alone in still trying to avoid the costs of for-
mal administration. After the Act many chartered companies were set up –
by all the major powers – to take control of exploitation and, resentfully,
administration, of African and other regions: among them were the Royal
Niger Company in 1886; the British East Africa Company in 1888; the British
South Africa Company in 1889; the German East Africa Company in 1885;
the German New Guinea Company in 1886; and the Portuguese Mozambique
Company in 1891.
But these companies were only a slightly more convincing attempt than
the British ‘protectorate’ scheme to exercise authority without administra-
tion. They did not last long.137 These companies ‘lacked . . . the right to make
war and peace . . . and the trade monopoly’ which had given their predeces-
sors their ‘great political and international legal importance’ and ‘economic
power’. Their very structure allowed for – and therefore because of their own
inefficiency demanded – the legitimating authority of their home states.138
To this extent the Berlin Conference was a failure. Its various evasions could
not withstand the pressure to formalise and legalise colonial control. ‘Even
Bismarck was no longer able to consider . . . using the trading companies to
interrupt the global inter-relationship between Europe and the overseas
colonies and to isolate the two spheres . . . one against the other’.139 The ten-
dency from the mid-1880s onwards was for the progressive codification of
colonial rule, whereby the colonies became part of the political unity of the
home state. This was the beginning of the age of the large, formal empire.
There was one other strategy pursued at the Berlin Conference – the set-
ting up of the now-notorious ‘Congo Free State’. This was a nominally inde-
137
Grewe 2000, p. 468. For example, the grandly named Imperial British East Africa
Company was chartered towards the end of 1888, and its agents withdrawn from
Uganda in 1891, necessitating the establishment of a protectorate. See also Koskenniemi
2000, p. 11.
138
Grewe 2000, p. 468. He continues: ‘The new companies were all subject to strict
public control. The Charter of the British North Borneo Company stipulated that . . .
the designation of the director charged with leadership functions in Borneo required
the consent of the Colonial Minister. . . . [A]ll disputes between [the company] . . . and
the indigenous princes had to be submitted to him for resolution.’
139
Grewe 2000, p. 470.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 255
pendent state at the mouths and basin of the Congo, separate from Belgium,
but under the sovereignty of the Belgian king Leopold II. It was born out of
the International Commission of the Congo (ICC), a body put in place to min-
imise inter-imperialist confrontation in the area,140 and the International
Association of the Congo, a business, which provided ‘the embryo of its [the
state’s] government’.141
The degeneration of the Congo Free State into an exploitative regime of
the most savage and murderous brutality is well documented.142 What is inter-
esting from the point of view of international law and imperialism is the fact
that, like the other measures of the 1885 Act, it was a strategy ‘of avoiding
formal sovereignty [over the territory] but reaping the benefits’.143 This led it
to take the most extraordinary hybrid forms. When still the ICC, it was a
neutral state for which ‘[n]othing was exact’, combining ‘the double nature
of a state and an international colony’: it was ‘an institution endowed by
legal fiction with the attributes of an autonomous state’.144
However, for Grovogui to describe this as a ‘fiction’ is misleading. The
Congo Free State was little more than Leopold’s private estate, but it was des-
ignated a state, whatever the motivations of such designation and however
fragile the resulting entity, and it was ‘recognised by the United States and
the European powers as an independent and sovereign member of the inter-
national legal community’.145 Grewe picks up immediately on the most cru-
cial point: ‘this enterprise . . . demonstrated the transfer of the European conception
of the State to the African colonial sphere’.146
Here, this was specifically as a means to colonial power. The status of the
new polity allowed Leopold’s depredations: in Koskenniemi’s apposite and
chilling phrase, this was ‘sovereignty as terror’.147 Though the social content
140
The ICC achieved the agreement of the imperialist powers in the ‘Congo Free
State’ by providing for free trade and navigation in the region. See Grovogui 1996,
p. 84; Koskenniemi 2000, pp. 12–13.
141
Grovogui 1996, p. 85.
142
See Hochschild 1999. Also Stengers 1969; Pakenham 1992, p. 600.
143
Koskenniemi 2000, p. 13.
144
Grovogui 1996, p. 85. (The ‘double nature’ description is Grovogui quoting
Riccardo Pierantoni.)
145
Grewe 2000, p. 471.
146
Ibid. Emphasis mine.
147
Koskenniemi 2002a, p. 155. See pp. 159–66 for the debate among international
lawyers, and their ‘blind spot . . . towards the atrocities that went on at the same time
in “normal” or “legitimate” French or German colonies in Africa’ (p. 165).
256 • Chapter Six
of the ICC/Congo Free State was highly peculiar (in an attempt to avoid
colonial responsibility), it was given the form of the juridically sovereign,
independent state.
The tendency towards juridical formalisation visible in the recurring colo-
nial lineage of chartered company authority, to protectorate, to colony, reaches
the ultimate expression of sovereign state. This is not to say that it was
inevitable that the colonies would ultimately be recognised as sovereign, but
it is to admit that there were tendencies in that direction even before factor-
ing in the agitation from the colonised.
The pressures towards juridical recognition of the colonies were strong.
With the spread and universalisation of commodification under capitalism,
law – including international law – had a similar universalising dynamic,
with a tendency towards the realisation of the juridical sovereignty of polities.
148
Umozurike 1979, p. 51.
149
See Umozurike 1979, pp. 56–61 for an overview of the system.
150
Umozurike 1979, p. 57. Ottoman Arabs were considered ‘most’ developed and
were ‘A Mandates’; ‘[m]ost African and some Pacific island territories were placed
under category B or parallel legal arrangements. South West Africa and another group
of German dependencies in the Pacific were ranked as C mandates, reserved for the
“least evolved”’ (Grovogui 1996, p. 127).
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 257
[P]olitical, economic and strategic interests were central to the design of the
mandate system and the ensuing allocation of territories. In this regard, one
cannot help but notice that phosphate was the reason that Nauru, an eight-
square-mile island in the South Pacific inhabited by two thousand people,
was assigned to three mandatory powers.153
The mandate system and the solidification of the victorious colonialists’ holds
over ‘their own’ possessions makes clear that the dynamic towards the juridi-
cally independent sovereign state was partial and contradictory. However,
even these developments are not so one-sided as they might appear.
The bringing of the colonies under the acknowledged sovereign control of
the home power was after all the failure of nineteenth-century colonialism,
which had striven to avoid formal administrative control. The move to full,
formal colonialism, was thus symptomatic of the general extension of the
framework of sovereignty. The full development of this trend would only be
seen in the self-determination of polities with the sovereign form, but even
this was an acknowledgement that these territories must fall under some
151
Grovogui 1996, p. 128.
152
It also theoretically acted as a kind of ombudsman, which locals could petition
with protests about the running of a territory, but this did not stop the appalling
depredations being carried out under the mandate system’s aegis. Initially this right
to petition was extended only to citizens of the mandate powers themselves. Though
it was later granted to native populations, the right was hedged with many caveats
and was administered with politically determined interpretation by the Commission.
For examples of some of the iniquities of the mandate regimes see Umozurike 1979,
pp. 59–60.
153
Grovogui 1996, p. 127.
258 • Chapter Six
154
Umozurike 1979, pp. 53–6.
155
It is perhaps a reflection of imperialist anxiety resulting from this that the dis-
course of imperialism in these years became markedly more crude than the measured
realpolitik of Bismarck or the British Foreign Office of the late nineteenth century (on
Bismarck see Grewe 2000, pp. 469–70: on the FO see Koskenniemi 2000, p. 10). ‘We
hold these countries’, opined Frederick Lugard, Britain’s representative to the Mandate
Commission, in 1923, ‘because it is the genius of our race to colonize, to trade, and
to govern’ (quoted in Umozurike 1979, p. 53).
156
These constructions were justified by ‘liberal’ companion platitudes to the mus-
cular colonial ideology of Lugard (see above), and which were no more sophisticated.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 259
This was more than a hypothetical possibility. ‘Iraq was released from its
mandate in 1932, and negotiations on the emancipation of Syria and Lebanon
were initiated’.158
Of course this was not the end of the problem: in most cases the powers
would hardly hand over independent sovereignty without resistance, and
would argue that the claims of the colonised that they were ready for self-
determination were premature. ‘The question now arises as to who is com-
petent to decide when a ward is fledged for political autonomy.’159
The mandate system did not lead to a smooth transition to independent
sovereignty. But the notion of trusteeship did contain a sense of its own finite
nature. Tutelage as a principle implies the question that gives Azikiwe the
title of a section in his 1931 essay: ‘After Tutelage What?’160 However much
the imperialists might try to deny it, the obvious answer was sovereignty, in
its fully developed form of sovereign independence.
‘Critics’ of colonialism ‘insisted . . . that the European powers act as “colonialists with
a conscience” . . . as trustees for the natives’ (Grovogui 1996, p. 112).
157
Grewe 2000, p. 582. Emphasis mine.
158
Ibid.
159
Azikiwe 1931, p. 298.
160
Azikiwe 1931, p. 297. Now a period piece, Azikiwe’s article is fascinating in that
it embeds many of the contradictions of ‘liberal’ thought of the time. This black scholar
critical of imperialism does not dispute that ‘the Permanent Mandates Commission
is doing remarkably fine work for humanity’ (p. 292). Problems in the mandate sys-
tem are seen as pathological to that system, rather than engendered by it (p. 293).
However, the piece illustrates how even one who accepted much of the ideological
baggage of inter-war ‘liberal’ ‘humanitarian’ imperialism – arguably especially such
a one – was driven by the logic of those structures ultimately to do away with them:
‘[T]he dual mandate principle entails more than trusteeship, it entails social progress
and social progress entails a liberality of attitude and equal opportunities so that these
adolescents will reap the benefit of a realistic and not a fictitious mandates principle’
(p. 294).
260 • Chapter Six
161
Umozurike 1979, pp. 66–77.
162
For a brief overview see Hobsbawm 1994, pp. 199–222.
163
Rosenberg 1994, pp. 123–58.
164
Rosenberg 1994, p. 123.
165
Rosenberg 1994, p. 129.
166
Ibid. Emphasis in original.
167
He claims, for example, that ‘by extending its direct ownership through nation-
alization . . . the sovereign character of [the capitalist state’s] . . . rule diminishes’ (Rosen-
berg 1994, pp. 127–8).
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 261
[A] jurisdiction has been acquired by H.M. in the Territories adjacent to the
Forts on the Gold Coast, and . . . by this means the neighbouring Chiefs and
Tribes have been induced to have recourse to a great extent to British Tribunals
for the repression of crime, and to relinquish their own barbarous usages.171
168
Rosenberg 1994, p. 129. There is an implication in Rosenberg that the juridical
status is in some way derived from the fundamental relations of sovereignty, which is
related to the simplistic view that law is a ‘superstructural’ add-on. He acknowledges,
though, that without the ‘legal paramountcy’ of sovereignty, ‘there would be no sov-
ereign states’ (p. 129).
169
Anghie 1999, p. 80.
170
At its most abstract, the notion of the dynamic logic of sovereignty and inter-
national law can be seen in Allott’s idea of ‘cumulative’ stages of self-determination
between 800 AD and the present day, stages that are ‘incremental rather than meta-
morphic’ (Allott 1993, p. 181). This article is marred by an opaque style and idealist
method, but it contains a fascinating genealogy of self-determination.
171
Quoted in Johnston 1973, p. 61.
262 • Chapter Six
The Colonial Office . . . issued an Order in Council [in 1850] . . . for the reg-
ulation of British jurisdiction over British subjects residing in countries adja-
cent to the colony but under the dominion of native princes. The order
provided that the first step for British authorities was to obtain grants of
jurisdiction by treaty from ‘competent chiefs’. . . . The order stated distinctly
that the Foreign Jurisdiction Act alone was not sufficient to afford the crown
any jurisdiction.172
Here was the transition to a new period. It was no longer enough for British
influence that jurisdiction be asserted – it had to formally encompass other ter-
ritories. In the interaction of capitalist and non-capitalist polities, the com-
modity-form of law began to formalise relations as the market economy
encroached on pre-existing modes of production, distribution and exchange.
The imperialism of law was not accomplished by fiat but by actual jurisdic-
tional extension.
The agency of the colonised was channelled into juridical relations, espe-
cially, at first, in their interactions with the imperial power. Obviously, this
‘juridicalisation’ raised the question of the legal status of the polity with which
the European sovereign state was dealing, and the universalisation of inter-
national law in Africa began.
In a direct way, the European powers were the agents of this spread, as
the precepts of international law were those that underpinned their political-
economic agenda.
172
Johnston 1973, p. 63.
173
Geyer and Paulmann 2001, pp. 9–10. See also Fisch 2001.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 263
International law was not universalised without the acquiescence and active
agency of non-European powers. The gradual extension of juridical relations
which culminated in the generalisation of sovereignty and international law
reached polities eager to become equal partners in the new international
system.
The process is visible, progressing much faster than in Africa and from a
more formal basis, in China. In 1864 the third edition of Henry Wheaton’s
Elements of International Law was translated into classical Chinese, and the
translation made ‘mandatory reading for all top Chinese/Manchu officials
and provincial governors’.174 The structures of international law were increas-
ingly unavoidable for polities pulled into the world capitalist market, as the
bureaucrats of the Chinese state realised. Although for many decades ‘China
applied international law in only a limited fashion’,175 its gradual adoption
was not at the gunpoint, but was because of its genuine use to the Chinese
state in a new international environment.176
Similar pressures lay behind the acceptance of international law by Siam
and Japan.177 Japan in particular, where Wheaton and other textbooks had
been available in translation since the 1860s,178 was quick to use international
legal methods not merely to adapt to international capitalism but to conduct
its own imperialism. ‘Engaging in the terms of international law did not cause
Japan to become the imperialist nation it did. Fluently using the terms of this
science, however, legitimated its imperialist claims.’179
174
Liu 1999a, p. 169. See also Liu 1999b; Gong 1984 pp. 152–7. For a list of other
works of Western international law translated and influential in China in the follow-
ing two decades, see Lee 2002, p. 47.
175
Gong 1984, p. 154.
176
For an example of China’s successful application of international law, see Gong
1984, p. 154. ‘China achieved a first success using international law in 1864 while
Prussia and Denmark were at war in Europe. The Prussian minister to China had
seized three Danish merchant ships as war prizes. After Prince Kung used interna-
tional law to argue China’s neutrality, the Prussian minister returned the ships with
compensation. This incident seemed to prove the utility of a knowledge of interna-
tional law.’
177
Gong 1984, pp. 224–5, pp. 180–7. For an overview of the East Asian reception
of international law, see Lee 2002.
178
Gong 1984, p. 182. In Japan as in China, bureaucrats were forced to study inter-
national law from Wheaton and others (Anand 2003, p. 19).
179
Dudden 1999, p. 186, and throughout for an excellent investigation of Japan’s
encounter with international law, based on a model in which ‘[t]he vocabulary of
international law could not be separated . . . from the material conditions of indus-
trializing capitalism’ (p. 168).
264 • Chapter Six
180
Gong 1984, p. 183.
181
Gong 1984, p. 184.
182
Hall 1884, p. 40. He goes on: ‘They must do something with the acquiescence
of the latter, or of some of them, which amounts to an acceptance of law in its entirety
beyond all possible misconstruction.’
183
Umozurike 1979, p. 79.
184
For a critical overview of the trusteeship system, see Grovogui 1996, pp. 151–3.
Grovogui in fact claims that ‘[h]indsight now shows that colonial relations worsened
under the trusteeship system. The move away from the formalism of the mandate
enabled colonial powers to divest themselves of most of the requirements of the man-
date, including the legally defined duties of the trustee. According to natives who
petitioned the Trusteeship Council during its early existence, the trustee powers
intensified their exploitation of the territories after they were no longer restrained by
intrusive prescriptions’ (p. 153). Grovogui’s claims are very plausible, and illustrate
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 265
how the colonial powers could attempt to gain maximum advantage from almost any
structure of colonialism, and that such ‘advantage’ was still seen in terms of the avoid-
ance of formal overlordship. However, even if the trusteeship system was a step back-
wards for local people in terms of the lived conditions, it did represent a step along
the line towards universalisation of international law, in its open treatment of trust-
status as a stage along the way to full independence.
185
Hobsbawm 1994, p. 211.
186
Hansard, quoted in Umozurike 1979, p. 81. Ironically, Churchill said this dur-
ing an attempt to exclude colonial subjects from the Atlantic Charter in 1941: even
the defence of the most old-fashioned kind of formal imperialism had to be framed
within a problematic of ‘progressive evolution’ towards independence.
187
Hobsbawm 1994, p. 221.
188
Hobsbawm 1994, p. 220.
189
Ibid.
190
Grewe 2000, p. 649. Though the exceptions are startling – for example, Namibia
remained under the colonial control of South Africa until 1989, and the Federated
States of Micronesia was only released from US administration in 1991.
191
Anderson 1983, p. 113. For a comprehensive and chronological list of the expan-
sion of the UN from 51 members in 1945 to 185 by 1997, see Marín-Bosch 1998,
pp. 7–8.
192
On the fourteen years of Portugese colonial war, for example, see among others
Hargreaves 1996, p. 233; Springhall 2001, p. 179.
193
Marín-Bosch 1998, p. 12.
266 • Chapter Six
194
Anderson 1983, p. 139.
195
‘The need of a constantly expanding market for its products chases the bour-
geoisie over the whole face of the globe. It must nestle everywhere, settle everywhere,
establish connections everwhere.’ (Marx and Engels 1987, pp. 19–20.) So with the
juridical relations that this market implies.
196
Grewe 2000, p. 649.
197
See the discussion of Portugal and France in Marín-Bosch 1998, pp. 50–2.
198
Marín-Bosch 1998, p. 52.
199
Marín-Bosch 1998, p. 151.
200
Marín-Bosch 1998, p. 9.
201
Umozurike makes that mistake, claiming that ‘[t]he provisions of the charter of
the U.N. are anti-colonialist’ (Umozurike 1979, p. 94).
202
See Koskenniemi 1995, p. 337.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 267
203
Koskenniemi 1995, p. 337.
204
Jackson 1987, p. 538. Jackson distinguishes between juridical sovereignty and
‘empirical statehood’, and sees the modern international legal system of juridical
equality as based on ‘the contemporary moral-legal framework of the accommoda-
tive juridical regime’ (p. 536), in contrast to the ‘traditional empirical foundation of
the competitive states-system’ of ‘positive sovereignty: the national will and capacity
to become and remain independent’. ‘International law in this sphere’, he claims, ‘is
an acknowledgement of real statehood that is a consequence of successful state-build-
ing’ (Jackson 1987 p. 536). He sees the focus on the ‘juridical’ rather than the ‘real’
aspects of sovereign statehood as underlying many of the problems of the third world –
essentially, this is a problem of an ‘accommodative’ system. For a devastating critique
of Jackson’s liberal construction which completely writes out the complicity of the
colonial powers in the very problems of underdevelopment that he terms ‘quasi-state-
hood’, see Grovogui 1996, pp. 182–4 and pp. 202–3. Here, I will only point out that
Jackson’s distinction between ‘empirical statehood’ or ‘positive sovereignty’ on one
hand and ‘juridical sovereignty’ on the other is predicated on precisely the separa-
tion of politics and law that I have argued is impossible. While of course he is right
that the various states of the world have vastly different capabilities, it is not a pathol-
ogy or mistake that has led them to be treated as juridically equal – such a coexistence
of real inequality and juridical equality is precisely the condition of capitalist moder-
nity. He describes the situation as a ‘new dualism’ (Jackson 1987, p. 536) which it
emphatically is not. To that extent, his putatively ‘liberal’ solutions, revolving around
the move away from juridical equality towards ‘a greater variety of international sta-
tuses including more intrusive forms of international trusteeship’ (Jackson 1991,
p. 202) are profoundly conservative, and conservatively utopian, harking nostalgic-
ally back to the mandate era.
205
Miller 1985, p. 49.
206
Anghie 1999, p. 75.
268 • Chapter Six
true his emphasis is exclusively on the differences between pre- and post-War
international law. The continuities are also important, as they trace the dynamic
of international legal development. Embedded even in colonialist interna-
tional law doctrines was the germ-seed of self-determination and sovereignty.
Though for many years formal colonialism was expressed in international
legal terms, the recent conversion of international law to decolonisation rep-
resents the self-actualisation of international law – the universalisation of the
abstract juridical equality of its subjects. With the end of formal empire comes
the apogee of the empire of sovereignty, and of international law.
must now provide the legal framework within which the New International
Economic Order [of more equitable distribution] can be achieved. Though
the main actions to redress neo-colonialism must be internal, international
law is an additional medium.209
207
Udechuku 1978, p. 15. For an almost identical formulation, see Umozurike 1979,
p. 85: ‘[i]n present international law, colonialism is illegal for it runs against the jus
cogens rules of self-determination and respect for fundamental human rights.’
208
Umozurike 1979, pp. 126–38. See also Chimni 1993, p. 235: ‘[i]mperialism, it bears
repeating, is just not another word for “colonialism” but refers to a particular stage
in the global development of capitalism. . . . For those who associate imperialism with
colonialism, the former phenomenon was extinguished with decolonisation or con-
tinues only in so far as decolonisation is not complete. Such a view veils the fact that
colonialism not only existed before what is termed “the monopoly stage of capital-
ism” but is survived today by neo-colonialism’.
209
Umozurike 1979, p. 138. See also pp. 128–9.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 269
This is why though ‘[s]overeignty is a dry, legal question for those nations
who have acquired statehood . . . [it is] a passionate crusade for those who
do not have it.’212 Just as all the manifold oppressions and exploitations result-
ing from subjugation to the wage-form do not mean that such subjugation
does not embed more emancipatory potential than slavery or serfdom, so
despite all the serious problems that Grovogui and others have shown resulted
from the adoption of the dominant sovereign state model by postcolonial
210
Koskenniemi 2000, p. 16.
211
Callinicos 1994, pp. 47–9.
212
Farley 1986, p. 9.
270 • Chapter Six
societies,213 it did advance the potentiality for emancipatory politics. The insis-
tence of the decolonization movements on self-determination drew on inter-
national legal principles articulated by the UN, and whatever critiques are
made of the realities of post-colonialism, the importance of this wave should
not be underestimated.
However, imperialism outlasts the transition to universalised juridical sov-
ereignty, and not because postcolonial sovereignty is incomplete214 or because
‘the sovereignty acquired by the non-European state . . . was only tenuously
connected with its own identity’.215 Such imperialism is not something inter-
national law can successfully oppose, whatever its apparently anticolonial
content216 – it is embedded in the very structures of which international law is
an expression and a moment. The movements for self-determination may have
articulated the content of the legal norm of self-determination to emancipa-
tory political effect, but it was in the very juridical forms and structures of
those norms that imperialism had purchase.
The imperialism of international law means more than just the global spread
of an international legal order with capitalism – it means that the power
dynamics of political imperialism are embedded within the very juridical
equality of sovereignty.
In their enormously influential book Empire, Hardt and Negri develop some
of these ideas.
213
Grovogui 1996, pp. 195–200 for an outline. See Nesiah 2003 for an example of
this model’s application in the case of the Western Sahara. Here, as elsewhere, choice
‘is limited to alternatives that are state-centred’ (‘self-determination as independent
statehood, integration with an existing state, or free association with an existing state’)
(Nesiah 2003, p. 18). For a similar argument with regard to the same case, also stress-
ing the ‘favour[ing of ] territoriality over other forms of identity’, see Castellino 1999
(p. 531).
214
Grovogui 1996, p. 196: ‘The current postcolonial crises suggest that the results
of the dominant African strategy have been mixed at best. Its failure to fully restore
African sovereignty and self-determination has had significant political and theoretical
implications’ (emphasis mine).
215
Anghie 1999, p. 70.
216
‘When empire is used to mean colonialism, then, it appears that, although things
were different in the past, today international law and institutions oppose empire; they
are against it, quite emphatically in fact.’ Marks in Various 2003b, p. 902. Emphasis
mine.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 271
Ultimately they take this insight in what I hold to be a quite wrong direc-
tion, claiming that ‘[t]he global capitalist hierarchy that subordinates the for-
mally sovereign nation-states . . . is fundamentally different from the colonialist
and imperialist circuits of international domination’.218 I argue that the two
are one.219 However, Hardt and Negri’s correction to the utopianism of some
international lawyers is sharp. To borrow their provocative phrase about the
triumph of national self-determination, if it is true that juridical sovereignty
and the edifice of international law embed relations of imperialist domina-
tion, then it really is ‘The Poisoned Gift of National Liberation’.220
217
Hardt and Negri 2000, p. 133.
218
Hardt and Negri 2000, p. 135.
219
For a critique that takes Hardt and Negri to task for positing an impersonal net-
work of Empire, rather than of seeing the US as an overwhelmingly dominant capi-
talist power, see Callinicos 2002. For an alternative critique, that charges Callinicos
with misreading Hardt and Negri on American power, see Green 2002.
220
Hardt and Negri 2000, p. 132.
221
Callinicos 1994, p. 27, p. 39.
222
For an excellent overview of the differences between the two stages, see Callinicos
1994, pp. 27–55.
223
For chronologies, see Blair 1992 and Travers 1993. For a discussion of the theo-
retical implications for IR, see Matthews 1993. For an overview of various positions
and facts on the war, see Sifry and Cerf 1991. For critical positions see Bennis and
272 • Chapter Six
Moushabeck 1991; Bresheeth and Yuval-Davis 1991; Chomsky 1992a, pp. 179–214, pp.
407–40. For the most systematic and nuanced defence of the war, see Halliday 1996,
pp. 76–103.
224
Simons 1998, pp. 211–13.
225
Callinicos 1994, p. 44.
226
Halliday 1991, p. 16.
227
See Clark 1992a and 1992b. See also Middle East Watch 1991: however, though
this report can be culled for information, it must be read alongside Norman Finkelstein’s
devastating critique, showing how its putatively open-handed reportage is replete
with unstated ideological imbalance that ‘perpetuated the Bush administration’s cen-
tral myth that Iraq was a powerful and dangerous adversary’. (Finkelstein 1996,
p. 65. See pp. 57–65.)
228
Halliday 1996, p. 86. Emphasis in original.
229
For lists of these opportunities, see Chomsky 1992a, pp. 190–2, pp. 203–11. See
also Falk 1994: ‘It was very clear that the United States and its allies preferred to use
force and war. . . . This feature very much constrained the search for a peaceful set-
tlement. It is not necessarily sure that a peaceful settlement could have been
achieved. . . . But there was certainly not a disposition on the part of the US and its
major allies to resolve the conflict in that way.’
230
Fred Halliday quoted in The Guardian 11 February 1991.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 273
not . . . a sum of national parts but . . . a mighty and independent reality . . . which
in our epoch imperiously dominates the national markets. The productive
forces of capitalist society have long ago outgrown the national boundaries.237
231
Wilcken 1994, p. 34.
232
Warren 1980.
233
Callinicos 1994, p. 65.
234
Halliday 1996, pp. 98–99.
235
Trotsky 1969, p. 113.
236
Trotsky 1997, p. 27.
237
Trotsky 1969, p. 146.
238
Sivanandan 1990, p. 166.
274 • Chapter Six
US, in this model, was not something that the US was doing to a non-capi-
talist society, but was a moment in the totalising, combined and uneven real-
ity of global capitalism.
This is not to posit a conspiracy theory: the epoch of imperialism is one of
inter-imperialist rivalry, and will be informed by all manner of failing, com-
peting imperialist strategies. However, the structures of imperialism are con-
sistent: the complaints of Halliday and countless others that in March 1991,
the West did not ‘finish Saddam off’ fail to address this. ‘Washington’s fail-
ure to do so did not reflect some intellectual mistake, or lack of will power,
but its calculation . . . that [its] . . . interests were better served by the survival
of a weakened Ba’athist regime than by its replacement’.239
The point is not whether or not the US was correct in this assessment –
the point is that leaving Saddam Hussein in power was as much US imperial-
ist strategy as the earlier bombing. Similarly, the well-known fact that the US
backed Hussein during the 1980s, during some of his worst excesses,240 is
more than simply evidence of US hypocrisy: that too was the US imperialist
strategy, just as much as its later attacks. The shifts in policy reflect a con-
sistency of imperialism.
Halliday’s argument, that imperialism is a vanguard of capitalism and that
‘unsavoury’ motivations might be incidental to an underlying modernising
dynamic, can be turned on its head. Discussing various actions, Richard Falk
says:
Falk argues, correctly, that emancipatory motivations and therefore effects are
incidental even for interventions such as the 1979 invasion of Cambodia by
Vietnam, which ‘dislodging the Khmer Rouge, did, after more than a decade,
help create a peace process for the country that included establishing democ-
racy’. Armed with this analysis, though one might approve of the incidental
239
Callinicos 1994, p. 65.
240
See for example Wilcken 1994, p. 33.
241
Falk 1997, pp. 119–20. Emphasis in original.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 275
Stressing that ‘the list could easily be extended’, he gives a list of what he
claims are repeated US violations of international law between 1949 and 1995,
242
Cf. Callinicos 2003, pp. 39–40, discussing the most recent attack on Iraq. ‘[I]ndeed
American arms did overthrow Saddam Hussein’s thoroughly evil regime. But all this
does is remind us of the long-familiar moral fact that a wicked act – in this case, a
war of aggression – can have some good consequences. This does not extinguish the
evil consequences it has also brought. . . . Nor does it imply that we should support
future wars of the same type’.
243
Chomsky 1992a, p. 3.
244
Simons 1998, p. 194.
276 • Chapter Six
including, among other examples, the Korean and Vietnam wars, the Cuban
blockade, Grenadan and Panamanian invasions, and various less dramatic
decisions such as refusals to refer disputes to the International Court of
Justice.245
There are innumerable other examples of the legalistic opposition to impe-
rialism, many of them constituting invaluable works of critical scholarship.
The whole of Christopher Hitchens’s magnificent polemic against Henry
Kissinger, for example, is framed in these terms, as the evidence for the
prosecution in a trial under ‘common or customary international law’.246
However, there is a fundamental problem with the legalist critique of impe-
rialist interventions.
According to Chomsky, the US claims that the Gulf War was an act in
defence of the rule of law – that the ius ad bellum governing ‘permissible
recourse to military force’247 was on the side of the US – do not ‘withstand
even a moment’s scrutiny’.248 This is demonstrably untrue. In fact, for every
Chomsky or Simons there is a Marc Weller,249 a David Rivkin250 or an Abram
Chayes251 for whom the attack was legal.252 Some even saw the action as ush-
ering in a new epoch of respect for international law.253
Chayes – hardly an unthinking apologist for the US254 – went so far as to
hold that under the authority of an Article 42 resolution of the UN Security
Council,255 which was eventually granted on 29 November 1990, with the
245
Simons 1998, pp. 195–6.
246
Hitchens 2001, p. ix. See pp. ix–xi, pp. 127–131, and throughout.
247
Rivkin 1991, footnote 7 p. 59.
248
Chomsky 1992b, p. 61. Seven years later he excoriates those who depict the 1999
bombing of Yugoslavia as perhaps legal in international law as ‘the desperate efforts
of ideologues to prove that circles are square’ (Chomsky 1999, p. 150).
249
Weller 1993.
250
Rivkin 1991.
251
Chayes 1991.
252
Though there is disagreement among them on the precise parameters of that
legality. Chayes represents the dissident wing of this position, in his view (as expressed
by one of his opponents) that ‘having brought the Security Council into play, the
United States and its allies could not strike at Iraq without an explicit U.N. autho-
rization’ (Rivkin 1991, p. 55). For an overview of the debate over whether or not
Security Council authorisation was required, see Rostow 1991, pp. 414–18.
253
See for example Janis 1991.
254
Chayes has at other times ‘represented the Sandinista government in its effort
to seek redress before the International Court of Justice for what it considered unlaw-
ful United States aggression’ (Manas 1995, p. 247).
255
Article 42: ‘Should the Security Council consider that measures provided for in
Article 41 [for measures short of military intervention in response to a threat to or
breach of the peace] would be inadequate or have proved to be inadequate, it may
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 277
take such action by air, sea, or land forces as may be necessary to maintain or restore
international peace and security. Such action may include demonstrations, blockade,
and other operations by air, sea, or land forces of Members of the United Nations.’
256
‘Member States co-operating with the government of Kuwait, unless Iraq on or
before 15 January 1991 fully implements the foregoing resolutions [including with-
drawal from Kuwait and release of hostages], to use all necessary means to uphold
and implement Security Council Resolution 660 and all subsequent relevant resolu-
tions and to restore international peace and security in the area.’
257
Chayes 1991, p. 4.
258
Ibid.
259
Moore 1992.
260
Brugger 1991, among others.
261
Halliday 1996, p. 97.
262
Halliday 1996, p. 94.
263
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 40.
278 • Chapter Six
264
Halliday 1996, p. 94. Similarly, Halliday’s point that Iraq’s justifications ‘were
contradictory’ (p. 83) is true but not relevant to their status as legal argumentation.
265
For various articulations of and disagreements over the conditions deemed nec-
essary, see Hargrove 1991; Mullerson 1991; Wedgwood 1991; Doswald-Beck 1985.
266
Hargrove 1991, p. 116.
267
Simons 1998, p. 212.
268
Halliday 1996, p. 97.
269
Ibid.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 279
The allied response was also framed by international law, in which Kuwaiti
sovereignty was a key term. Against the first Iraqi point was mobilised an
ascending defence of the Kuwaiti sovereign state as a legitimate entity in the
international (legal) system. Against the second point it was insisted that
the Al-Sabah regime was the recognised government, and that therefore the
agency of sovereignty was withheld from the rump organisation that Saddam
Hussein claimed spoke for Kuwait.
As to the third point, even if Iraq’s claims about the Rumaila oilfield were
accepted, it could quickly be claimed that Saddam’s ‘response to the eco-
nomic harm caused was disproportionate’.270 In an examination of ius ad bel-
lum proportionality, the traditional mode of operation is to consider whether
‘[t]he probable good to be achieved by successful recourse to armed coer-
cion . . . outweigh[s] the probable evil that the war will produce’.271 This takes
the shape of a moral question – ‘[p]roportionality is about the comparison of
moral goods or values’272 – which is therefore a descending response to Iraq’s
ascending claim.
Indeed, it was overwhelmingly descending arguments that framed the
Allies’ prosecution of the war. Bush’s proclamation that ‘[i]f history teaches
us anything, it is that we must resist aggression or it will destroy our free-
doms’ is paradigmatic:273 against Iraq’s recourse to the argument of sover-
eignty was arraigned the overarching normative argument of ‘freedom’. In
a more purely juridical formulation, Bush also claimed that ‘America stands
where it always has, against aggression, against those who would use force
to replace the rule of law’.274 Here the descending cosmopolitan concept
mobilised against Iraq’s ascending realist one is the ultimate abstraction of
the legal process itself, the ‘rule of law’.
The ascending/descending structure of international legal argument is
reversible. There is nothing intrinsic to the fact that the opposition to Iraq for
the most part took a descending form. ‘To participate in international legal
argument is essentially to be able to use concepts so that they can be fitted
into both patterns’.275 Legal support for the Allies’ war must be explicable in
270
Ibid.
271
O’Brien 1981, p. 28.
272
Coates 1997, p. 176.
273
Quoted in Chomsky 1992a, p. 185.
274
Ibid.
275
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 452.
280 • Chapter Six
leads nowhere but into the constant opposition, dissociation and association of
points about concreteness and normativity of the law. There is no end to this,
however. The discursive structure is only a form of making arguments. It
is not one for arriving at conclusions.278
276
Gowan 1999, p. 147.
277
Ibid.
278
Koskenniemi 1989, p. 49. Emphasis in original.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 281
The point is plain. Because international law is a process, not a set of norms,
we cannot look to it to tell us whether or not the waging of the Gulf War, or
as I will argue below the methods by which it was executed, were legal or
illegal. For every claim there is a counter-claim, and ‘legalist’ opposition to
the war is therefore ultimately toothless.
279
Chomsky 1992a, p. 147.
280
See for example Nanda 1990: Miller 1990.
281
Johns and Johnson 1994, p. 68.
282
By claiming the sanction of Endara, the opposition candidate who had claimed
the presidency.
283
See Ehrlich and O’Connell 1993, pp. 97–100. This claim was made with refer-
ence to the United States vs Canada Trail Smelter Arbitration of 1941, according to which
‘[n]o state has the right to use or permit the use of its territory in such a manner as
to cause injury . . . to the territory of another or the properties or persons therein’.
This arbitration has also been raised as possible justification for other acts of inter-
national intervention, for example the US-led attack on Afghanistan in 2001 (see Rowe
2002, p. 308 footnote 34).
282 • Chapter Six
284
The invasion of a small island with a (presumably nefarious) grip on the world
nutmeg trade by the globe’s most powerful state was named, with an irony-free hyper-
bole breathtaking in its crassness, Operation Urgent Fury. For an overview of the
debate over the legality of the action see Davidson 1987, pp. 79–137. Davidson’s own
view, as he judiciously puts it, is that the justifications ‘were unable to displace the
presumption of illegality’ (p. 124). The staunchest proponent of the invasion as legally
justified, was, predictably, Moore. See Moore 1984. For an excellent bibliography and
a critical evaluation of the legality of the law see Gosselin 1998. Mansell’s claim that
‘[d]iplomatic attempts at legal justification were scarcely bothered with’ are clearly
overstated (Mansell 1997, p. 37).
285
For the ICJ’s condemnation, see Chomsky 1987, pp. 255–83. A defence, yet again,
is offered by Moore – Moore 1986.
286
For an analysis of the Beirut raid as illegal, see Falk 1969. Defending the legal-
ity of Israel’s actions is Blum 1970. For a critical view of the legality of the 1982
Lebanon war, both in terms of ius ad bellum and ius in bello, see Finkelstein 1996, pp.
44–57. For a ius in bello critique, see Mallison and Mallison 1986, pp. 376–87. For a
positive interpretation (of aggressive pro-Israeli partiality), see O’Brien 1991, pp.
133–47, pp. 173–215.
287
Koskenniemi 2000b, p. 23.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 283
288
The phrase is from the title of Boyle 1980, a good example of the genre.
289
See for example Briggs 1945, p. 678. ‘In terms of power, the form given to the
United Nations Organization is grounded realistically on a fact . . . the fact is the pre-
ponderant power of the British Empire, the Soviet Union, and the United States to
maintain peace in the post-war world’.
290
Hsiung 1997, p. 4. See also Kaplan and Katzenbach 1961; Deutsch and Hoffman
1971; Henkin 1979; Ringmar 1995. The flipside of this notion, also embedded in the
‘ineluctable relationship’, is that politics helps to ‘structure’ international law. Both
these conceptions abstract and counterpose law and politics, then construct models
for how these two abstractly distinguished systems ‘interact’.
291
Franck 1988, p. 707.
284 • Chapter Six
are expressions are not. The point is not, pace Franck, that the apparent
‘rules’ – at best momentary accretions of past decisions – have an effect on
power politics: that may happen case to case, but it is not the fundamental
articulation of international law and international relations. The point, rather,
is that the ‘power politics’ of modernity are the power politics of a juridically
constructed system.
The most realist, cynical, power-maximising state in the modern world-
system is a realist, cynical and power-maximising juridical form. The agents
of what realists might fondly suppose is ‘pure power’ are, in fact, defined by
the abstract juridical structures of generalised commodity exchange. There is
no separation of these juridical forms from ‘pure politics’ because there is no
pure politics: there are instead the politics of sovereignty-in-anarchy, which
are the politics of juridical units.
‘[T]he questions as to whether and why states “obey” international law are
no longer meaningful. It can now be seen that states neither obey nor dis-
obey international law’.292 It makes little sense to describe any particular action
as ‘legal’ or ‘illegal’.293 Pace Franck, states do not act as they do because they
want to ‘obey’ international law, nor even ‘so as to demonstrate acceptance
of the ideology of international law’:294 their ‘political’ actions articulate the
juridical categories that define them.
Above the deep grammar of juridical forms, there is nothing to stop a legal
argument continuing forever, simply switching from ascending to descend-
ing categories endlessly. Of course legal arguments do not go on forever. But
their resolution is not a result of the internal logic of the concepts, but rep-
resents interpretation backed by force.
Such interpretation, of course, will be politically motivated, which is why
the endless disputes over the contents of legal norms are windows into the
strategic approaches of those involved. Some interpretations, though, carry
more political weight than others. The traditional concern with legal obliga-
tion295 – why obey the law? – must be replaced with an alternative concern
292
Scott 1994, p. 325.
293
With the possible exception of the very rare situation of unanimous interpreta-
tion. Even here, of course, the unanimity is contingent: the lack of argument does not
inhere in the particular norm, and therefore though it might be true to describe a par-
ticular action as ‘legal’ or ‘illegal’ in this case, it would not be a stable category. It
would only take a single dissenting opinion to undermine it.
294
Scott 1994, p. 325.
295
The classic starting point is Brierly 1958.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 285
296
Higgins 1994, p. 16.
286 • Chapter Six
297
Orth 1916, p. 341.
298
Higgins 1994, p. 16.
299
Pashukanis 1978, p. 134
300
See, for example, the ‘non-violent’ coercion of the US to ensure that the votes
on Resolution 678 went its way in the run-up to the Gulf War of 1990–91 (Simons
1998, pp. 197–8).
301
Kennedy 1986a, p. 163.
302
Quoted in Kennedy 1986a, p. 164. Emphasis in original.
303
Ibid.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 287
After World War II, the newly independent states relied, then, on their
ability to use force for their juridical status in international law, and for the
political power of which it is an expression. One result has been the rise of
sub-imperialisms: ‘Third World powers aspiring to . . . political and military
domination on a regional scale’.304 It is no surprise given this expansion of
the variables and agents involved that international law has seen ‘the growth
of . . . new licensing techniques for the international use of armed force’.305
Violence is the constant backdrop, threat, and constituent of legal relations,
so it is in the interests of states, particularly the powerful, to be able to use
violence with few constraints. A laissez-faire attitude to the means of violence
is, unsurprisingly, visible in legal debates over ius in bello, regarding the meth-
ods of war (traditionally counterposed to ius ad bellum, regarding the recourse
to military force itself).306
Though some have argued, for example, that the conduct of the allies in
the 1990–91 Gulf War constituted a series of crimes,307 others have seen it as
for the most part legally acceptable.308 The notorious ‘Turkey Shoot’ of fleeing
Iraqi forces on the Basra road is easily defensible from a legal point of view.309
Even the US strategy of deliberately burying Iraqi troops alive is not self-evi-
dently illegal.310 Hampson weighs up legal arguments for and against what
she calls this ‘innovative tactic’,311 and concludes only that one reading of the
304
Callinicos 1994, p. 45. See in general pp. 45–54.
305
Gottlieb 1968, p. 146.
306
Rivkin 1991, p. 59 footnote 7, contains an admirably terse description of the dif-
ference between ius ad bellum and ius in bello. ‘Jus in bello governs the actual use of
military force and contains a number of proscriptive and prescriptive themes, for
example, proportionality, discrimination, impermissibility of direct attack on non-
combatants, etc. In contrast, jus ad bellum provides normative principles for permis-
sible recourse to military force. Both of these bodies of law are rooted in Judeo-Christian
tradition . . . the Just War theory. Significantly, while the laws of war – jus in bello –
have to be obeyed irrespective of the virtues of the underlying cause, the entire enter-
prise is illegitimate unless one’s original resort to force – governed by jus ad bellum
principles – was just.’ See Halliday 1996, p. 97, on the tendency to elide the two in
criticisms of the Gulf War.
307
Most clearly Clark 1992a and 1992b.
308
For example Greenwood 1993: Hampson 1993.
309
As Halliday unsentimentally points out, ‘[t]he shootings . . . fell clearly within
the legitimate use of force against combatants as defined in international law. Soldiers
in retreat, but who have not surrendered, are not exempt from attack and never have
been considered as such’ (Halliday 1996, p. 101). See also Hampson 1993, p. 107.
310
Using ploughs mounted on tanks, minefields were cleared, and the trenches that
criss-crossed them filled with sand, killing the many soldiers within. The strategy is
described and evidence for it cited in Hampson 1993, pp. 104–7 and Simons 1998,
p. 9.
311
Hampson 1993, p. 105.
288 • Chapter Six
The deliberate vagueness of the Hague laws [as well, the writers later show,
as those outlined in innumerable other international contexts including the
Nuremberg Trials] provided ample room to maneuver on the battlefield,
allowing belligerents to adopt any tactic deemed expedient, including the
wholesale bombardment of civilian populations. The laws of war thus helped
312
Hampson 1993, p. 107. From the horrifying bathos of its opening sentence – ‘The
second issue that aroused concerns was the burying alive of Iraqi soldiers’ (p. 105) to
its considerations on the standards applied – ‘The question then becomes whether
death by suffocation . . . represents “unnecessary suffering”’ (p. 106) – it is a quite
extraordinary, and appalling, passage.
313
For a more thorough review of the legal justifications for violence – including
against civilians – in the Gulf War, see af Jochnick and Normand 1994b.
314
Aldrich and Chinkin 2000, p. 90.
315
af Jochnick and Normand 1994a, pp. 72–5.
316
af Jochnick and Normand 1994a, p. 73.
317
af Jochnick and Normand 1994a, p. 77.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 289
[I]t is stated in remarkably absolute terms, that no state has any right what-
soever to intervene in any way whatsoever in the affairs of other states. Yet
it remains a well-known fact that interventions are a persistent feature of
international relations. How is the jurist to react to this phenomenon?319
318
Ibid.
319
Carty 1986, p. 87. See also the fascinating article by Necati Polat, Polat 1999.
Polat argues ‘that intervention and terrorism, two forms of international violence mar-
ginalized within the mainstream conceptualizations as mere deviances, may be more
coherently viewed as facets of the system’ (p. 67). Polat sees this as a consequence of
the privileging of sovereignty as the conceptual basis of law, something he sees as
contingent. I have argued that the privileging and universalisation of sovereignty was
intrinsic to the legal form, and that therefore there is nothing contingent about the
violence of law.
290 • Chapter Six
Of course, it has been evident that there was no contradiction between the
spread of the sovereign state form and imperialism since at least the start of
the nineteenth century when the US recognised the Latin American states.
States categorically can serve the two masters of attempted regional or even
320
Quoted in Curtis 1998, p. 177.
321
Curtis 1998, pp. 173–92. See also Gowan 2003, which though it makes clear that
the UN is not perfectly reliable as the US’s ‘chosen instrument of hegemony’ (p. 27),
also stresses that ‘[f]rom the start, Roosevelt was committed to wrapping the UN
Wilsonian banners around an inner structure shaped as a breathtaking dictatorship
by a handful of great powers.’ (p. 9).
322
Blackie 1994, p. 70. See also Baxter 1999.
323
Lockley 1938, p. 234.
324
Ibid.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 291
Schmitt is right that this is not about American, or indeed any other specific
imperialism, but about imperialism as a structuring process of the modern
international system. However, in his model, he reduces this to what he some-
what nebulously terms a ‘tyranny of values’.328
This is not what lies behind international law is a force for imperialism.
The universalising dynamic in international law that saw the end of formal
imperialism simultaneously embedded modern imperialism, because of the
particular structuring of the international system that it implies and extends.
The fundamental subjects of international law are the sovereign states,
which face each other as property owners, each with sole proprietary
325
Quoted in Pawlisch 1985, p. 14. For an overview of this theory in the context of
Ireland see the introduction ‘Law as an instrument of colonization’, Pawlisch 1985,
pp. 3–14. See pp. 13–14 for a brief list of the imperialism of law in non-Irish cases.
For more on Davies’s view of law as a conquering force, see Carty 1996, pp. 32–5.
326
Adewoye 1977, p. 14.
327
Schmitt quoted in Ulmen 1987, p. 70.
328
Ulmen 1987, p. 70.
292 • Chapter Six
ownership over their own territory, just as legal subjects in domestic law face
each other as owners of commodities. There is no state to act as final arbiter
of competing claims, and internationally the ‘clear connection between . . .
the parties to a lawsuit and the combatants in an armed conflict’ cannot atten-
uate.329 The means of violence remains in the hands of the very parties dis-
agreeing over the interpretation of law. ‘There is here, therefore, an antinomy,
of right against right, both equally bearing the seal of the law of exchange.
Between equal rights, force decides.’330 And of course that force, the capacity for
coercive violence that underpins the legal relation, is not distributed equally –
this is ‘the discrepancy between formal and material reciprocity’.331
This is why strong states are able to enforce their own interpretations of
law. Intrinsically to the legal form, a contest of coercion occurs, or is implied,
to back up the claim and counterclaim. And in the politically and militarily
unequal modern world system, the distribution of power is such that the
winner of that coercive contest is generally a foregone conclusion. The inter-
national legal form assumes juridical equality and unequal violence.
Thus, for example, the Gulf War derived from the juridical system of sov-
ereignty and was assiduously legally argued on both sides, by formally equal
subjects. Its outcome was expressed in legal terms and established legal facts
on the ground. And that outcome was never in doubt, given the overwhelm-
ing military coercion the US could use to enforce its legal interpretation.
At this level of abstraction, this violence at the hands of the juridical sub-
jects themselves is the violence of the market, of the commodity and of the
legal form, but it is not class-violence. The necessity of coercion inheres in
the exchange of commodities, not on a particular mode of production and
exploitation.
Here, the insights of Lenin and Bukharin on the structure of the imperial-
ist state can inform Pashukanis’s legal theory. In an epoch of mature capi-
talism, of the consolidation and monopolisation of capitals, and the penetration
of capitalist concerns into the state, that state cannot be understood as
autonomous from capital.
Bukharin’s theory of the state allows us to be more precise about the in-
equalities of power between states. These disparities, and state policies, are
329
Pashukanis 1978, p. 118
330
Marx 1976, p. 344. Emphasis mine.
331
Fisch 2000, p. 12.
Imperialism, Sovereignty and International Law • 293
1
See <http://www.guardian.co.uk/letters/story/0,3604,909275,00.html>. The writ-
ers were Ulf Bernitz, Nicolas Espejo-Yaksic, Agnes Hurwitz, Vaughan Lowe, Ben Saul,
Katja Zielger, James Crawford, Susan Marks, Roger O’Keefe, Christine Chinkin, Gerry
Simpson, Deborah Cass, Matthew Craven, Philippe Sands, Ralph Wilde and Pierre-
Marie Dupuy. It is interesting that in a clear and not unsuccessful effort to increase
their perceived authority, the writers open their letter with a self-description not as
‘theorists’ or ‘scholars’ but as ‘teachers’. For progressives, there was a potential prob-
lem precisely in this recourse to expertise, with its maintenance of the ‘mystery’ of
international law. David Kennedy has provocatively raised this issue in another con-
text: ‘We could imagine an international law which sought to disenchant its speak-
ers from their own expert authority rather than to offer them the promise that theirs
was the last, best, humanitarian position available. This would not be the inter-
national law of the multilateral left, of civil society and of human rights, but I think
it would be an international law more attuned to human possibility, expert respon-
sibility and political contestation.’ (Kennedy in Various 2003c, p. 917).
296 • Conclusion
acknowledges the indeterminacy of international law, say, how can and why
would she claim that a particular act is ‘illegal’?
At the heart of this (and other) attempts to insist on a progressive inter-
pretation of international law – even conscious of that law’s embeddedness
into structures of power and inequality – is the notion that law is a contested
space, in which a committed lawyer can expound an alternative, even radical,
discourse. This is a ‘critical-theoretical’ variant of the jurists’ practice of argu-
ing an interpretation in the hopes of influencing opinion. The difference is that
for the critical theorist, the claim that a particular act is ‘illegal’ is more theore-
tically fraught, and is perhaps less a bald statement of interpretation than a
political intervention: in this model, international law is, in the words of
Susan Marks, one of the letter’s signatories, ‘a strategic tool, which can be used
for both good ends and bad ones, to constrain violence and legitimate it’.2
Such an approach is of course attractive, offering as it seems to a way of
squaring practice with radical international law theory. After all, that inter-
national law is contested is a statement of the indeterminacy thesis; and that
progressive ideas wrought from international law might impact the social
world seems a corollary of the insights of ideology critique regarding the
ideological currents and power of international law. It could be argued, then,
that it is precisely the radical critique and theory of international law that
seem to grant space for progressive practice.
Fundamental problems, however, remain. At the simplest level, these writ-
ers cannot back up their interpretations with force. The Iraq War went ahead,
with the British and American governments insisting it was legal: this was
actualised international law, or more precisely, juridical politics. It is unclear
what the legal critique has achieved.
One could argue that it has shifted the debate and delegitimated the action.
For example, one writer (unencumbered by critical theory) cites the inter-
national legal case against Henry Kissinger for crimes against humanity, and
admits that while ‘Kissinger is unlikely to be prosecuted any time soon, yet
he is beginning to feel the heat of domestic and international vilification’.3 In
other words, while the legal arguments have had some concrete impact – it
is at least satisfying that ‘Kissinger does not travel without asking a foreign
2
Unpublished notes 14 June 2003. See also Craven, Marks, Simpson and Wilde
2004. I am deeply indebted to Susan Marks for discussing the Guardian letter and the
issues and debates surrounding it with me.
3
Gottschalk 2003, p. 301.
Against the Rule of Law • 297
government whether they could guarantee his round trip’4 – the most sus-
tained progressive point of the legal case against Kissinger is less that it will
win by successfully prosecuting him, than that it will have an impact in ‘the
court of public opinion’.5
One problem is that even if this is true, if the ideological triumph of ‘pro-
gressive’ international law occurs outside the arena of international law, then
no logical reason is adduced that the desired change in discourse is due to
the specific ‘international-law-ness’ of the argument. In other words, it is
quite possible that such a legitimation or delegitimation of a particular action
might as well or better have been carried out by a non-international-legal
argument – based on principles of justice, for example. Even where the legal
nature of such a position does seem to strengthen its power, it does so by under-
mining the structures and even legitimacy of international law itself. This is the
Pyrrhic, extra-legal victory of progressive international law.
As this book goes to press, in a decision no one on the progressive Left
can fail to celebrate, the International Court of Justice has ruled that the huge
‘West Bank barrier’, the metres-high wall of concrete, barbed wire and mesh
that Israel is constructing around and in the Palestinian occupied territories,
is illegal and ‘tantamount to de facto annexation’.6 This has been described
as – and surely is – a ‘moral victory’ for the Palestinians,7 perhaps even one
which ‘shifts the debate’.8 However, as Israel has made clear that it will ignore
the (non-binding) ruling (arguing that it is one-sided, ‘political’, and/or that
the ICJ has no jurisdiction in the case),9 and the US has denounced it as
‘a damaging distraction’,10 the very ‘victory’ of progressive international
law also underlines the limitations of that law – ‘nothing more than ink on
paper’11 – as an arena for change. Palestinian groups such as Hamas ‘ask
what the point is in fighting legal battles when Israel and the US are so ready
to reject court rulings they do not like’.12
4
Rotter in Various 2003a, p. 894.
5
Gottschalk 2003, p. 302.
6
<http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/middle_east/3111159.stm>
7
<http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/middle_east/3880881.stm>
8
Guardian, 10 July 2004. ‘Barrier ruling shift the debate’.
9
See among others <http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/middle_east/3884135.stm>.
10
<http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/middle_east/3882175.stm>
11
From an editorial in Saudi-Arabia’s Al-Watan, quoted at <http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/
hi/world/middle_east/3882793.stm>.
12
Guardian, 10 July 2004. ‘Barrier ruling shifts the debate’. It is testimony to the
power of international law as an ideological legitimation that even having made this
298 • Conclusion
point, a Hamas spokesman immediately continued: ‘We already know what interna-
tional law says: that we have the right of armed resistance against the occupation.’
13
Guardian, 10 July 2004. ‘Barrier ruling shift the debate’.
14
Available at <http://www.lawofwar.org/nicaraugua_v_us.htm>.
15
The US ambassador to the UN, Jeanne Kirkpatrick, innumerately described the
ICJ as a ‘semi-legal, semi-juridical, semi-political body which nations sometimes accept
and sometimes don’t’ (Meyer 1997).
Against the Rule of Law • 299
the increment in lost legitimacy to the war [itself not, as I have argued, a
foregone conclusion] would have to be weighed against the increased incre-
ment in false belief about what international law is and what it can do, and
the negative effects of that belief over time. A hard balance – but we could
compare the result to that from a different kind of opposition, one which
tried to oppose the war and get people over their tendency to invest inter-
national law with a wisdom it does not possess.18
Kennedy’s concerns seem borne out by the experience of Susan Marks, who
discovered once the war had commenced and she turned her attention to
indeterminacy and how international law had been used to legitimate the
war, that ‘no-one seemed to want to hear this. If we had been unsure before
as to whether people had exaggerated faith in international law, now it seemed
absolutely clear that they did. Were we reaping what we had sown?’19
16
Guardian, 7 March 2003. ‘War would be illegal’.
17
Personal communication. The question could also be asked now that ‘every hand
in the Security Council – some eagerly, others more sullenly – has gone up to endorse
the puppet authority installed by the conquerors, ratifying their conquest’ (Gowan
2003, p. 28).
18
David Kennedy 10 March 2003. I am grateful to David Kennedy for sharing these
unpublished communications with me.
19
Personal communication.
300 • Conclusion
20
Personal communication.
21
Dean 2004, pp. 23–4.
22
Dean 2004, p. 23.
23
Fitzpatrick 2003.
24
Fitzpatrick 2003, p. 466.
25
Fitzpatrick 2003, p. 465.
Against the Rule of Law • 301
international law and the US constitution sanction the detention’:26 the para-
meters of even supposedly fundamental transgressions are not self-evident
but as indeterminate as the rest of law.
More importantly, the fact is that even where Fitzpatrick’s ‘ethics of the
existent within law’ are deemed to have been transgressed, even perhaps can-
didly by those with power, it is by no means beyond the dialectical virtuos-
ity of those violators to claim that such breaches are necessary to protect the
very values being breached (it is this sort of thinking that lay behind the
famous, perhaps-apocryphal but all-too-credible pronouncement of an American
officer in Vietnam that ‘we had to destroy the village to save it’). Concretely,
This underlines states’ erosion of human rights in anti-terrorism legislation:
to protect ‘core values of democratic states ruled by law’ those democratic
states enact laws that undermine those core values.27
An example of a common international legal argument that takes such a
shape is the discourse surrounding reprisals activity: ‘Reprisals are illegiti-
mate acts of warfare, not for the purpose of indicating abandonment of the
laws of war, but, on the contrary, to force compliance to those laws.’28 Such
‘bad dialectics’ flourish easily even at the level of the fundamental juridical
units of international law:
26
Paul Rosenzweig in Danzig and Rosenzweig 2004. Though on 28 June 2004 the
US Supreme Court by a 6–3 decision insisted on the right of the detainees to query
their treatment before an American court, a considerable blow to the Bush adminis-
tration, it affirmed the government’s right to detain ‘enemy combatants’ indefinitely
and without charges or trail.
27
See for example International Helsinki Federation for Human Rights 2003, p. 14
and throughout.
28
Greenspan 1959, p. 408.
29
Krasner 2001a, p. 334.
302 • Conclusion
30
See for example Bedjaoui 1979, p. 184: ‘The direct connection between Declaration
1514(XV) of 1960, which confirmed the intrinsic illegality of the “colonialist political
order”, and the Charter of Economic Rights and Duties of States of 1974, which tolled
the bell for the “imperialist economic order”, is undeniable. . . . The one is connected
to the other by the umbilical cord represented by Declaration 2625(XXV) on the seven
principles of international law, which ratifies the sovereign equality of States, the self-
determination of peoples in every field, and international co-operation.’
31
Weiss, Forsythe and Coate 2004, pp. 223–4 ‘To the contrary . . .’ the authors con-
tinue frankly, ‘the UN system has become increasingly free to function in the eco-
nomic realm as it was designed to function – in the service of promoting a liberal
capitalist order.’
32
Scott 1994, p. 324.
33
According to one of the new ‘post-Seattle’ generation of movements for social
justice, the Network Institute for Global Democratization, the potential of the World
Social Forum (a regular gathering of organisations and individuals ‘opposed to neolib-
eralism and to domination of the world by capital and any form of imperialism’ (para-
graph 1 of the Charter of Principles of the WSF)) to bear ‘a potential in serving as a
basis for new initiatives and powers to democratize global decision making’ comes
explicitly in the aftermath of ‘the failure of the New International Economic Order’
(Nisula and Patomäki 2002, p. 4. Emphasis mine).
34
<http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/england/hampshire/dorset/3744347.stm>
Against the Rule of Law • 303
at least partially settled in her favour, to complain that she might be visible
to countryside walkers through the windows of her £9m house.35
This tragicomically absurd range of applicability implies at the very least
that the discourse is becoming etiolated through overuse, and that any rad-
ical power it contains will have to be wrested from it. In the words of Bill
Bowring, one eloquent proponent of this strategy, no matter that ‘[h]uman
rights talk is often and increasingly the meaningless rhetoric of the power-
ful and the oppressor . . . it becomes real when articulating the present, not
the endlessly deferred, claims of the oppressed.’36
There has been an enormous upsurge in publishing on human rights in
international law. The claim that this literature reflects fundamental struc-
tural changes in the international system is discussed below. Here I focus on
the notion of human rights as a contested ideological category, which can be
used against those in power even when they themselves also invoke such
rights – ‘[t]he question of human rights thus recovers the dimension elimi-
nated in the process of instrumentalization in U.S. policy’.37 The problem is
that even if one agrees with Bowring that such a discourse might provide
space for radical critique of power, that is not all it does, and in its less desir-
able forms it is considerably more than ‘meaningless rhetoric’.
Such writing often articulates a vision of ‘rights’ that: i) derives from bour-
geois ‘negative rights which protect the individual from arbitrary state action
and are associated with Western liberal democracies’38 and thereby tacitly
takes bourgeois capitalism for granted;39 ii) updates the notion of the civilis-
ing mission of the West by producing what Orford calls a ‘heroic narrative’
in which the West ‘is associated with attributes including freedom, creativ-
ity, authority, civilization, power, democracy, sovereignty and wealth’,40 and
is the only agent capable of injecting them into a Third World cast as a pas-
sive object; and iii) by showing that the attempt to support ‘human rights’
involves international action, implies that human rights problems are intrin-
sically foreign, and that there are no abuses at home. ‘Many American thus
believe and perpetuate the quaint fiction that human rights problems exist
35
<http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/england/wiltshire/3818659.stm>
36
Bowring n.d., no pagination.
37
Heuer and Schirmer 1998. No pagination.
38
Cheah 1997, p. 235.
39
This is expressed, in arid Althusserian form, in Lenoble 1986.
40
Orford 1999, p. 687.
304 • Conclusion
41
Donnelly 1992, pp. 264–5. In Simpson’s felicitous phrase, this is the ‘export the-
ory of human rights’ (Simpson 2001, pp. 347–8).
42
Bowring is clear on this, in his call for a ‘substantive account of human rights’
(Bowring, n.d.).
43
Kennedy 2002, p. 119.
44
Ibid.
45
See Walker 1988, p. 1.
Against the Rule of Law • 305
instability of the international system are obvious, and the rule of law is often
seen as the best defence against them. It can ‘protect the weaker states against
the superiority of the larger powers’:46 and in an era of nuclear weapons, ‘the
rule of law is our only alternative to mass destruction’.47
Such views are still expressed today.48 Recently, however, defence of the
rule of law has been deployed by a more critical modern project, known var-
iously as ‘cosmopolitan democracy’,49 ‘global governance’,50 ‘democratic gov-
ernance’,51 but that I follow Peter Gowan in terming ‘liberal cosmopolitanism’.52
This is the most sophisticated recent reformulation of what one might call
the international juridical project.
Though of course the various writers associated with this approach do not
speak with one voice,53 certain general arguments can be made about their
radical liberal analyses and suggested reformulations of international society.
[T]his discourse says that the Western liberal-democratic states are able to,
and indeed are and must be understood above all as, spreading across the
whole globe liberal-democratic values and régimes. We thus have the prospect
of a globe which is entirely liberalised and democratised, and . . . this trans-
formation of the globe will bring with it a new kind of world order – a cos-
mopolitan world order – going beyond the old Westphalian world order
which was characterised by the absolute rights of states. . . . [T]his school of
thought, which doesn’t necessarily spell out all of its premises, is basically
46
Friedmann 1968, p. 184.
47
Douglas 1961, p. 32.
48
For example, Koechler 1995. The authors of the Guardian letter themselves warn
that a war without Security Council backing would ‘seriously undermine the inter-
national rule of law’.
49
The title of Archibugi and Held 1995.
50
See the work of The Commission on Global Governance, at <http://www.medi-
antics.com/maximedia/geneva/cgg1.htm>.
51
See Global Governance Reform Project 2000.
52
Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, p. 4. The choice of terminology is important. In
Gowan’s words, ‘[t]hese people are not talking about a global democratic state. They
are not, therefore, talking about cosmopolitan democracy. . . . What they are talking
about is global governance. . . . That’s why I say that these people are cosmopolitan
liberals, not actually democrats, even though they may well say that they are democ-
rats, and no doubt they are good democrats when it comes to domestic activities’
(Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, p. 5). Panitch points out that ‘[t]here are . . . cos-
mopolitan liberals who are liberal democrats’ (p. 12), citing David Held, but this does
not undermine Gowan’s point, and neither does Shaw’s attempt to distinguish him-
self from Held (pp. 21–2).
53
See for example the various writers collected in Archibugi and Held 1995; Held,
McGrew, Goldblatt and Perraton 1999; Shaw 2000; Kaldor 1999.
306 • Conclusion
saying that this is the way we’re moving . . . and we should join this and
get involved.54
[A] basis might be established for the UN Charter system to generate polit-
ical resources of its own, and to act as a politically independent decision-
making centre. Thus, the UN could take a vital step towards shaking off
the burden of the much-heard accusation that it operates ‘double standards’,
functioning typically on behalf of the North and West . . . if the UN gained
the means whereby it could begin to shake off this heritage, an important
step could also be taken towards establishing and maintaining the ‘rule of
law’ and its impartial administration in international affairs.58
[T]he mere fact of institutional proliferation [held to be key to the new struc-
tures of politics and power] tells us nothing about the actual relations of
power that subsist among these networks of ‘global governance’. To a large
extent the institutions and regimes welcomed by Held, McGrew and their
colleagues as the avatars of ‘cosmopolitan democracy’ have served further
to institutionalize the American hegemony.59
54
Gowan in Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, pp. 4–5. Gowan’s contribution to this
roundtable, pp. 4–10, is an excellent brief introduction to and critique of this school.
55
Callinicos 2001, p. 76.
56
Gowan in Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, p. 6.
57
Held 1995, p. 248.
58
Held 1995, p. 269. For an excellent critique of Held accepting his own predicates,
see Smith 2003.
59
Callinicos 2001, p. 78. See more generally pp. 76–96.
60
Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, pp. 8–10.
Against the Rule of Law • 307
‘[t]he NATO war against Serbia on Kosovo was the consolidation of the US’s
political victory in Europe. Human rights and liberal-cosmopolitan rhetoric
and the Hague Court were instruments of power-politics’.61 In this critique,
liberal-cosmopolitanism is ‘the ideological form of a peculiar kind of impe-
rial expansion’.62 This indicates certain shifts in capitalism and imperialism.
‘Excavating the material forces underlying this would require the decoding
of economic globalisation.’63
For many of these writers, underpinning liberal-cosmopolitanism is a claim
about the centrality – and desirability – of a putatively new legal and polit-
ical regime of humanitarian intervention. The explosion of literature on this
topic (some ideological aspects of which are discussed above), heralds, it is
claimed, ‘a particularly intense and almost revolutionary development of
humanitarian law’.64
Much of the support for the new ‘humanitarian intervention’ is predicated
on the idea that in the face of human-rights abuses, ‘something must be done’
and that non-intervention is ‘inactive and negative’, and is choosing to do
nothing. Orford has brilliantly argued this to be an ideological and limiting
conception, often predicated on the systematic forgetting of the relationship
between economic imperialism and whatever crisis it is claimed military inter-
vention must fix. The appearance of the militarized ‘international commu-
nity’ as ‘saviour and humanitarian’,65 in other words, is that ‘community’s’
effacement of its own complicity in the crisis.66
61
Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, pp. 9–10.
62
Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, p. 10.
63
Ibid.
64
Schindler 2003, p. 173. For critical takes on this literature see for example Cheah
1997: Koshy 1999. For an invaluable list of problems with the new ‘human rights
movement’ see Kennedy 2002. Also Orford 1999 and 2003, though this perspicacious
essay and invaluable book are marred by some postmodernist cliché, compared for
example to her excellent earlier and closely related piece, Orford 1997. For a few exam-
ples of the view from within international law see Cassesse 1999a and 1999b: Glennon
1999: Zacklin 2000. For an attempt to ‘develop’ just-war theory to allow for such inter-
vention within international law see Orend 1998.
65
Orford 2003, p. 188.
66
‘[T]he narrative of intervention masks the involvement of international economic
institutions and development agencies in shaping those societies that later erupt into
humanitarian and security crises.’ Orford 2003, p. 188.
308 • Conclusion
67
Orford 1997, p. 459.
68
Orford 1997, p. 485.
69
Callinicos 2001, p. 69.
70
Glennon 1999, p. 2.
71
Zacklin 2000, p. 22. See also Glennon 1999.
72
Quoted in Callinicos 2001, p. 70. For an analysis of one particular document as
evidence of this putative epochal shift, see Halberstam 1993.
73
Falk 1995, pp. 171–174.
Against the Rule of Law • 309
favour of the rebellious Greeks . . . [in part] on the basis of the desire to ‘stop
the shedding of blood and mischiefs of all kinds which the prolongation of
such a state of affairs could cause’.74
[T]he back of sovereignty has been broken. Its days as an absolute order-
ing principle are over. . . . The New Sovereignty increasingly includes greater
respect for human rights and humanitarian principles. In addition, the sov-
ereignty of the future will recognize a much wider array of loci of power
and authority, such that rather than being able to point to a single sover-
eign centre, a much more ambiguous situation will emerge. . . .77
74
Grewe 2000, pp. 489–90. Grewe lists eight other important nineteenth-century
humanitarian interventions (pp. 487–96).
75
Glennon 1999 embodies this perspective.
76
Mills 1998, p. 41. ‘Chipping away’ is the least indignity sovereignty is deemed
to have suffered. ‘Others pictured sovereignty as perforated, defiled, cornered, eroded,
extinct, anachronistic, bothersome, even interrogated.’ (Bunck and Fowler 1995, p. 2:
examples are given for each characterisation.)
77
Mills 1998, pp. 194–5.
78
Meron 1998.
310 • Conclusion
The analysis of new wars suggests that what is needed is not peacekeep-
ing but enforcement of cosmopolitan norms, i.e. enforcement of interna-
tional humanitarian and human rights law. . . . Cosmopolitan law-enforcement
is somewhere between soldiering and policing. . . . Policing has been the
great lacuna of peacekeeping. . . . Given the unlikelihood of another old war,
military forces will eventually have to be reoriented to combine military
and policing tasks.79
79
Kaldor 1999, pp. 124–5, and see p. 126 also. This important book builds on argu-
ments from Kaldor 1997.
80
Hardt and Negri 2000, p. 38.
81
Hardt and Negri 2000, pp. 38–40. See also Fitzpatrick 2003, p. 464: ‘[T]his new
condition of war . . . resembles more a perpetual police. . . . The mediations of law or
of the juridical which could attend war and police action more conventionally per-
ceived can here only be subsumed instrumentally within the “total” project, a project
commensureate with the completeness of imperium itself. . . . [I]nternational law can-
not extend to this condition of war’. Fitzpatrick’s discussion of recent changes and
his concept of imperium seem to dovetail with Hardt and Negri’s notions, and it is
Against the Rule of Law • 311
something of a surprise that they are not referenced. In 1978, Carl Schmitt prefigured
this thinking: ‘The day world politics comes to the earth, it will be transformed into a
world police power.’ (Schmitt 1987, p. 80 (emphasis in original)).
82
Newsnight, BBC2, 14 September 2001.
83
Gowan in Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, p. 5. Emphasis mine.
84
Vagts 2001; Alvarez 2003.
85
Rilling 2003, p. 3. Emphasis mine. According to Rilling the phrase ‘hegemonic
international law nihilism’ comes from Norman Paech.
86
For a superb examination of the strategy of these neo-conservatives see Callinicos
2003.
87
‘War critics astonished as US hawk admits invasion was illegal’. Guardian, 20
November 2003.
312 • Conclusion
88
See Mansell 1997, p. 37.
89
A particularly anxious version is Casey and Rivkin 2000, who believe there is a
‘new’ international law and that it is a ‘threat’ to the US, due to its unacceptable
restraints on the methods of statecraft: for example, its ‘overly prescriptive and pro-
scriptive’ attitude to what they describe as ‘so-called “collateral damage”’. Happily
for Casey and Rivkin, their concerns about law’s limits to power are misplaced. From
the point of view of legal nihilism discussed here, it is interesting that their proposed
solution is the ‘restoring [of] the “law of nations”’. For Rubenfeld, international law
‘may be used as a vehicle for anti-American resentments’, and is ‘a threat to democ-
racy’. His article (Rubenfeld 2003) was printed in an issue of The Wilson Quarterly the
cover of which demanded ‘What Good Is International Law?’
90
Slaughter 2003, p. 37.
91
See <http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2003/03/20030317–7.html>.
92
Newsnight, BBC2, 14 September 2001.
93
Callinicos 2001, pp. 69–74, pp. 93–6.
Against the Rule of Law • 313
[I]f we have learned anything after the Cold War, and our memories of
World War II, it is that if our country is going to be prosperous and secure,
we need a Europe that is safe, secure, free, united, a good partner with us
for trading; they’re wealthy enough to buy our products; and someone who
will share the burdens of taking care of the problems of the world. . . . Now,
that’s what this Kosovo thing is all about.94
The point that Halliday makes about the Gulf War remains pertinent – hypo-
critical motives do not automatically invalidate actions. However, the evi-
dence is that the drive to war did not derive from some new paradigm, but
was geopolitical and economic, and was overlaid with the ideology of human
rights, serving as a normative, descending justification for the breaching of
whichever sovereignty the intervening powers chose.
The use of such justification is not new: in 1940, Schmitt made ‘humani-
tarian’ acts his exemplary case of intervention as a structuring dynamic of
international law.95 The most serious theoretical problem with the claim that
‘new humanitarianism’ is reconfiguring international relations lies in the
idea that the sovereignty is now ‘no longer’ inviolable. This is predicated
on the erroneous claim that the ‘traditional’ view of sovereignty was ‘anti-
interventionist’.96
In fact, of course, sovereignty has always been overridden by intervention.
‘Great Powers’, Callinicos says, ‘have always asserted a right of intervention
in the affairs of small countries’:97 international law presumes the capacity for
the organised violence of intervention, sovereignty assumes its own abnegation,
and it is the Great Powers which are particularly able to effect that.98
94
Quoted in Callinicos 2001, pp. 72–3.
95
Schmitt n.d.
96
Glennon 1999, p. 2.
97
Callinicos 2001, p. 93.
98
It is thus quite wrong to claim that ‘[t]he traditional international law concept of
sovereignty constitutes an important normative inhibition to military intervention’.
Kingsbury seems to derive this from the fact that ‘[t]here have been extraordinarily
few cases of recolonization of former colonies’: however, though he is right that the
‘death rate of sovereign states’ has been low since 1945, sovereignty’s assumption of
intervention is not predicated on the end of sovereignty, but its constant penetration.
(Kingsbury 1998, p. 618.)
314 • Conclusion
The currently accepted international law is essentially a status quo law which
grants to allegedly equal entities known as states certain substantive rights
usually listed as the rights to existence, to independence, to equality, to juris-
diction, to property, and to intercourse. These are usually laid down in
absolute terms, and it all makes a very orderly structure. At the same time
that it supplies these substantive rights, the law sets up certain rules as to
forms and procedures relating to treaties, diplomacy, and force, by which
all these allegedly fundamental rights may be changed or destroyed. This
dualism leads to some strange paradoxes: the right to existence, so elabo-
rately and dogmatically set forth on the one hand, may be totally annihi-
lated by the use of force provided for one the other hand, and the treaty of
peace will be perfectly valid!99
Sovereignty has never been immune from intervention, so the claim that in
opening sovereignty up humanitarianism has fundamentally altered inter-
national law is manifestly false.
99
Wild 1938, p. 482.
100
Gowan in Gowan, Panitch and Shaw 2001, p. 6.
101
Halliday in The Observer, 16 September 2001.
Against the Rule of Law • 315
102
Barnett 1998, p. 325.
103
Walker 1988, p. 406.
104
For an overview of the debates see Craig 1995. Perhaps the most famous of the
critics is Roberto Unger, in Unger 1976 pp. 176–81. See also the writers collected in
Hutchinson and Monahan 1987. For a particularly splenetic attack on the Critical
Legal Studies movements approach to the rule of law, see Walker 1988, pp. 256–87.
Walker produces very much more heat than light, but is interesting as an example of
the defensive outrage with which mainstream jurisprudence is capable of reacting to
attacks on the fetishised object of its attention. Some of Walker’s claims – for example,
that there is a ‘CLS-clerisy monopoly of legal coverage in the mass media’ (p. 378) –
are nothing short of absurd.
105
This critique of law has been described as Thompson’s ‘basic aim’ in his 1975
book Whigs and Hunters (Loughlin 1992, p. 215), though the book is now famous/noto-
rious for a very different approach to the subject.
106
Thompson 1975, p. 255. The arguments occasioned on the left by Thompson’s
approach are beyond the scope of this discussion. See among others Horwitz 1977;
Merritt 1980; Fine 1984.
107
Thompson 1975, pp. 263, 264.
316 • Conclusion
had to be extended to all sorts and degrees of men’.108 (The affinity to the
above-described attempt to appropriate law’s categories is clear.)
It is precisely this, law’s generalised abstraction, however, that is at the basis
of the most sophisticated radical critiques of law. Thompson’s supposed ‘cor-
rective’ reminder that ‘there is a difference between arbitrary power and the
rule of law’,109 is not only not a challenge to the CLS and form-analysis cri-
tique of abstract and abstracting law (which does not of course deny that for-
mal equality is preferable to ruling-class will), but is constitutive of it.110 ‘[T]he
formal conception of the rule of law was always a mask for substantive
inequalities in power’.111
This criticism, that the rule of law is abstracting, is quite correct (if itself
rather abstract). The debate over the rule of law has tended to be about the
operation of that rule domestically, but with the analysis here, that critique
can be brought to bear on the desire for an international rule of law between
states, and can be concretised to a considerable degree.
I have argued that it is vital to ‘disentangle denial’. Seeing the state sys-
tem as intrinsically constituted by the juridical forms that underpin interna-
tional law, obviously I do not see such law as a weak or non-existent force.
However, I am a ‘denier’ in the alternative sense that I see no prospect of a
systematic progressive political project or emancipatory dynamic coming out
of international law.
That law is made actual in the power-political wranglings of states, ulti-
mately at the logic of capital, in the context of an imperialist system. The
very social problems that liberal-cosmopolitan writers want to end are the
results of the international system, which is the international legal system.
The forms and relations of international law are the forms and relations of
imperialism. Attempts to reform though law can only ever tinker with the
surface level of institutions.
108
Thompson 1975, p. 264.
109
Thompson 1975, p. 266.
110
Merritt 1980 points this out (pp. 199–200). Cole rightly criticises Merritt for over-
stating Thompson’s commitment to law tout court and for his borderline ad hominem
attacks on Thompson, but quite misses the importance of Merritt’s observation that
(in Cole’s words), ‘[t]he real structuralist critique . . . peers behind the screen of the
law’s formal equality’ (Cole 2001. Emphasis in original).
111
Craig 1995, p. 45. See also Hutchinson and Monahan 1987, p. 114.
Against the Rule of Law • 317
It would obviously be fatuous to deny that law could ever be put to reformist
use. In his discussion of the Factory Acts, Marx himself certainly sees ‘progress’.
But the recourse to law can only ever be of limited progressive value, and
not just, as Marx argues, because such ‘progress’ is always hedged by ‘retro-
gression’.112 There is another limiting factor specific to international law.
For Marx, the ‘formulation, official recognition and proclamation by the
state . . . [of the Factory Acts was] the result of a long class struggle’.113 Crudely,
the contending classes fought quite directly to fill the legal form with specific
content, and at particular points the working class triumphed. That the rul-
ing class could often turn these triumphs to its own advantage does not mean
the battles were not worth having, or that the successes were not manifest
in ‘progressive law’. However, at an international level, the struggle over the
legal form is far more mediated.
States, not classes or other social forces, are the fundamental contending
agents of international law, and while their claims and counterclaims are
informed by their own domestic class struggles, they do not ‘represent’ classes
in any direct way. It is generally the opposing ruling classes of different states
that clash with the legal form, each with their own class agenda. These
internecine battles between the ‘warring brothers’ of the ruling class make
up a great swathe of the international legal structure, and in them there is
little purchase for a fundamentally progressive, subversive or radical legal
position.
This is not to foreclose any possibility of ‘progressive’ international legal
moments or decisions. On occasions, such as Nicaragua vs. US, a ruling
may be given against the imperialist action of a powerful state. And there
are some attempts to formulate a proactive progressive legal activism. Recently,
for example, there has been an explosion of literature on the new inter-
national law of indigenous peoples: in the light of decisions such as Canada’s
Delgamuukw vs. British Columbia in 1997, which granted priority to aboriginal
customary land use in the arbitration of land claims, many writers see such
law as potentially useful to further self-determination among indigenous
peoples.114 The foregoing analysis does imply, though, that even if such self-
112
Marx 1976, p. 395.
113
Ibid.
114
See Anaya 1996 and Keal 2003 which acknowledge the historic uses of inter-
national law in oppressing indigenous peoples but are still hopeful about its more
progressive application now. For an overview of different structures of claim in such
cases see Kingsbury 2001.
318 • Conclusion
determination is effected and does not turn out to be a ‘poisoned gift’, such
‘progressive’ moments will be more tenuous, unstable and unlikely than their
domestic counterparts, because unusual circumstances aside, given their fun-
damental juridical units, international legal decisions generally represent the
triumph of (at least) one national ruling class, rather than an agent fighting
for fundamental progressive change.
There is also a more profound sense in which radical change, or even the
systematic amelioration of social and international problems, cannot come
through law. As Pashukanis’s form-analysis shows, the system that throws
these problems up is the juridical system that underpins the law. Law is a
relation between subjects abstracted of social context, facing each other in a
relationship predicated on private property, dependent on coercion. Inter-
nationally, law’s ‘violence of abstraction’ is the violence of war.
To fundamentally change the dynamics of the system it would be neces-
sary not to reform the institutions but to eradicate the forms of law – which
means the fundamental reformulation of the political-economic system of
which they are expressions. The project to achieve this is the best hope for
global emancipation, and it would mean the end of law.
115
As one contemporary example, one might examine Stephen Gill’s work on the
Against the Rule of Law • 319
which the ‘public’ and the ‘private’ spheres were not sharply differentiated,
it could be invaluable to apply this theory to what is now conceived of as
specifically ‘economic’ international law: the legal regimes of taxation, of busi-
ness regulation and private international law.
Though this theory sees law as intimately bound up with capitalism and
violence, it offers no blueprints for social regulation in a post-(international-)
law society, which would be a post-capitalist society. For some, this is enough
to discredit critiques of the rule of law.116 We might choose to address this by
arguing that the construction of alternative social relations would throw up
regulatory forms capable of dealing with new social and international prob-
lems, and that during the process of transition it is inconceivable that the
legal form would not inhere for some time. However, the fact is that the lack
of a stated alternative to law in no way invalidates the commodity-form
analysis. The legal form has been a black box at the heart of international
law, which Pashukanis’s theory unlocks. In turn, the specifics of international
law itself make it an optic uniquely able to develop and correct the theory.
Of all the insights that the commodity-form approach offers, none is more
important than the unapologetic response to those who call for the rule of
law. The attempt to replace war and inequality with law is not merely utopian
– it is precisely self-defeating. A world structured around international law
cannot but be one of imperialist violence.
The chaotic and bloody world around us is the rule of law.
1
H. Bonfils, Traite de droit international public (1894), Paris, p. 1.
322 • Appendix
international law loudly proclaim that modern international law is the legal form
of the struggle of the capitalist states among themselves for domination over the rest
of the world. However, bourgeois jurists try, as much as possible, to silence
this basic fact of intensified competitive struggle, and to affirm that the task
of international law is ‘to make possible for each state what none could do
in isolation, by means of co-operation between many states’.2
Nor did the theorists of the Second International move far from these bour-
geois jurists. Abandoning the class conception of the state, they were natu-
rally compelled to discover in international law an instrument, standing
outside and above classes, for the co-ordination of the interests of individual
states and for the achievement of peace.
It was from this perspective that the well-known Bernstein,3 and the
equally-famous Renner,4 approached international law. With great assiduity,
both of these gentlemen stressed the ‘peaceful functions of international law’,
but in so doing they forgot that the better part of its norms refer to naval and
land warfare, ie. that it directly assumes a condition of open and armed strug-
gle. But even the remaining part contains a significant share of norms and
institutions which, although they refer to a condition of peace, in fact regu-
late the same struggle, albeit in another concealed form. Every struggle, includ-
ing the struggle between imperialist states, must include an exchange as one
of its components. And if exchanges are concluded then forms must also exist
for their conclusion.
But the presence of these forms does not of course alter the real historical
content hidden behind them. At a given stage of social development this con-
tent remains the struggle of capitalist states among themselves. Under the
conditions of this struggle, every exchange is the continuation of one armed
conflict and the prelude to the next. Here lies the basic trait of imperialism.
Capitalists [wrote Lenin] divide the world, not out of any particular mal-
ice, but because the degree of concentration which has been reached forces
them to adopt this method in order to receive profit. And they divide it ‘in
proportion to capital’, ‘in proportion to strength’, because there cannot be
any other method of division under commodity production and capitalism.
But strength varies with the level of economic and political development.
2
J. Louter, Le droit international public positif (1920), Oxford, p. 17.
3
E. Bernstein, Völkerrecht und Völkerpolitik (1919).
4
K. Renner, Marxismus, Krieg und Internationale (1918), Vienna.
Appendix • 323
5
V. I. Lenin, Imperialism, the Highest Stage of Capitalism (1917), Collected Works, vol.
22, p. 253.
324 • Appendix
by the expert’s plan. As soon as some power feels strong enough to take the
plunder into its exclusive possession, it starts to combat internationalization.
Thus, at the 1883 London Conference, Tsarist Russia succeeded in placing the
Kiliisky branch of the Danube outside the control of the European Commission
provided for by the international treaty of 1889. The Commission for the
Supervision of the Neutralization of the Suez Canal could not be constituted
at all: it was eliminated by a separate agreement between England and France,
whereby the first bought itself freedom of action in Egypt in exchange for
the latter’s taking of Morocco (English-French Convention of April 8th, 1904).
The struggle among imperialist states for domination of the rest of the world
is thus a basic factor in defining the nature and fate of the corresponding
international organizations.
There remain the comparatively few and narrowly-specialized interstate
agreements. These have a technical character and correspond to purposeful
combines or so-called international administrative unions, for example the
International Postal Union. These organizations do not serve primarily as an
arena for the struggle between administrative groupings, but they occupy a
secondary and subordinate position. The origin of most of these organiza-
tions was in the 1870s and 1880s, ie. in the period when capitalism had still
not fully developed its monopoly and imperialist-traits. The intensified strug-
gle for the division of the world has moved forward to such an extent since
that time, that the actual ability of capitalist states to serve general economic
and cultural needs has diminished rather than expanded. In this respect a
very clear regression was marked by the World War in that it caused the
downfall of a whole series of cultural (in particular) and, for example, sci-
entific links.
The bourgeois jurists are not entirely mistaken, however, in considering
international law as a function of some ideal cultural community which mutu-
ally connects individual states. But they do not see, or do not want to see,
that this community reflects (conditionally and relatively, of course) the com-
mon interests of the commanding and ruling classes of different states which
have identical class structures. The spread and development of international
law occurred on the basis of the spread and development of the capitalist
mode of production. However, in the feudal period the knights of every
European country had their codes of military honour and, accordingly, their
class law, which they applied in wars with one another; but they did not
apply them in inter-class wars, for example in the suppression of burghers
and the peasantry. The victory of the bourgeoisie, in all the European coun-
Appendix • 325
tries, had to lead to the establishment of new rules and new institutions of
international law which protected the general and basic interests of the bour-
geoisie, ie. bourgeois property. Here is the key to the modern law of war.
While in feudal Europe the class structure was reflected in the religious
notion of a community of all Christians, the capitalist world created its con-
cept of ‘civilization’ for the same purposes. The division of states into civi-
lized and ‘semi-civilized’, integrated and ‘semi-integrated’ to the international
community, explicitly reveals the second peculiarity of modern international
law as the class law of the bourgeoisie. It appears to us as the totality of forms
which the capitalist, bourgeois states apply in their relations with each other,
while the remainder of the world is considered as a simple object of their
completed transactions. Liszt, for example, teaches that ‘the struggle with
states and peoples who are outside the international community must not be
judged according to the law of war, but according to the bases of the love
for mankind and Christianity’. To assess the piquancy of this assertion recall
that, at the time of the colonial wars, the representatives of these lofty prin-
ciples, eg. the French in Madagascar and the Germans in Southwest Africa,
liquidated the local population without regard for age and sex.
The real historical content of international law, therefore, is the struggle
between capitalist states. International law owes its existence to the fact that
the bourgeoisie exercises its domination over the proletariat and over the
colonial countries. The latter are organized into a number of separate state-polit-
ical trusts in competition with one another. With the emergence of Soviet
states in the historical arena, international law assumes a different significance.
It becomes the form of a temporary compromise between two antagonistic
class systems. This compromise is effected for that period when one system
(the bourgeois) is already unable to ensure its exclusive domination, and the
other (proletarian and socialist) has not yet won it. It is in this sense that it
seems possible, to us, to speak of international law in the transitional period.
The significance of this transitional period consists in the fact that open strug-
gle for destruction (intervention, blockade, non-recognition) is replaced by
struggle within the limits of normal diplomatic relations and contractual
exchange. International law becomes inter-class law, and its adaptation to this
new function inevitably occurs in the form of a series of conflicts and crises.
The concept of international law during the transitional period was first put
forth, in Soviet literature, by E. Korovin.6
6
E. Korovin, International Law of the Transitional Period (1924), Moscow.
326 • Appendix
7
F. Liszt, Das Völkerrecht (1925), Berlin, sec. 5.
8
Loening, Die Gerichtsbarkeit über fremde Souverane (1903), sec. 83.
Appendix • 327
and the state into a special subject. The legal relations of the state flowed
independently, and they were not to be confused with those persons who at
any given moment were the bearers of state authority. Having subordinated
itself to the state machine, the bourgeoisie brought the principle of the pub-
lic nature of authority to its clearest expression. It may be said that the state
only fully becomes the subject of international law as the bourgeois state. The
victory of the bourgeois perspective over the feudal-patrimonial perspective
was expressed, among other things, in the denial of the binding force of
dynastic treaties for the state. Thus, in 1790 the National Assembly of France
rejected the obligations which flowed from the family treaty of the house of
Bourbon (1761), on the grounds that Louis XV had acted as a representative
of the dynasty and not as a representative of France.
It is typical that at the same time as French authors (Bonfils, for example)
consider this rejection to be proper, German monarcho-reactionary profes-
sors (Heffken) find that the National Assembly violated international law in
this action.
The Roman Papacy is a curious vestige of the Middle Ages. After the Church
entered the constituency of Italy in 1870, the Pope continued extra territori-
ally to enjoy the right to send and receive ambassadors, ie. he had certain
essential attributes of sovereign authority. When bourgeois Jurists are forced
to explain a phenomenon which contradicts their doctrine, they usually argue
that the Papal throne occupies a quasi-international status and that it is not
in the strict sense a subject of international law.
In fact, of course, the influence of the leader of the Catholic Church is no
less in international affairs than that of the League of Nations. All authors
classify the latter, as an exception, to be among the independent subjects of
international law along with individual states.
As a separate force which set itself off from society, the state only finally
emerged in the modern bourgeois capitalist period. But it by no means fol-
lows from this that the contemporary forms of international legal intercourse,
and the individual institutions of international law, only arose in the most
recent times. On the contrary, they trace their history to the most ancient peri-
ods of class and even pre-class society. To the extent that exchange was not
initially made between individuals, but among tribes and communities, it
may be affirmed that the institutions of international law are the most ancient
of legal institutions in general. Collisions between tribes, territorial disputes,
disputes over borders – and agreements as one of the elements in these
328 • Appendix
disputes – are found in the very earliest stages of human history. The tribal
pre-state life of the Iroquois, and of the ancient Germans, saw the conclusion
of alliances between tribes. The development of class society and the appear-
ance of state authority make contracts and agreements among authorities
possible. The treaty between Pharaoh Ramses II and the King of the Hittites
is one of the oldest surviving documents of this type. Other forms of rela-
tionships are equally universal: the inviolability of ambassadors; the custom
of exchanging hostages; one might also point to the ransoming of prisoners,
the neutrality of certain areas, and the right to asylum. All these practices
were known and used by the peoples of the distant past. Ancient Rome
observed various forms for the declaration of war (ius fetiale), concluded
treaties, received and sent ambassadors. The ambassadors of foreign coun-
tries enjoyed inviolability etc. A special college of herald-priests dealt with
these rules in Rome, and the majority of legal rules were protected by the
gods at that time. The sanction of religion did not, however, prevent the fact
that they were sometimes violated in the grossest manner.
On the other hand, a series of rules were formed which related to inter-
national intercourse. These were necessary both for regulating conflicts among
tribes and peoples, and also for ensuring commercial exchange between indi-
viduals who belonged to different clans and tribes. Later, these rules were
extended to include state organizations. In this way so-called private inter-
national law developed.
For example, during the period when Athens was flourishing, there were
no less than 45,000 foreign inhabitants. They enjoyed all civil rights and were
protected by a representative elected from their midst (embryos of consular
representation). The protection of foreigners thus applied to merchants who
were temporary residents. We see the same phenomenon in ancient Rome
where the special office of praetor peregrinus was instituted for the hearing of
foreigners’ judicial cases. Moreover, the so-called actiones fictitiae aided in
overcoming those strict requirements of Roman procedure which gave the
foreigner no possibility of defending his rights.
In the understanding of the Roman jurists, the law of nations (ius gentium)
embraced equally that which is now termed public international law, and
also that which is inaccurately termed private international law. Thus, for
example, we read in the Digests:
By this law of nations (ius gentium), wars are waged, nations are divided,
kingdoms are founded, property is distributed, fields are enclosed, build-
Appendix • 329
ings are erected, trade, purchases, sales, loans and obligations are estab-
lished – with the exception of certain transactions that are conducted in civil
law.9
From this list it seems that the essential characteristic of international law was
deemed to be not merely that it regulated relations (borders, war, peace etc.)
among states but, and in contrast to the ius civile, that it established the basis
of a legal community devoid of local peculiarities and free from tribal and
national colouration. These universal rules could be nothing other than a
reflection of the general conditions of exchange transactions, ie. they were
reduced to the bases of the equal rights of owners, the inviolability of own-
ership and the consequent compensations for damages and freedom of con-
tract. The bond between the ius gentium – in the sense of laws inherent in all
nations – and norms regulating the mutual relations of states, was consciously
strengthened by the first theorist of international law, Hugo Grotius (1583–1684).
His whole system depends on the fact that he considers relations between
states to be relations between the owners of private property; he declares that
the necessary conditions for the execution of exchange, ie. equivalent exchange
between private owners, are the conditions for legal interaction between states.
Sovereign states co-exist and are counterposed to one another in exactly the
same way as are individual property owners with equal rights. Each state may
‘freely’ dispose of its own property, but it can gain access to another state’s
property only by means of a contract on the basis of compensation: do ut des.
The feudal-patrimonial structure greatly aided the theory of territorial rule
in acquiring a clearly civilist hue. Suzerains or ‘Landesherren’ considered
themselves as the owners of those holdings over which their authority extended;
the holdings were thought of as their private right, a subject of alienation by
the owner. Entering into relations with one another, they disposed of their
holdings as owners dispose of their objects, and alienated them according to
the system of private (Roman) law. From the very beginning, therefore, many
of the institutions of international law had a private law foundation – includ-
ing the theory of modi aecuirendi dominii in international relations. Other meth-
ods were also recognized: inheritance, dowry, gift, purchase and sale, exchange,
occupation, prescription.
On the basis of natural-law doctrine, Grotius’s ideas continued to be
developed by subsequent theorists: Puffendorf (1632–1694), Tomasius
9
1, 5 Digests, 1, 1.
330 • Appendix
It is most obvious that we are dealing here with ideas drawn from the sphere
of civil law relationships with a basis in equality between the parties.
To a certain degree the analogy may be extended. Bourgeois private law
assumes that subjects are formally equal yet simultaneously permits real
inequality in property, while bourgeois international law in principle recog-
nizes that states have equal rights yet in reality they are unequal in their
significance and their power. For instance, each state is formally free to select
the means which it deems necessary to apply in the case of infringements of
its right: ‘however, when a major state lets it be known that it will meet injury
with the threat of, or the direct use of force, a small state merely offers pas-
sive resistance or is compelled to concede.’11 These dubious benefits of for-
10
F. Liszt, International Law (1913), Russian translation from the 6th edition, edited
by V. E. Grabar, p. 81.
11
V. E. Grabar, The Basis of Equality between States in Modern International Law (1912),
Publishing House of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 1.
Appendix • 331
mal equality are not enjoyed at all by those nations which have not devel-
oped capitalist civilization and which engage in international intercourse not
as subjects, but as objects of the imperialist states’ colonial policy.
In civil-law transactions, however, the relationships between the parties
assume legal form not only because they derive from the logic of objects
(from the logic of the exchange act, more accurately), but also because this
form finds real support and defence in the apparatus of judicial and state
authority. Legal existence is materialized in a special sphere, partitioned off
from the intrusion of naked fact. In his language the lawyer expresses this
by asserting that every subjective right depends upon an objective norm, and
that private legal relationships arose because of the public legal order. Moreover,
in international law the subjects of legal relationships are the states them-
selves as the bearers of sovereign authority. A series of logical contradictions
follows from this. For the existence of international law it is necessary that
states be sovereign (for sovereignty in any given case is equated with legal
capacity). If there are no sovereign states then there are no subjects of the
international law relationship, and there is no international law. But, on the
other hand, if there are sovereign states, then does this mean that the norms
of international law are not legal norms? For in the opposite case, they must
possess an external power which constrains the state, ie. limits its sovereignty.
Conclusion: for international law to exist it is necessary that states not be
sovereign. Bourgeois jurisprudence has devoted a great amount of fruitless
effort in solving this contradiction. For instance, Pruess – the author of the
present German (Weimar) Constitution tended to the position of sacrificing
the concept of sovereignty for the sake of international law. Conversely, writ-
ers such as Zorn and, most recently, Wendel, are more ready to abandon
supra-state international law. However, these dogmatic arguments change
nothing in reality. No matter how eloquently the existence of international
law is proved, the fact of the absence of an organizational force, which could
coerce a state with the same ease as a state coerces an individual person,
remains a fact. The only real guarantee that the relationships between bour-
geois states (and in the transitional period with states of another class type)
will remain on the basis of equivalent exchange, ie. on a legal basis (on the
basis of the mutual recognition of subjects), is the real balance of forces. Within
the limits set by a given balance of forces, separate questions may be decided
by compromises and by exchange, ie. on the basis of law. Even then there is
the qualification that each government calls upon law when its interests
demand it, and in every way will try to avoid fulfilling some norm if it is
332 • Appendix
profitable for it.12 In critical periods, when the balance of forces has fluctu-
ated seriously, when ‘vital interests’ or even the very existence of a state are
on the agenda, the fate of the norms of international law becomes extremely
problematic.
This particularly relates to the imperialist period, with its unprecedented
intensification of the competitive struggle which derives from the monopo-
lisitic tendencies of finance capital, and from the fact that after the whole
globe has already been divided then further expansion can only occur at the
expense of robbing one’s neighbour.
The best illustration of this is afforded by the last war, of 1914–1918, dur-
ing which both sides continuously violated international law. With interna-
tional law in such a lamentable condition, bourgeois jurists can be consoled
only with the hope that, however deeply the balance was disturbed, it will
nevertheless be reestablished: the most violent of wars must sometime be
ended with peace, the political passions raised by it must gradually be rec-
onciled, the governments will return to objectivity and compromise, and the
norms of international law will once again find their force. However, in addi-
tion to this hope the fact is adduced, as an argument in favour of the posi-
tive nature of international law, that every state in violating international law
also tries to depict the matter as if there had been no violation whatsoever.
We find in Ulman, for example, this curious reference to state hypocrisy as
proof of the positive nature of international law. Another group of jurists sim-
ply deny the very existence of international law. Among them is the founder
of the English school of positivist jurisprudence, Austin. Defining ‘law in the
proper sense’, as an order emanating from a definite authority and strength-
ened by a threat in the case of disobedience, he finds that international law
is contradictio in adjecto. ‘To the extent that it is law, it is not international; to
the extent that it is truly international, it is not law.’ Gumplowicz holds the
same opinion: ‘In a definite sense international law is not law inasmuch as
state law also is not law.’13 Lasson says: ‘The norms of international law are
but rules of state wisdom which the state follows having in mind its own
welfare, and from which it can deviate as soon as its vital interests so demand.’14
12
L. Oppenheim, International Law: A Treatise (1905), Longmans, Green & Co.,
vol. 1, p. 65.
13
L. Gumplowicz, Allgemeines Staatsrecht (1907), sec. 415.
14
G. Lasson, Prinzip und Zukunft des Volkerrechts (1871), p. 49.
Appendix • 333
But the perspective of Austin, Lasson, Gumplowicz and others is not shared
by the majority of bourgeois jurists. The open denial of international law is
politically unprofitable for the bourgeoisie since it exposes them to the masses
and thus hinders preparations for new wars. It is much more profitable for
the imperialists to act in the guise of pacifism and as the champions of inter-
national law.
Therefore, for example, the English writer Walker15 censures the termino-
logical cavils of Austin, who did not want to define international law as law
in the proper sense, and who exclaims ‘it is better to permit peace and pas-
sivity to reign without correct terminology, than to permit accuracy of lan-
guage to exist with the spirit of lawlessness!’
Jurists who preach the cult of force in international relations are both use-
less to the bourgeoisie (it needs not preaching, but real force), and also dan-
gerous because they conceal the irreconcilability of the contradictions of
capitalist society, and because they compromise peace and tranquility needed
even by a thief when he has had his fill and is digesting his spoils.
From the Marxist perspective this nihilist criticism of international law is
in error since, while exposing fetishism in one area, it does so at the cost of
consolidating it in others. The precarious, unstable and relative nature of
international law is illustrated in comparison with the largely firm, steady
and absolute nature of other types of law. In fact, we have here a difference
in degree. For only in the imagination of jurists are all the legal relationships
within a state dominated one hundred per cent by a single state ‘will’. In
fact, a major portion of civil law relationships are exercised under influence
of pressures limited to the activities of subjects themselves. Furthermore, only
by taking the viewpoint of legal fetishism is it possible to think that the legal
form of a relationship changes or destroys its real and material essence. This
essence, on the contrary, is always decisive. The formalization of our rela-
tionship with bourgeois states, by way of treaties, is part of our foreign pol-
icy, and is its continuation in a special form. A treaty obligation is nothing
other than a special form of the concretization of economic and political rela-
tionships. But once the appropriate degree of concretization is reached, it may
then be taken into consideration and, within certain limits, studied as a spe-
cial subject. The reality of this object is no less than the reality of any con-
stitution – both may be overturned by the intrusion of a revolutionary squall.
15
T. A. Walker, A History of the Law of Nations, n.d., p. 19.
334 • Appendix
one can imagine how hopeless will be the application of customary interna-
tional law to the decision of any serious dispute.
The norms of written international law, which are fixed in treaties and
agreements, are of course distinguished by comparatively greater precision.
But there are rather few such treaties which could establish general rules or,
expressed in technical language, which could create objective international
law. The most important of these are: the acts of the Congress of Vienna
(1815); the Paris Declaration on the Law of Naval Warfare (1856); the Geneva
Conventions (1856 and 1906); the General Acts of the Hague Peace Conference
(1899 and 1907); the London Declaration on the Law of Naval Warfare (1909);
the League of Nations Treaty (1919); and certain declarations of the Washington
Conference (1921) etc. However, parts of these treaties were not concluded
by all states – just by some of them – and therefore the norms created by
these agreements may not, strictly speaking, assume the significance of norms
of general international law. There are only particular international laws effec-
tive within the circle of states which signed them or which later adhered to
them. There are, accordingly, few generally recognized written norms of inter-
national law.
Finally, the decisions of international tribunals, arbitration panels and other
international organizations are usually adduced as sources of international
law. Anglo-Saxon jurists add the judicial practice of national courts, espe-
cially so in prize cases and in internal legislation dealing with questions of
international significance.
Bibliography
Archibugi, Daniele and David Held 1995, Cosmopolitan Democracy, Cambridge: Polity.
Arend, Anthony Clark 1999, Legal Rules and International Society, New York: Oxford
University Press USA.
Aristodemou, Mària 1994, ‘Choice and Evasion in Judicial Recognition of Governments:
Lessons from Somalia’, European Journal of International Law, 5, 4: 532–555.
Arthur, Chris 1978, ‘Introduction’, in Pashukanis, Evgeny, Law and Marxism: A General
Theory, London: InkLinks.
Arthur, Chris 1999, ‘Systematic Dialectic’, talk given to the Greenwich Postgraduate
Seminar Series in Critical Political Economy.
Artous, Antoine 1999, Marx, l’état et la politique, Paris: Éditions Syllepse.
Austin, John 2000, The Province of Jurisprudence Determined, Amherst, NY: Prometheus
Books.
Azikiwe, Ben N. 1931, ‘Ethics of Colonial Imperialism’, Journal of Negro History, 16, 3:
287–308.
Bailyn, Bernard 2000, ‘The First British Empire: From Cambridge to Oxford’, William
and Mary Quarterly, LVII, 3: 647–655.
Bakan, Abigail B. 1987, ‘Plantation Slavery and the Capitalist Mode of Production:
An Analysis of the Development of the Jamaican Labour Force’, Studies in Political
Economy, 22: 73–99.
Balakrishnan, Gopal 2000, The Enemy. An Intellectual Portrait of Carl Schmitt, London:
Verso.
Banaji, Jairus 1977, ‘Modes of Production in a Materialist Conception of History’,
Capital and Class, 3: 1–44.
Banaji, Jairus 2003, ‘The Fictions of Free Labour: Contract, Coercion and So-Called
Unfree Labour’, Historical Materialism, 11, 3: 69–95.
Barber, William J. 1967, A History of Economic Thought, London: Penguin.
Barker, Colin 1978, ‘The State as Capital’, International Socialism, 2, 1: 16–42.
Barker, Colin 1998, ‘Industrialism, Capitalism, Value, Force and States: Some Theoretical
Remarks’, unpublished MS.
Barnett, Randy E. 1998, The Structure of Liberty: Justice and the Rule of Law, Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Barratt Brown, Michael 1974, The Economics of Imperialism, Harmandsworth: Penguin.
Barrow, Clyde W. 2000, ‘The Marx Problem in Marxian State Theory’, Science and
Society, 64, 1: 87–118.
Bartelson, Jens 1995, A Genealogy of Sovereignty, Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Baxter, John 1999, ‘Is the UN an Alternative to “Humanitarian Imperialism”?’,
International Socialism, 85: 57–72.
Beaulac, Stéphane 2000, ‘The Westphalian Legal Orthodoxy – Myth or Reality?’, Journal
of the History of International Law, 2: 148–177.
Beaulac, Stéphane 2003a, ‘The Social Power of Bodin’s “Sovereignty” and International
Law’, Melbourne Journal of International Law 4, 1: 1–28.
Bibliography • 339
Bowring, Bill n.d., ‘Ideology Critique and International Law: Hegel, Marx, Habermas –
and Susan Marks’, unpublished manuscript.
von Braunmühl, Claudia 1978, ‘On the Analysis of the Bourgeois Nation State within
the World Market Context’ in Holloway, John and Sol Picciotto (eds.), State and
Capital: A Marxist Debate, London: Edward Arnold.
Brenner, Robert 1977, ‘The Origins of Capitalist Development: A Critique of Neo-
Smithian Marxism’, New Left Review, 104: 25–92.
Brenner, Robert 1985a, ‘Agrarian Class Structure and Economic Development in Pre-
Industrial Europe’ in Aston, T.H. and C.H.E. Philpin (eds.), The Brenner Debate:
Agrarian Class Structure and Economic Development in Pre-Industrial Europe, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Brenner, Robert 1985b, ‘The Agrarian Roots of European Capitalism’, in Aston, T.H.
and C.H.E. Philpin (eds.), The Brenner Debate: Agrarian Class Structure and Economic
Development in Pre-Industrial Europe, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bresheeth, Haim and Nira Yuval-Davis (eds.) 1991, The Gulf War and the New World
Order, London: Zed Books.
Brewer, Anthony 1980, Marxist Theories of Imperialism, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Brewer, John 1990, The Sinews of Power, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Brierly, James L. 1958, The Basis of Obligation in International Law, Oxford: Clarendon
Press.
Briggs, Herbert W. 1945, ‘Power Politics and International Organization’, American
Journal of International Law, 39, 4: 664–679.
Brownlie, Ian 1963, International Law and the Use of Force by States, Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Brownlie, Ian 1984, ‘The Expansion of International Society: The Consequences for
the Law of Nations’ in Bull, Hedley and Adam Watson (eds.), The Expansion of
International Society, Oxford: Clarendon.
Brownlie, Ian 1990, Principles of Public International Law (4th edition), London: Oxford
University Press.
Brugger, Bill 1991, ‘Was the Gulf War “Just”?’, Australian Journal of International Affairs,
45, 2: 161–169.
Buck, Philip W. 1942, The Politics of Mercantilism, New York: Henry Holt and Company.
Bukharin, N.I. 1982, Selected Writings on the State and the Transition to Socialism, New
York: M.E. Sharpe.
Bukharin, Nikolai 1987, Imperialism and World Economy, London: Merlin.
Bull, Hedley 1975, ‘New Directions in the Theory of International Relations’, International
Studies, 14: 277–86.
Bull, Hedley 1977, The Anarchical Society, London: Macmillan.
Bull, Hedley and Adam Watson (eds.) 1984, The Expansion of International Society,
Oxford: Clarendon.
Bunck, Julie Marie and Michael Ross Fowler 1995, Law, Power and the Sovereign State:
The Evolution and Application of the Concept of Sovereignty, University Park, PA: The
Pennsylvania State University Press.
Burn, W.L. 1951, The British West Indies, London: Hutchinson House.
Bibliography • 341
Cotterrell, Roger 1996, Law’s Community: Legal Theory in Sociological Perspective, Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Craig, Paul P. 1995, ‘Formal and Substantive Conceptions of the Rule of Law’, Diritto
Publico: 35–55.
Craven, Matthew, Susan Marks, Gerry Simpson and Ralph Wilde 2004, ‘We Are Teachers
of International Law’, Leiden Journal of International Law, 17, 2.
Crouse, Nellis M. 1940, French Pioneers in the West Indies, 1624–1664, New York: Columbia
University Press.
Cruickshank, Albert and Vendulka Kubálková 1988, Marxism and International Relations,
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Curtis, Mark 1998, The Great Deception: Anglo-American Power and World Order, London:
Pluto Press.
Cutler, Claire 1997, ‘Artifice, Ideology and Paradox: the Public/Private Distinction in
International Law’, Review of International Political Economy, 4, 2: 261–285.
Cutler, Claire 1999, ‘Globalization and the Rule of Law: Reconstituting Property, Capital
and the State’, paper delivered at the Now More Than Ever: Historical Materialism
and Globalisation workshop at Warwick University, April 1999. <http://faculty.
maxwell.syr.edu/merupert/Research/HM%20workshop/cutler.htm>.
Cutler, Claire 2001, ‘Critical Reflections on the Westphalian Assumptions of International
Law and Organization: a crisis of legitimacy’, Review of International Studies, 27, 2:
133–150.
Danzig, David and Paul Rosenzweig 2004, ‘Head to Head: Is the US Breaking the
Law?’, 10 March 2004, at <news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/americas/3548399.stm>.
Davenport, Frances Gardiner 1917, European Treaties Bearing on the History of the United
States and Its Dependencies, Washington, DC: Carnegie Institution of Washington.
Davidson, Scott 1987, Grenada: A Study in Politics and the Limits of International Law,
Aldershot: Avebury.
Davis, Mike 1986, Prisoners of the American Dream, London: Verso.
Davis, Ralph 1962, The Rise of the English Shipping Industry in the Seventeenth and
Eighteenth Centuries, Newton Abbot: David & Charles.
De Pauw, Frans 1965, Grotius and the Law of the Sea, Brussels: Université de Bruxelles
Institut de Sociologie.
Dean, Jodi 2004, ‘Zizek on Law’, Law and Critique, 15: 1–24.
Derrida, Jacques 1976, Of Grammatology, Baltimore: The John Hopkins University Press.
Detter De Lupis, Ingrid 1987, The Concept of International Law, Stockholm: Norstedts
Förlag.
Deutsch, Karl and Stanley Hoffman (eds.) 1971, The Relevance of International Law,
Garden City, NY: Doubleday Anchor Books.
Dickinson, Edwin DeWitt 1920, The Equality of States in International Law, Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Dinstein, Yoram 1984, ‘A Realistic Approach to International Law’ in Grahl-Madsen,
Atle and Jiri Toman (eds.), The Spirit of Uppsala: Proceedings of the Joint UNITAR-
Uppsala University Seminar on International Law and Organizatio for a New World Order
(JUS 81), Uppsala 9–18 June 1981, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
344 • Bibliography
Dinstein, Yoram 1994, War, Aggression and Self-Defence (second edition), Cambridge:
Grotius Publications.
Dobb, Maurice 1963, Studies in the Development of Capitalism, New York: International
Publishers.
Doehring, Karl 2002, ‘Book review: Carl Schmitt, Le nomos de lat terre dans le droit des
gens du Jus Publicum Europaeum’, Journal of the History of International Law, 4: 374–376.
Donnelly, Jack 1992, ‘Human Rights in the New World Order’, World Policy Journal,
9, 2: 249–277.
Douglas, William O. 1961, The Rule of Law in World Affairs, Santa Barbara, CA: Center
for the Study of Democratic Institutions.
Doswald-Beck, Louise 1985, ‘The Legal Validity of Military Intervention by Invitation
of the Government’, British Yearbook of International Law, 56: 189–252.
Dudden, Alexis 1999, ‘Japan’s Engagement with International Terms’ in Liu, Lydia H.
(ed.) Tokens of Exchange: The Problem of Translation in Global Circulation, Durham:
Duke University Press.
Dumbauld, Edward 1969, The Life and Legal Writings of Hugo Grotius, Norman: University
of Oklahoma Press.
Dunning, William A. 1896, ‘Jean Bodin on Sovereignty’, Political Science Quarterly, 11,
1: 82–104.
Eagleton, Terry 2001, ‘A Spot of Firm Government’, London Review of Books, 23, 16:
19–20.
Eckstein, George 1981, ‘Hans Morgenthau: A Personal Memoir’, Social Research, 48:
641–52.
Ehrlich, Thomas and Mary Ellen O’Connell 1993, International Law and the Use of Force,
Boston: Little, Brown and Company.
Eldred, Michael 1984, Critique of Competitive Freedom and the Bourgeois-Democratic State,
Copenhagen: Kurasje.
Elias, Taslim Olawale 1972, Africa and the Development of International Law, The Hague:
Martinus Nijhoff.
Engels, Frederick 1902, The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State, Chicago:
C.H. Kerr and Company.
Engelskirchen, Howard 1992, ‘Locating the Analysis of Legal Form: E.B. Pashukanis’,
Rethinking Marxism, 5, 1: 108–115.
Engelskirchen, Howard 1997, ‘Consideration as the Commitment to Relinquish
Autonomy’, Seton Hall Law Review, 27, 2: 490–573.
Estreicher, Samuel and Paul B. Stephan 2003, ‘Taking International Law Seriously’,
Virginia Journal of International Law, 44, 1: 1–4.
Falk, Richard 1968a, ‘The Relevance of Political Context to the Nature and Functioning
of International Law: An Intermediate View’ in Deutsch, Karl W. and Stanley Hoffman
(eds.), The Relevance of International Law, Cambridge, MA: Schenkman.
Falk, Richard 1968b, Legal Order in a Violent World, Princeton: Princeton University
Press.
Falk, Richard 1969, ‘The Beirut Raid and the International Law of Retaliation’, American
Journal of International Law, 63, 3: 415–43.
Bibliography • 345
Falk, Richard 1970, The Status of Law in International Society, Princeton: Princeton
University Press.
Falk, Richard 1975, A Study of Future Worlds, New York: The Free Press.
Falk, Richard 1980, ‘The Shaping of World Order Studies: A Response’, The Review of
Politics, 42: 18–30.
Falk, Richard 1983, The End of World Order: Essays on Normative International Relations,
New York: Holmes and Meier Publishers.
Falk, Richard 1985, ‘The Grotian Quest’ in Falk, Richard et al. (eds.) International Law:
A Contemporary Perspective, Boulder: Westview Press.
Falk, Richard 1992, ‘Democracy Died at the Gulf’, Viet Nam Generation Journal, 4:1.
<http://lists.village.virginia.edu/sixties/HTML_docs/TextsScholarly/Falk_Democracy
_Died_01.html>.
Falk, Richard 1994, Speech at the 1994 Conference on Security Council Reform.
<http://www.globalpolicy.org/security/conf94/falk.htm>.
Falk, Richard 1995, ‘The World Order between Inter-State Law and the Law of Humanity:
the Role of Civil Society Institutions’ in Archibugi, Daniele and David Held (eds.),
Cosmopolitan Democracy: An Agenda for a New World Order, Cambridge: Polity.
Falk, Richard 1997, ‘The United Nations, the rule of law and humanitarian interven-
tion’, in Kaldor, Mary and Basker Vashee (eds.), Restructuring the Global Military
Sector. Volume 1: New Wars, London: Pinter.
Farley, Lawrence T. 1986, Plebiscites and Sovereignty: The Crisis of Political Illegitimacy,
Boulder: Westview Press.
Feinerman, James V. 1996, ‘Chinese Participation in the International Legal Order:
Rogue Elephant or Team Player?’ in Lubman, Stanley (ed.), China’s Legal Reforms,
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Feinman, Jay M. and Peter Gabel 1990, ‘Contract Law as Ideology’ in Kairys, David
(ed.), The Politics of Law: A Progressive Critique (revised edition), New York: Pantheon
Books.
Fenwick, Charles G. 1939, ‘The Monroe Doctrine and the Declaration of Lima’, American
Journal of International Law, 33, 2: 257–268.
Fine, Bob 1979, ‘Law and Class’ in Fine, Bob et al. (eds.), Capitalism and the Rule of
Law, London: Hutchinson.
Fine, Bob 1984, Democracy and the Rule of Law, London: Pluto Press.
Fine, Robert and Sol Picciotto 1992, ‘On Marxist Critiques of Law’ in Grigg-Spall, Ian
and Paddy Ireland (eds.), The Critical Lawyers’ Handbook, London: Pluto Press.
Finkelstein, Norman G. 1996, The Rise and Fall of Palestine, Minneapolis: University of
Minnesota Press.
Fisch, Jörg 1984, Die europäische Expansion und das Völkerrecht, Stuttgart: Franz Steiner
Verlag.
Fisch, Jörg 1986, ‘International Law in the Expansion of Europe’, Law and State: A
Biannual Collection of Recent German Contributions, 34: 7–31.
Fisch, Jörg 2000, ‘The Role of International Law in the Territorial Expansion of Europe,
16th–20th Centuries’, ICCLP Review [publication of the International Center for
Comparative Law and Politics], 3, 1: 4–13.
346 • Bibliography
Gill, Stephen 2003, ‘Grand Strategy and World Order: A Neo-Gramscian Perspective’,
a revised version of a lecture delivered on 20 April 2000 at Yale University.
Glennon, Michael J. 1999, ‘The New Interventionism: The Search for a Just International
Law’, Foreign Affairs, 78, 3: 2–7.
Glete, Jan 2001, War and the State in Early Modern Europe, London: Routledge.
Global Governance Reform Project 2000, Reimagining the Future: Towards Democratic
Governance, Melbourne: Politics Department, La Trobe University.
Gong, Gerrit W. 1984, The Standard of ‘Civilization’ in International Society, Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Gosselin, Daniel P. 1998, ‘Jus ad Bellum and the 1983 Grenada Invasion: the Limits of
International Law’, Department of National Defense (Canada). <http://www.cfcsc.
dnd.ca/irc/amsc/amsc1/016.html#n110>
Gottlieb, Gidon 1968, ‘The New International Law: Toward the Legitimation of War’,
Ethics 78, 2: 144–147.
Gottschalk, Tikkun A.S. 2003, ‘The Realpolitik of Empire’, Journal of Transnational Law
and Policy, 13, 1: 281–303.
Gowan, Peter 1999, ‘The Gulf War and Western Liberalism’ in, The Global Gamble:
Washington’s Faustian Bid for World Dominance, London: Verso.
Gowan, Peter 2001, ‘The Origins of Atlantic Liberalism’, New Left Review, 8: 150–157.
Gowan, Peter 2003, ‘US: UN’, New Left Review, 24: 1–28.
Gowan, Peter, Leo Panitch and Martin Shaw 2001, ‘The State, Globalisation and the
New Imperialism: A Roundtable Discussion’, Historical Materialism, 9: 3–38.
Grabar, V.E. 1990, The History of International Law in Russia, 1647–1917, Oxford: Clarendon
Press.
Gramsci, Antonio 1971, The Prison Notebooks, London: Lawrence and Wishart.
Green, L. and Olive P. Dickason 1989, The Law of Nations and the New World, Edmonton:
University of Alberta Press.
Green, Peter 2002, ‘“The Passage from Imperialism to Empire”: A Commentary on
Empire by Michael Hardt and Antonio Negri’, Historical Materialism, 10, 1: 29–77.
Greenspan, Morris 1959, The Modern Law of Land Warfare, Berkely, CA: University of
California Press.
Greenwood, Christopher 1993, ‘Customary international law and the First Geneva
Protocol of 1977 in the Gulf conflict’ in Rowe, Peter (ed.), The Gulf War 1990–91 in
International and English Law, London: Routledge.
Gregory, Jeanne 1979, ‘Sex discrimination, work and the law’ in Fine, Bob et al. (eds.),
Capitalism and the Rule of Law, London: Hutchinson.
Grewe, Wilhelm G. 1984, ‘History of the Law of Nations: World War I to World War
II’ in Bernhardt, Rudolf et al. (eds.) 1995, Encyclopedia of Public International Law,
Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Grewe, Wilhelm G. (ed.) 1995, Fontes Historiae Iuris Gentium: Sources Relating to the
History of the Law of Nations, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
Grewe, Wilhelm G. 2000, The Epochs of International Law, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.
Grigg-Spall, Ian and Paddy Ireland (eds.) 1992, The Critical Lawyers’ Handbook, London:
Pluto Press.
348 • Bibliography
Grotius, Hugo 2000, The Freedom of the Seas, Kitchener, Ontario: Batoche Books.
Grotius, Hugo 2001, On the Law of War and Peace, Kitchener, Ontario: Batoche Books.
Grovogui, Siba N’Zatioula 1996, Sovereigns, Quasi Sovereigns and Africans, Minneapolis:
University of Minnesota Press.
Halberstam, Malvina 1993, ‘The Copenhagen Document: Intervention in Support of
Democracy’, Harvard International Law Journal, 34, 1: 165–175.
Hall, W.E. 1884, A Treatise of International Law (Second edition), Oxford: Clarendon.
Halle, Louis J. 1974, ‘Foreword’ in Klein, Robert A. Sovereign Equality Among States:
The History of an Idea, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
Halley, Anne 1997, ‘Theodor W. Adorno’s Dream Transcripts’, The Antioch Review, 55,
1: 57–74.
Halliday, Fred 1991, ‘The Left and the War’, New Statesman and Society, 8 March 1991:
14–16.
Halliday, Fred 1996, Islam and the Myth of Confrontation, London: I.B. Tauris.
Halliday, Fred 1998, ‘Colonialism and the Formation of the Modern World: Domination
and Resistance’, Center for Western European Studies Working Paper No. 1,
Kalamazoo, MI: Kalamazoo College.
Hampson, Françoise J. 1993, ‘Means and methods of warfare in the conflict in the
Gulf’ in Rowe, Peter (ed.), The Gulf War 1990–91 in International and English Law,
London: Routledge.
Hardt, Michael and Antonio Negri 2000, Empire, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
Hargreaves, John D. 1996, Decolonization in Africa, London: Longman.
Hargrove, John Lawrence 1991, ‘Intervention by Invitation and the Politics of the New
World Order’, in Damrosch, Lori Fisler and David J. Scheffer (eds.), Law and Force
in the New International Order, Boulder, Co.: Westview Press.
Harman, Chris 1991, ‘State and Capitalism Today’, International Socialism, 51: 3–54.
Harman, Chris 1998, Marxism and History, London: Bookmarks.
Harman, Chris 1999, A People’s History of the World, London: Bookmarks.
Harris, Douglas C. 2000, ‘Review: Laws of the Postcolonial’, Law, Social Justice & Global
Development, 1. <http://elj.warwick.ac.uk/global/issue/2000–1/harris.html>.
Hart, H.L.A. 1961, The Concept of Law, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hazard, John 1951 (ed.), Soviet Legal Philosophy, Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University
Press.
Hazard, John 1979, ‘Foreword’ in Pashukanis 1980, Pashukanis: Selected Writings on
Marxism and Law, London: Academic Press.
Head, Michael 2001, ‘The Passionate Legal Debates of the Early Years of the Russian
Revolution’, Canadian Journal of Law and Jurisprudence, 14, 1: 3–27.
Head, Michael 2004 (forthcoming), ‘The Rise and Fall of a Soviet Jurist: Evgeny
Pashukanis and Stalinism’, Canadian Journal of Law and Jurisprudence, 17, 2.
Heckscher, Eli F. 1994, Mercantilism (2 volumes, revised), London: Routledge.
Bibliography • 349
Held, David 1995, Democracy and the Global Order, Cambridge: Polity.
Held, David, Anthony McGrew, David Goldblatt and Jonathan Perraton 1999, Global
Transformations, Cambridge: Polity.
Henkin, Louis 1979, How Nations Behave: Law and Foreign Policy (second edition), New
York: Praeger.
Hershey, Amos S. 1912, ‘History of International Law Since the Peace of Westphalia’,
American Journal of International Law, 6, 1: 30–69.
Heuer, Uwe-Jens and Gregor Schirmer 1998, ‘Human Rights Imperialism’, Monthly
Review, 49, 10. <http://www.monthlyreview.org/398heuer.htm>
Higgins, Rosalyn 1968, ‘Policy Considerations and the International Judicial Process’,
International and Comparative Law Quarterly, 17.
Higgins, Rosalyn 1969, ‘Policy and Impartiality: The Uneasy Relationship in International
Law’, International Organisation, XXIII, 4: 914–31.
Higgins, Rosalyn 1994, Problems and Process: International Law and How We Use It,
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Hilton, Rodney (ed.) 1978, The Transition from Feudalism to Capitalism, London: Verso.
Hinsley, F.H. 1986, Sovereignty (second edition), Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Hirsch, Joachim 1978, ‘The State Apparatus and Social Reproduction: Elements of a
Theory of the Bourgeois State’ in Holloway, John and Sol Picciotto (eds.), State and
Capital: A Marxist Debate, London: Edward Arnold.
Hitchens, Christopher 1990, Blood, Class and Nostalgia, London: Vintage.
Hitchens, Christopher 2001, The Trial of Henry Kissinger, London: Verso.
Hobbes, Thomas 1981, Leviathan, London: Penguin.
Hobsbawm, E.J. 1962, The Age of Revolution: 1789–1848, New York: Mentor.
Hobsbawm, E.J. 1975, The Age of Capital: 1848–1875, London: Abacus.
Hobsbawm, Eric 1994, Age of Extremes, London: Abacus.
Hochschild, Adam 1999, King Leopold’s Ghost, London: Macmillan.
Holloway, John and Sol Picciotto (eds.) 1978a, State and Capital: A Marxist Debate,
London: Edward Arnold.
Holloway, John and Sol Picciotto 1978b, ‘Introduction: Towards a Materialist Theory
of the State’ in Holloway, John and Sol Picciotto (eds.), State and Capital: A Marxist
Debate, London: Edward Arnold.
Holloway, John and Sol Picciotto 1991, ‘Capital, Crisis and the State’, in Clarke, Simon
(ed.), The State Debate, London: Macmillan.
Horwitz, Morton 1977, ‘The Rule of Law: An Unqualified Human Good?’, Yale Law
Journal, 86: 561.
Hosack, John 1882, On the Rise and Growth of the Law of Nations, London: John Murray.
Hsiung, James C. 1997, Anarchy and Order: The Interplay of Politics and Law in International
Relations, London: Lynne Rienner Publishers.
Huberman, Leo 1936, Man’s Worldly Goods, New York: Monthly Review Press.
350 • Bibliography
Hueck, Ingo J. 2001, ‘The Discipline of the History of International Law – New Trends
and Methods on the History of International Law’, Journal of the History of International
Law, 3: 194–217.
Hunt, Alan 1987, ‘The Critique of Law: What is “Critical” about Critical Legal Theory?’
in Fitzpatrick, Peter and Alan Hunt (eds.), Critical Legal Studies, London: Basil
Blackwell.
Hutchinson, Allan and Patrick Monahan 1987, ‘Democracy and the Rule of Law’, in
Hutchinson, Allan and Patrick Monahan (eds.), The Rule of Law: Ideal or Ideology,
Toronto: Carswell.
Hutchison, Terence W. 1988, Before Adam Smith: The Emergence of Political Economy,
1662–1776, Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
International Helsinki Federation for Human Rights 2003, Anti-terrorism Measures,
Security and Human Rights: Developments in Europe, Central Asia and North America
in the Aftermath of September 11, Helsinki: IHF.
Ireland, Paddy and Per Laleng (eds.) 1997, The Critical Lawyers’ Handbook 2, London:
Pluto Press 1997.
Jackson, Robert H. 1987, ‘Quasi-States, Dual Regimes, and Neoclassical Theory:
International Jurisprudence and the Third World’, International Organization, 41, 4:
519–549.
Jackson, Robert H. 1991, Quasi-States: Sovereignty, International Relations, and the Third
World, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Janis, Mark W. 1991, ‘International Law?’, Harvard International Law Journal, 32, 2:
363–372.
Jenkins, William Sumner 1935, Pro-Slavery Thought in the Old South, Chapel Hill, NC:
The University of North Carolina Press.
Jennings, R.Y. 1963, The Acquisition of Territory in International Law, Manchester:
Manchester University Press.
Jessop, Bob 1990, State Theory, University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University
Press.
Jhering, Rudolf von 1924, Law as a Means to an End, New York: Macmillan.
af Jochnick, Chris and Roger Normand 1994a, ‘The Legitimation of Violence: A Critical
History of the Laws of War’, Harvard International Law Review, 35, 1: 49–95.
af Jochnick, Chris and Roger Normand 1994b, ‘The Legitimation of Violence: A Critical
Analysis of the Gulf War’, Harvard International Law Review, 35, 2: 387–416.
Johns, Christina Jacqueline and P. Ward Johnson 1994, State Crime, the Media, and the
Invasion of Panama, Westport, CT: Praeger.
Johnson, Richard R. 1991, John Nelson, Merchant Adventure: A Life between Empires,
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Johnston, W. Ross 1973, Sovereignty and Protection: A Study of British Jurisdictional
Imperialism in the Late Nineteenth Century, Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.
Kaldor, Mary 1997, ‘Introduction’, Kaldor, Mary and Basker Vashee eds., Restructuring
the Global Military Sector. Volume 1: New Wars, London: Pinter.
Kaldor, Mary 1999, New and Old Wars, Cambridge: Polity.
Kalshoven, Frits 1971, Belligerent Reprisals, Leiden: A.W. Sijthoff.
Bibliography • 351
Knight, W.S.M. 1925, The Life and Works of Hugo Grotius, London: Sweet and Maxwell.
Koechler, Hans 1995, Democracy and the International Rule of Law, Vienna: Springer-
Verlag.
Kooijmans, P.H. 1964, The Doctrine of the Legal Equality of States, Leyden: A.J. Sythoff.
Korff, S.A. 1924, ‘An Introduction to the History of International Law’, American Journal
of International Law, 18, 2: 246–259.
Korovin, E.A. 1924, Mezhdunarodnoe pravo perkhodnogo vremeni, Moscow.
Koshy, Susan 1999, ‘From Cold War to Trade War: Neocolonialism and Human Rights’,
Social Text, 17, 1: 1–32.
Koskenniemi, Martti 1989, From Apology to Utopia: The Structure of International Legal
Argument, Helsinki: Lakimiesliiton Kustannus.
Koskenniemi, Martti 1995, ‘The Police in the Temple – Order, Justice and the UN: A
Dialectical View’, European Journal of International Law, 6, 3: 325–348.
Koskenniemi, Martti 2000a, ‘International Law and Imperialism’, the Josephine Onoh
Memorial Lecture 1999, Hull: Law School, University of Hull.
Koskenniemi, Martti 2000b, ‘Carl Schmitt, Hans Morgenthau, and the Image of Law
in International Relations’, in Byers, Michael (ed.), The Role of Law in International
Politics, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Koskenniemi, Martti 2002a, The Gentle Civilizer of Nations: The Rise and Fall of International
Law 1870–1960, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Koskenniemi, Martti 2002b, ‘Book Review: The Epochs of International Law by Wilhelm
Grewe’, International and Comparative Law Quarterly, 51, 3: 746–751.
Krasner, Stephen D. 2001a, ‘Explaining Variation: Defaults, Coercion, Commitments’
in Stephen D. Krasner (ed.), Problematic Sovereignty: Contested Rules and Political
Possibilities, New York: Columbia University Press.
Krasner, Stephen 2001b, ‘Sovereignty’, Foreign Policy, January 2001.
Kriedte, Peter 1977, ‘The Origins, the Agrarian Context, and the Conditions in the
World Market’ in Kriedte, Peter, Hans Medick and Jürgen Schlumbohm (eds.),
Industrialization Before Industrialization, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Kunz, Josef L. 1968, The Changing Law of Nations, Ohio: Ohio State University Press.
Lachs, Manfred 1987, The Teacher in International Law, Dordrecht: Martinus Nijhoff.
Landauer, Carl 2003, ‘Book Review: Wilhelm Grewe, The Epochs of International Law’,
Leiden Journal of International Law, 16, 1: 191–214.
Lasswell, Harold, Myres S. McDougal and W. Michael Reisman 1968, ‘Theories About
International Law: Prologue to a Configurative Jurisprudence’, Virginia Journal of
International Law, 8, 2: 188–299.
Lauterpacht, H. 1932, ‘The Nature of International Law and General Jurisprudence’,
Economica, 37: 301–20.
Lawrence, T.J. 1910, The Principles of International Law, London: Macmillan.
Lawrence, T.J. 1913, ‘The Colonies in International Law’, in Hearnshaw, F.J.C. (ed.),
King’s College Lectures on Colonial Problems, London: G. Bell & Sons.
Lee, Eric Yong-Joong 2002, ‘Early Development of Modern International Law in East
Asia – With Special Reference to China, Japan and Korea’, Journal of the History of
International Law, 4: 42–76.
Bibliography • 353
Lenin, V.I. 1939, Imperialism: The Highest Stage of Capitalism, New York: International
Publishers.
Lenoble, Jacques 1986, ‘The Implicit Ideology of Human Rights and its Legal Expression’,
Liverpool Law Review, 8, 2: 153–167.
Levenfeld, Barry 1982, ‘Israel’s Counter-Fedayeen Tactics in Lebanon’, Columbia Journal
of Transnational Law, 21, 1: 1–48.
Levins, Richard and Richard Lewontin 1985, The Dialectical Biologist, Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press.
Lindley, M.F. 1926, The Acquisition and Government of Backward Territory in International
Law, New York: Longmans.
Linebaugh, Peter and Marcus Rediker 2000, The Many-Headed Hydra: Sailors, Slaves,
Commoners, and the Hidden History of the Revolutionary Atlantic, London: Verso.
Liu, Lydia H. 1999a, ‘The Desire for the Sovereign and the Logic of Reciprocity in the
Family of Nations’, Diacritics, 29, 4: 150–177.
Liu, Lydia H. 1999b, ‘Legislating the Universal: The Circulation of International Law
in the Nineteenth Century’, in Liu, Lydia H. (ed.) Tokens of Exchange: The Problem of
Translation in Global Circulation, Durham: Duke University Press.
Lloyd, T.O. 1996, The British Empire, 1558–1995, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Lockley, Joseph B. 1938, ‘Pan-Americanism and Imperialism’, American Journal of
International Law, 32, 2: 233–243.
Loughlin, Martin 1992, Public Law and Political Theory, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Lukács, Georg 1970, Lenin: A Study in the Unity of His Thought, London: New Left
Books.
Lukashak, Igor I. 1991, ‘The United Nations and Illegitimate Regimes: When to Intervene
to Protect Human Rights’ in Damrosch, Lori Fisler and David J. Scheffer (eds.), Law
and Force in the New International Order, Boulder, Co.: Westview Press.
Luxemburg, Rosa 1951, The Accumulation of Capital, London: Routledge & Kegan
Paul.
Macalister-Smith, Peter and Joachim Schwietzke 1999, ‘Literature and Documentary
Sources relating to the History of Public International Law: An Annotated Bib-
liographical Survey’, Journal of the History of International Law, 1: 136–212.
Malanczuk, Peter 1997, Akehurst’s Modern Introduction to International Law (seventh
revised edition), London: Routledge.
Mallison, W. Thomas and Sally Mallison 1986, The Palestine Problem in International
Law and World Order, London: Longman.
Malowist, M. 1959, ‘The Economic and Social Development of the Baltic Countries
from the Fifteenth to the Seventeenth Centuries’, The Economic History Review, Second
series XII, 2: 177–189.
Manas, Jean 1995, ‘Beyond Right and Wrong? Thoughts Engendered by a Post-Modernist
Critique of the Gulf War’, Harvard International Law Journal, 36, 1: 245–258.
Manning, Patrick 1990, Slavery and African Life, Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
Manning, William Oke 1875, Commentaries on the Law of Nations, London: Macmillan.
354 • Bibliography
Mansell, Wade 1997, ‘Pure Law in an Impure World’, in Ireland, Paddy and Per Laleng
(eds.), The Critical Lawyers’ Handbook 2, London: Pluto Press.
Marín-Bosch, Miguel 1998, Votes in the UN General Assembly, The Hague: Kluwer Law
International.
Marks, Susan 2000, The Riddle of All Constitutions. International Law, Democracy, and the
Critique of Ideology, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Marks, Susan 2001, ‘Big Brother is Bleeping Us – With the Message that Ideology
Doesn’t Matter’, European Journal of International Law, 12, 1: 109–123.
Marshall Brown, Philip 1945, ‘Imperialism’, American Journal of International Law, 39,
1: 84–86.
Marx, Karl 1973, Grundrisse, London: Penguin.
Marx, Karl 1976, Capital Volume 1, London: Penguin.
Marx, Karl 1978, Capital Volume 2, London: Penguin.
Marx, Karl 1981, Capital Volume 3, London: Penguin.
Marx, Karl and Frederick Engels 1987, The Communist Manifesto, New York: Pathfinder.
Masters, Roger 1964, ‘World Politics as a Primitive Political System’, World Politics,
XVI, 4: 595–619.
Mattern, Johannes 1928, Concepts of State, Sovereignty and International Law, Baltimore:
The Johns Hopkins Press.
Matthews, Ken 1993, The Gulf Conflict and International Relations, London: Routledge.
McCarthy, Leo 1998, Justice, the State and International Relations, London: Macmillan.
McDougal, Myres S. 1952, ‘Law and Power’, American Journal of International Law, 46,
1: 102–14.
McDougal, Myres S. 1953, ‘International Law, Power and Policy: A Contemporary
Conception’, Recueil des Cours, 82: 137–258.
McDougal, Myres S. 1955, ‘The Realist Theory in Pyrrhic Victory’, American Journal of
International Law, 49, 2: 376–8.
McDougal, Myres S. 1967a, ‘The International Law Commission’s Draft Articles upon
Interpretation: Textuality Redivivus’, American Journal of International Law, 61, 4:
992–1000.
McDougal, Myres S. 1967b, The Interpretations of Agreements and World Public Order,
New Haven: Yale University Press.
McDougal, Myres S. 1972, ‘International Law and Social Science: A Mild Plea in
Avoidance’, American Journal of International Law, 66, 1: 77–81.
McDougal, Myres S., H. Lasswell and W. Michael Reisman 1981, ‘The World Constitutive
Process of Authoritative Decision’ in McDougal, Myres S. and W. Michael Reisman,
International Law Essays, Mineola, NY: Foundation Press.
McDougal, Myres S. and W. Michael Reisman 1981, International Law Essays, Mineola,
NY: Foundation Press.
McWhinney, Edward 1984, United Nations Law Making; Cultural and Ideological Relativsm
and International Law Making for an Era of Transition, New York: Holmes and Meier.
Meron, Theodor 1998, ‘Is International Law Moving towards Criminalization?’, European
Journal of International Law, 9, 1: 18–31.
Bibliography • 355
Merritt, Adrian 1980, ‘The Nature of Law: A Criticism of E.P. Thompson’s Whigs and
Hunters’, British Journal of Law and Society, 7, 2: 194.
Meyer, Howard N. 1997, ‘When the Pope Rebuked the U.S. at the World Court’,
American Society of International Law, UN 21 Interest Group Newsletter, 15.
<http://www.lawschool.cornell.edu/library/asil/15oped.htm>
Michalak, Stanley J. 1980, ‘Richard Falk’s Future World: A Critique of WOMP-USA’,
The Review of Politics, 42: 3–17.
Middle East Watch 1991, Needless Deaths in the Gulf War: Civilian Casualties During the
Air Campaign and Violations of the Laws of War, New York: Human Rights Watch.
Miles, Robert 1987, Capitalism and Unfree Labour – Anomaly or Necessity, London:
Tavistock Publications.
Miliband, Ralph 1973, The State in Capitalist Society, London: Quartet.
Miller, Lynn H. 1985, Global Order: Values and Power in International Relations, London:
Westview Press.
Miller, Jennifer 1990, ‘International Intervention – The United States Invasion of
Panama’, Harvard International Law Journal, 31: 633–646.
Mills, Kurt 1998, Human Rights in the Emerging Global Order: A New Sovereignty? London:
Macmillan.
Mooers, Colin 1991, The Making of Bourgeois Europe, London: Verso.
Moore, John Norton 1984, ‘Grenada and the international double standard’, American
Journal of International Law, 78, 1: 145–168.
Moore, John Norton 1986, ‘The Secret War in Central America and the Future of World
Order’, American Journal of International Law, 80, 1: 43–127.
Moore, John N. 1992, Crisis in the Gulf: Enforcing the Rule of Law, New York: Ocean.
Morgenthau, Hans J. 1940, ‘Positivism, Functionalism and International Law’, American
Journal of International Law, 34: 260–284.
Morgenthau, Hans J. 1958, Dilemmas of Politics, Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Morgenthau, Hans J. 1967, Politics Among Nations (fourth edition), New York: Alfred
A. Knopf.
Morgenthau, Hans J. 1981, In Defense of the National Interest, New York: Alfred A.
Knopf.
Morton, A.L. 1989, A People’s History of England (second edition), London: Lawrence
and Wishart.
Moser, Johann Jacob 1959, Grundsatze des Volkerrechts: aus “Versuch des neuesten
Europäischen Volker-Rechts in Friedens- und Kriegs-Zeiten”, Frankfurt: Vittorio
Klostermann.
Mouffe, Chantal (ed.) 1999, The Challenge of Carl Schmitt, London: Verso.
Mullerson, Rein 1991, ‘Intervention by Invitation’, in Damrosch, Lori Fisler and David
J. Scheffer (eds.), Law and Force in the New International Order, Boulder, CO: Westview
Press.
Nanda, Ved P. 1990, ‘The Validity of United States Intervention in Panama Under
International Law’, American Journal of International Law, 84, 2: 494–503.
356 • Bibliography
Neocleous, Mark 1996, ‘Friend or Enemy? Reading Schmitt Politically’, Radical Philosophy,
79: 13–23.
Neff, Stephen C. 2001, ‘Book Review: Wilhelm G. Grewe. The Epochs of International
Law’, Journal of the History of International Law, 3: 252–254.
Negri, Antonia 1999, Insurgencies: Constituent Power and the Modern State, Minneapolis,
MN: University of Minnesota Press.
Nesia, Vasuki 2003, ‘Placing International Law: White Spaces on a Map’, Leiden Journal
of International Law, 16, 1: 1–35.
Newsinger, John 2001, ‘Taiping revolutionary: Augustus Lindley in China’, Race &
Class, 42, 4: 57–72.
Ngantcha, Francis 1990, The Right of Innocent Passage and the Evolution of the International
Law of the Sea, London: Pinter Publishers.
Nisula, Laura and Katarina Sehm Patomäki 2002, We, the Peoples of the World Social
Forum . . ., NIGD discussion paper, Helsinki: Network Institute for Global Democratiza-
tion. <http://www.nigd.org/Discussion%20Papers.html>
Norris, Christopher 1992, Uncritical Theory, London: Lawrence & Wishart.
Noyes, C. Reinold 1943, ‘Property and Sovereignty’, Journal of Legal and Political
Sociology, 1, 3–4: 72–100.
Nussbaum, Arthur 1947, A Concise History of the Law of Nations, New York: Macmillan.
Nys, Erneste 1894, Les origines du droit international, Brussels: Castaige.
O’Brien, William V. 1981, The Conduct of Just and Limited War, New York: Praeger.
O’Brien, William V. 1991, Law and Morality in Israel’s War with the PLO, London:
Routledge.
Onuma Yasuaki 2000, ‘When was the Law of International Society Born? – An Inquiry
of the History of International Law from an Intercivilizational Perspective’, Journal
of the History of International Law, 2: 1–66.
Orend, Brian 1998, ‘Armed Intervention: Principles and Applications’, The Flinders
Journal of History and Politics, 20: 63–79.
Orford, Anne 1997, ‘Locating the International: Military and Monetary Interventions
after the Cold War’, Harvard International Law Journal, 38, 2: 443–485.
Orford, Anne 1999, ‘Muscular Humanitarianism: Reading the Narratives of the New
Interventionism’, European Journal of International Law, 10, 4: 679–711.
Orford, Anne 2003, Reading Humanitarian Intervention. Human Rights and the Use of
Force in International Law, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Orth, Samuel P. 1916, ‘Law and Force in International Affairs’, International Journal of
Ethics, 26, 3: 339–346.
Osiander, Andreas 1994, The States System of Europe, 1640–1990: Peacemaking and the
Conditions of International Stability, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Owen, Roger, and Sutcliffe, Bob 1972, Studies in the Theory of Imperialism, London:
Longman.
Oxman, Bernard H., David D. Caron and Charles L.O. Buderi 1983, Law of the Sea:
U.S. Policy Dilemma, San Francisco: ICS Press.
Padjen, Ivan 1975, Marxism and Positivism in Soviet Theories on the Foundations of
International Law, LLM thesis, Dalhousie University.
Bibliography • 357
Rees, John 1998, The Algebra of Revolution. The Dialectic and the Classical Marxist Tradition,
London: Routledge.
Reiman, Jeffrey 1995, ‘The Marxian Critique of Criminal Justice’ in Caudill, David S.
and Steven Jay Gold (eds.), Radical Philosophy of Law, New Jersey: Humanities Press.
Reisman, W. Michael 1976, ‘African Imperialism’, American Journal of International Law,
70, 4: 801–802.
Reisman, W. Michael 1994, ‘The Raid on Baghdad: Some Reflections on its Lawfulness
and Implications’, European Journal of International Law, 5, 1: 120–133.
Reyna, S.P. 1999, ‘The Force of Two Logics: Predatory and Capital Accumulation in
the Making of the Great Leviathan, 1415–1763’, in Reyna, S.P. and R.E. Downs (eds.),
Deadly Developments. Capitalism, States and War, Amsterdam: Gordon and Breach.
Riles, Annelise 1995, ‘The View from the International Plane: Perspective and Scale
in the Architecture of Colonial International Law’, Law and Critique, VI, 1: 39–54.
Rilling, Rainer 2003, ‘American Empire as Will and Idea. The new major strategy of
the Bush Administration’, Policy Paper 2/2003 of the Rosa Luxemburg Foundation.
Ringmar, Erik 1995, ‘The Relevance of International Law: A Hegelian Interpretation
of a Peculiar Seventeeth-Century Preoccupation’, Review of International Studies, 21,
1: 87–103.
Rivkin, David B. 1991, ‘Commentary on Aggression and Self-Defense’, in Damrosch,
Lori Fisler and David J. Scheffer (eds.), Law and Force in the New International Order,
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Robelin, Jean 1994, La petite fabrique du droit, Paris: Éditions Kimé.
Roberts, Adam 2002, ‘The case for war’, The Guardian, G2 section, 17 September 2002.
Rodriguez, Pedro Capó 1921, ‘Colonial Representation in the American Empire’,
American Journal of International Law, 15, 4: 530–551.
Roll, Eric 1973, A History of Economic Thought (third revised edition), London: Faber
& Faber.
Rosenberg, Justin 1994, The Empire of Civil Society, London: Verso.
Rostow, Nicholas 1991, ‘The International Use of Force After the Cold War’, Harvard
International Law Journal, 32, 2: 411–421.
Rothermund, Dietmar 1981, Asian Trade and European Expansion in the Age of Mercantilism,
New Delhi: Manohar.
Rowe, Peter, ‘Responses to Terror: The New “War”’, Melbourne Journal of International
Law, 3, 2: 301–321.
Rubenfeld, Jed, ‘The Two World Orders’, The Wilson Quarterly, 27,4.
Salter, Michael 1999, ‘Neo-Fascist Legal Theory On Trial: An Interpretation of Carl
Schmitt’s Defence at Nuremberg from the Perspective of Franz Neumann’s Critical
Theory of Law’, Res Publica, 5: 161–194.
Samary, Catherine 1995, Yugoslavia Dismembered, New York: Monthly Review Press.
Sanborn, Frederic Rockwell 1930, Origins of the Early English Maritime and Commercial
Law, New York: The Century Company.
Schachter, Oscar 1991, International Law in Theory and Practice, Dordrecht: Martinus
Nijhoff.
Bibliography • 359
Simpson, Gerry 2000, ‘The Situation on the International Legal Theory Front: The
Power of Rules and the Rule of Power’, European Journal of International Law, 11, 2:
439–464.
Simpson, A.W. Brian 2001, Human Rights and the End of Empire: Britain and the Genesis
of the European Convention, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sinha, Surya Prakash 1996, Legal Polycentricity and International Law, Carolina: Carolina
Academic Press.
Sivanandan, A. 1990, Communities of Resistance, London: Verso.
Slaughter Burley, Anne-Marie 1993, ‘International Law and International Relations
Theory: A Dual Agenda’, American Journal of International Law, 87, 2: 205–239.
Slaughter, Anne-Marie 2003, ‘Leading through Law’, The Wilson Quarterly, 27, 4.
Smith, Tony 2003, ‘Globalisation and Capitalist Property Relations: A Critical Assessment
of David Held’s Cosmopolitan Theory’, Historical Materialism, 11, 2: 3–35.
Springhall, John 2001, Decolonization Since 1945, London: Palgrave.
Steiger, Heinhard 2001, ‘From the International Law of Christianity to the International
Law of the World Citizen – Reflections on the Formation of the Epochs of the History
of International Law’, Journal of the History of International Law, 3: 180–193.
Stengers, Jean 1969, ‘The Congo Free State and the Belgian Congo Before 1914’, in
Gann, L.H. and Peter Duignan (eds.), Colonialism in Africa 1870–1960, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Stone, Julius 1984, Visions of World Order, Baltimore: The John Hopkins University
Press.
Supple, B.E. 1959, Commercial Crisis and Change in England 1600–1642, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Sweezy, Paul 1978, ‘A Critique’, in Hilton, Rodney (ed.), The Transition from Feudalism
to Capitalism, London: Verso.
Sylvester, Douglas J. 1999, ‘International Law as Sword or Shield? Early American
Foreign Policy and the Law of Nations’, New York University Journal of International
Law and Politics, 32, 1: 1–87.
Taiwo, Olufemi 1996, Legal Naturalism: A Marxist Theory of Law, Ithaca: Cornell University
Press.
Talmon, Stefan 1998, Recognition of Governments in International Law: With Particular
Reference to Governments in Exile, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Teschke, Benno 2001, The Making of the Westphalian States-System: Social Property Relations,
Geopolitics and the Myth of 1648, PhD thesis, LSE.
Teschke, Benno 2003, The Myth of 1648: Class, Geopolitics and the Making of Modern
International Relations, London: Verso.
Thomas, P.J. 1926, Mercantilism and the East India Trade, London: Frank Cass.
Thomson, Janice 1994, Mercenaries, Pirates, and Sovereigns. State-Building and Extraterritorial
Violence in Early Modern Europe, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Thompson, E.P. 1975, Whigs and Hunters: The Origins of the Black Act, London:
Harmandsworth.
Tilly, Charles 1975, ‘Reflections on the History of European State-Making’ in Charles
Tilly (ed.), The Formation of National States in Western Europe, Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press.
Bibliography • 361
Tilly, Charles 1992, Coercion, Capital, and European States, AD 990–1990, Cambridge,
MA: Basil Blackwell.
Trakman, Leon E. 1983, The Law Merchant: The Evolution of Commercial Law, Littleton,
Colorado: Fred B. Rothman & Co.
Travers, David 1993, ‘A Chronology of Events’ in Rowe, Peter (ed.), The Gulf War
1990–91 in International and English Law, London: Routledge.
Trotsky, Leon 1969, The Permanent Revolution and Results and Prospects, New York:
Pathfinder Press.
Trotsky, Leon 1997, The History of the Russian Revolution, London: Pluto Press.
Trotsky, Leon 1998, Trotsky’s Notebooks, 1933–1935. Writings on Lenin, Dialectics, and
Evolutionism, New York: Columbia University Press.
Tuck, Richard 1999, The Rights of War and Peace: Political Thought and the International
Order From Grotius to Kant, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Tucker, Robert 1972, ‘Reprisals and Self-Defense: The Customary Law’, American Journal
of International Law, 66, 3: 586–96.
Tunkin, Grigory 1975, ‘International Law in the International System’, Recueil des Cours,
IV. 3–218.
Tunkin, Grigory 1986, International Law: A Textbook, Moscow: Progress Publishers.
Udechuku, E.C. 1978, Liberation of Dependent Peoples in International Law (second edi-
tion), London: African Publications Bureau.
Ulmen, G.L. 1987, ‘American Imperialism and International Law: Carl Schmitt on the
US in World Affairs’, Telos, 72: 43–71.
Ulmen, G.L. 2003, ‘Translator’s Introduction’ in Schmitt, Carl, The Nomos of the Earth
in the International Law of the Jus Publicum Europaeum, New York: Telos Press.
Umozurike, U.O. 1979, International Law and Colonialism in Africa, Enugu, Nigeria:
Nwamife.
Unger, Roberto 1976, Law in Modern Society, New York: The Free Press.
Unger, Roberto 1983, The Critical Legal Studies Movement, Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Vagts, Detlev F. 1990, ‘International Law in the Third Reich’, American Journal of
International Law, 84, 3: 661–704.
Vagts, Detlev F. 2001, ‘Hegemonic International Law’, American Journal of International
Law, 95, 4: 843–848.
Varga, Csaba 1993, ‘Introduction’ in Varga, Csaba (ed.), Marxian Legal Theory, New
York: New York University Press.
Various 2003a, ‘Theme II: Security: New Threats and New Strategies’, in ‘International
Symposium on the International Legal Order’, Leiden Journal of International Law,
16, 4: 873–895.
Various 2003b, ‘Theme III: ‘Global Governance: Institutions’, in ‘International Symposium
on the International Legal Order’, Leiden Journal of International Law, 16, 4: 897–
913.
Various 2003c, ‘Theme IV: ‘International Politics and the Role of Law’, in ‘International
Symposium on the International Legal Order’, Leiden Journal of International Law,
16, 4: 915–927.
362 • Bibliography
Verosta, Stephan 1984, ‘History of the Law of Nations: 1648 to 1815’ in Bernhardt,
Rudolf et al. (eds.) 1995, Encyclopedia of Public International Law, Amsterdam: Elsevier.
Verzijl, J.H.W. 1968, International Law in Historical Perspective Volume 1, Leyden: Sijthoff.
Victoria, Francisco de 1964, De Indis et de Iure Belli: Relectiones, New York: Oceana
Publications. <www.constitution.org/victoria/victoria_.htm>.
Virilio, Paul 2000, Strategy of Deception, London: Verso.
Viswanatha, S.V. 1925, International Law in Ancient India, London: Longmans, Green
& Co.
Von Arx, Susan 1997, An Examination of E.B. Pashukanis’s, General Theory of Law and
Marxism, PhD thesis, SUNY.
Walicki, Andrzej 1995, Marxism and the Leap to the Kingdom of Freedom: The Rise and
Fall of the Communist Utopia, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Walker, Thomas 1899, A History of the Law of Nations, Volume 1, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
Walker, Mack 1981, Johann Jakob Moser and the Holy Roman Empire of the German Nation,
Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.
Walker, Geoffrey de Q. 1988, The Rule of Law, Melbourne: Melbourne University Press.
Wallerstein, Immanual 1983, Historical Capitalism, London: Verso.
Walzer, Michael 1992, Just and Unjust Wars (second edition), New York: Basic Books.
Warren, Bill 1980, Imperialism: Pioneer of Capitalism, London: Verso.
Warrington, Ronnie 1980/81, ‘Standing Pashukanis on his Head’, Capital and Class,
12: 102–106.
Warrington, R. 1984, ‘Pashukanis and the Commodity Form Theory’, International
Journal of the Sociology of Law, 9.
Wedgwood, Ruth 1991, ‘Commentary on Intervention by Invitation’, in Damrosch,
Lori Fisler and David J. Scheffer (eds.), Law and Force in the New International Order,
Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Weiss, Thomas G., David P. Forsythe and Roger A. Coate, The United Nations and
Changing World Politics, New York: Westview Press.
Weller, Marc 1993, ‘The United Nations and the jus ad bellum’ in Rowe, Peter (ed.),
The Gulf War 1990–91 in International and English Law, London: Routledge.
Werner, Wouter G. 1999, ‘“The Unnamed Third”: Roberta Kevelson’s Legal Semiotics
and the Development of International Law’, International Journal for the Semiotics of
Law, 12: 309–331.
Wesseling, H.L. 1997, Imperialism and Colonialism: Essays on the History of European
Expansion, Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.
Wight, Martin 1966, ‘Why is There No International Theory?’ in Butterfield, Herbert
and Martin Wight (eds.), Diplomatic Investigations, London: George Allen & Unwin.
Wilcken, Patrick 1994, Anthropology, the Intellectuals and the Gulf War, Cambridge:
Prickly Pear Press.
Wild, Payson S. 1938, ‘What is the Trouble with International Law?’, The American
Political Science Review, 32, 3: 478–494.
Williams, Eric 1966, Capitalism and Slavery, New York: Capricorn Books.
Bibliography • 363
Williams, Eric 1984, From Columbus to Castro: The History of the Caribbean 1492–1969,
New York: Vintage.
Wood, Ellen 1991, The Pristine Culture of Capitalism, London: Verso.
Wood, Ellen 1999, The Origin of Capitalism, New York: Monthly Review Press.
Wood, Ellen 2003, Empire of Capital, London: Verso.
Wood, Ellen Meiksins and Neal Wood 1997, A Trumpet of Sedition: Political Theory and
the Rise of Capitalism 1509–1688, London: Pluto Press.
Young, Gary 1978, ‘Justice and Capitalist Production’, Canadian Journal of Philosophy,
3: 421–455.
Young, Oran R. 1972, ‘International Law and Social Science: The Contributions of
Myres S. McDougal’, American Journal of International Law 66, 1: 60–76.
Zacklin, Ralph 2000, ‘Beyond Kosovo: the United Nations and Humanitarian
Intervention’, the Josephine Onoh Memorial Lecture 2000, Hull: Law School,
University of Hull.
Zemanek, Karl 1999, ‘Was Hugo Grotius Really in Favour of the Freedom of the Seas?’,
Journal of the History of International Law, 1: 48–60.
Zinn, Howard 1995, A People’s History of the United States 1492–Present (revised edi-
tion), New York: HarperCollins.
Zoller, Elisabeth 1984, Peacetime Unilateral Remedies: An Analysis of Countermeasures,
New York: Transnational Publishers.
Index